EVN WN' | Day WY Vuweue

Shap...

ee <

1

!

1
S
wa)
g

we fi a
ee IN v
Ree Ne
JBeYV

Ww

.

ay
uy

a : I Jo > y Pons
rots ¥ Lad ee fag Gon A7ee

a

—

PAPERS AND PROCEEDINGS “~

Royal SOCTE LY
TA SVE ACN. Ag

ee

Jb- 67°

TASMANIA:
PRINTED AT “THE MERCURY” OFFICE HOBART.

1886.

Aa

era 2 tranes aes
GSO

aoe deg

sciences

DE LA BILLARDIERE ,
ie megane’ Julien )

Ve a » Alencon ,( Orue) be 28 Octobre IPSS, el en 1800 .

Photo- &thographed at the Crown Lands Department Hobart

Tue responsibility of the statements and opinions
given in the following papers and discussions,
rests with the individual authors; the Society as

a body merely places them on record.

or id ~

Contents,

Page
BS MOE COLE LA DLATY sasteporsicce lari eakioe eto ee oes sak nihe wetasieee cag teens XCIX
Vote of thanks to Messrs. Strutt and Grahame.....................c0ecceeee "
Fresh Water Herring, Prototroctes mareena...........0.c.sseeccoee eee sceseeeee CIV
@ollection of Old English Newspapers...............ccsccesesescecsscevecsceece OM
Ber mORM Re NORLCr a: LO facets atatar <-aanoancBuewan ncaa matinee cue eas ""
Programme of the 12th Anniversary Regatta, Hobart, Nov. 30, 1849 "
Collection of Ferns from Tasman’s Peninsula...,..............0.c0eeeeeeeeens cv
Notes on the Cucumber Mullet, by Mr. Saville-Kent ..................048 "
Pere onic alles py Oi aASTOOMN a, peta sos.c cca Saeey weciek qvouteee cas eetse ates rice CVI
POMPE SSUME IO Oe sete Nope pane Sats n salted eens Leis wat esa awauaast ae eee "

Woppersneaded Snakerol IVicboriay...c...kessseetuct = deseresecesosesee ere ctate "
iihree Specimens.of the Brown! Trout, <.....¢s2esss.be. ccdecegsesscvevosaseacye) (OVIE

‘SH SGCIER INR Garb oe reins Ree iB Arie et ato oe es ot Re a TORO AR Gece ‘"
Proceedings for May... ....... ed Asati Seep ees absense "
Election of Hon. W. Meielous Td oi 2 tamsay as Hon. Members.. "
Handsome Donation by the late Dr. J. Milligan .......................000+ "
Exlbimopvorepork, Podaraus CU Vier. 2c (ise. =. bemsecoceseccuenen dnc omeseen ys it
Two Salmon from the River Erne, Ireland ............ ........ ees ROR RE CIX
Paper Money jHobath, LOW LOLS <....0.c stone ceGessus de caunea-hcasoonseetmeanede "
Pallecnonnot saradisev birds 4 qss sec catesacssesans Mas, a0 <onsoncs seacuetoieesn eet t IOM
Collection of Mosses for the Microscope .............cc..csscvesesevecsee sees "
Barpment of Salmon Ova from Wondom 202 ...0s-<sa1c0ee ).csnsegecaoused<o "
PETC CITC al ON yaa) UIC sta Sercineic as cht te, 4a ~ dale eecie citvs lata Wud manne dowaens coe OXI
Perm VNU ATI SY BRE OULES Ur tas cao ieehoincsive diene osuearcs sinc cssanteee see anesa eee "
hoLorren neo tabs VE Vora to. shsa. us cunt bas. alata vanaemeet eae aaa ee ee Sea u
(CASTE OTE WR EG) ia SS eh eer SPREE Aes tne clare err ar le ny CXIE
Microperca Tasmaniz ....... Sbceodsasiaraechiot ee aemnest eteecbenenees "
Fossil Eucalyptus from Mt. Bischoff. nites santeathelseercae Secs edeSoeume as ete chs OXIIE
Note on the Determination of the Coal Plants of Tasmania, by Mr.

CPE SLEW Ne usiiest ate shea cate eno oem eee: is teleac MRS ssh ae was "
mpecimen-ol Hock trom, SOuUtbeATTICR, ¢2.25. scshse.c0n vedere fe sondseceaatenss "
MONS NV OOM ODMR SATOOMNA (Ak cron ae-cauee a2 26 -ney she sietee seamde sotatee cote "
Proposed Alteration of Election of President ............... --ssceeecseee CXIV
HE salay PNET OO L, NTGSSCSS 5c seat owt es ae Boe dee Seca oc dass NER Suen ts aos cae it
EPIC CC MINES LOT veh ULV; ne nracr ead. tatbav seu cotesaesone l= detach nce ger evencee esi de tt
Indisposition of the Hos: aero» wideistig ga ey Nee aces tae setp paces ante "
Risa nian Micerse rom So prins bays; .ssveadsseecescchte lt. 4-meaot os enenae tet: CXVI

Aveaper,.-thewsaunders News letter, litt) wutcnccssetasccstscccteccents it
Water and Typhoid—a Paper by W. F. Ward, A.R.S. Me a a Wa vaelcisuneee "

Poreiem Matcers fOUNd am Waters: s--.sacc.-.cu2 ons. se -scapeses/sscisccesees omeceae CXVIE
BOHM GN yOl GOOG Wate. tal cedsss.cccemars ters osc hoster Urahiemeosuepeetaca ts CXVIIE
BO IARSO SOLAN aTiCL as chert ti, eed Notarca tert tie ba) 2 Se aaa elt es 1g CXVIX
SRaTEREEL GeUbLOTI ues eee ceieats ik BSS AN Dele eet en oe Fil ok x AR Seal Rob ac es "
Result of Analysis .......... © Hes HISAR cs acc Me ctyaricne = MOOR
Explanatory Notes to Table iof iRvailyacs SMM eee sel sclSsultsopube case hess CXXI
iNotes;on Samples of Water examined ..3..0...:2..c.ccdess ees secescuhs eee veneee "1
CG Naa Re en actos Se. ahh tustunk en Komta cAcuet Sac danicctec ah, avaiuatae saueateck "

[Die SiGe Sy aed ae Sees ed ear oe RONSON AE Se RS) BREE OB Game end NE NET Erne CXXII

Page -
Connection between Impure Water Supply and Spread of Disease ... CXXIIZ

INKS ehavel 1DSdab NHS 5 oaesooca dosaae ascbeaasasbs0sbseon05 asnasteaseso. 55 ababddooa 982000 OXXVIII
Mr. C. J. Atkins on the sea worm, Synapta............ -eeeeeeceeece eee eee eee "

Living Examples of the genus incurs by Mr. Kent . SecaceHaeco. OG-Iis
The Microscope ....... Firdhatsagdlee svcd sG anes eat aoe oee RRO ORE

Mounted Specimens of Tiles seautsmab ele cabevlsveauuewasn see netatens Onesabiemceies "
PCOIIG) sree Nast} PM GIVI RE) cos mapbodudsacs pabdas cde naa porogaocodDoAos osscaeSt eouabobeD ooo. ONCROKT!

AVOUS' Ore WMavaynl epg os sanaae no iaossasdetoacaconaeddeqosdanccasanpcosdeu0en sopcododa 000 "
TESTOGSSCNNGE TOP AATIAETE 35: canon aes 15s sno scocnadopasboqsooasuo DUI eson00 bes esuNaDDGA cD "
EN, /Moriavoy Green? OOP OSEWEN, “Soocoscoocconec0esaagvsq0osna;6ebo0 sd0b60ses 06050000000 CXXXIII
iDtemangel Cory OF IDM eT) sooncapdoovace152a008 sc0000 oH sob acHAeaHAGs¢8490050 00000000 CXXXIV
Iceland and the Icelanders—a aie sia Rev. W. B. Woollnough ... "
Longford Coal .. BRE SHO BcR Han Reso CBEEcetanboronenoAnosdadtoqostnacusqsosencqconG:, |. CY
Hapuku konoon us = Higas) Bevan Pete Re NRE Rem mR AriAG nacGadeidcRedbeceed000s¢ CXL
A new Fish ............ 3) Sao haute ences ca dase erate eee "
Two Skulls (Thz olateUnS cy hey yc te RSD AUR a atk Satie re Hee eR CXLI
A Reprint of the ‘“* London Times,” 1855.............00...0 02 seeeee nee seeeeeeee CXLII
An Oil Painting, ‘* The Australian Schnapper ..................-22...s0000 "
Racquet-tailed Kingfishers, Tanysypteras Galatea and Dw, odes CXLVIL |
Hrost, Kish PLepidopus Cand ats eceessceeecece see se ee eeca eae ee "
Sacred Kingfisher, Halcyon Sanctus .........0.ceecec see conte ccs tetececeeeeeees Suty
Correspondence Ornithological Committee, Vienna..........60........0608 "
ProceedingsOctoper was y ereskusceuasteceeteteneccoeceerheee ca sestseeee teres CXLVIII
OladtsDocumentssvetesscaccsenceccoeescereen ear researc seer aesetes Panter eee CLI
BIE Ol Og yee pelacadeh yocsw ewes Gcreesl Subseries aaiecpeoiesiorceiestn nena: Secale be toe Meee "
Poisoned PALO WS: ses socsssesuecreoaee os eee ese aeeoadee awe ales Pene rs ecceemeres "
Shells of the Group peloretne By Cx de sAtking 202k. een kene ee OLE
arth Mremors, a letter by A. Bi Biggs.) oc ...2.-sececec++-ccceuceasresehensee "
Longford Coal Deposits ....... wo sacntoueaBe iaeseee met etenconsece a aeascne< Cae steeenene CLIII
PraceedinessyNavemly ere preceee- testa seneeeee eens tomes eicateccs cere cee "
Mbneei Species RitlemBind si eeseo-saeeeeececeectece re ceesincissiisecins eee mernereanee CLVII
I DPW YS URN ee SI NOO Ns) ooaconsbbsuscucosasosedodcnando65 pbb coocoDbsnonOgasdeasnoGesozoo0e CLVIII
The Scientific Treatment of Waste Material. By W. H. Charpentier 11
Japanese Suit of Armour ........ BGG sas at ena wees oe ee ees ”
Tasman’s Map. Tasmania and oan aie) “gals Sasebiecanie cheb ese ea tema een ereee cCIxX
Closing Address. By James Barnard, Esq., V. P.,’ =<man......... CLx
Presentations to the Museum, for the months of Noy. and December CLXII
PAPERS :—

Zoology of Australia. By the Hon. Wm. Macleay, F.L.S. ......... 285

Kelipse of March 30th and 31st, 1885. By A. B. Biggs ............... 309

Fresh Contributions to our knowledge of the character and relation-
ship of the Upper Palceozoic and Mesozoic Formations of
Tasmania with the associated Diabasic Rocks. By R. M.
olouo¥Sieohalged fe! ISI" snasecebacbepoas ceded beacon sca nosessoceessodacsd Gsocncocs 310

Jungermannia Reticulata. By R. A. Bastow, F. TORS 5 42 eed: cosensetaee 311

Note regarding the Silurian Fossils of the Gordon Limestones,
with Generic Descriptions and a Specific List of the Organ-
isms already named and classified. By R. M. Johnston, F. LS; S3i8

Tasmanian Mosses, their Identifications, kc. By R. A. Bastow, F.L.8. 318

New Species of Tasmanian Marine Shells. By W. F. Petterd,
WIMISG Se iaeikc cccaeheeeswaicaqannemenl Tactiohss Chuck. ae ne esaet Cece oe Eee 320
Descriptions of New Species of Fossil Leaves, from the Tertiary
Deposits of Mount Bischoff, belonging to the Genera
Eucalyptus, Laurus, Querous, Cycadites, &e. BY R. M.
Johnston, F.L.S. (Plates)... a 322

asmanian Marth Tremors. By-A.cBy Bios .vi.d.<..scscsccescstecesceee

Notes on Jean Julien Houten De Labillardiere. (Plate). By
iBarovvh, Vion Weller, KGuMe. Gok, le. ssececscsacasescsssscesecss

Description of two New Species of Tertiary Fossil Plants belonging
to the Genera Beoolvetns and Taxites. (ele): ee R M.
Johnston, F.L.S

Moss Flowers, Split- Mos, Bigs Mieke, sad tar hs Moss, Se R. he
Bastow, F.L.S.. BB tne soa ormare akin tac eute assed loamahaccuee

Description of two aonarentie New Species of Genus Ancillaria,
am wobY Wie ks betberdss OoM Gost ices iitsetrecimennockee

General Observations regarding the Classification of the Upper
Paleozoic and Mesozoic Rocks of Tasmania, together with a
Full Description of all the known Tasmanian Coal Plants,
including a considerable number of New Flee BY R. M.
Johnston, F.L.8. Mepees

Tasmanian Fossil fy of the ones Paleo ‘anid Mecerons ‘Coal
Measures. Viele Mio Johnstons Blea) eo.cesres. hs coesscees coe

Local Distribution ot the Fossil Plants of the Upper and Lower
Coal Measures of Tasmania. By R. M. Johnston, F.L.S.

Remarks on Tin Ore Deposits at Mount Bischoff. By Baron Von
GCroddeck Gc cee sccee sere ee eee he et ae Chee ease

Mosses a Tasmania oa Tribe 2, Wessize. ey A. oe
F.L.S.

Earthquake Phenomena in ‘Tharaania, uh (ane By apts Alontt,
R.N,

Ce ot ee eee eee eee eee cere eee eee rrr rey

Notes on Boring Operations in search of Coal in Tasmania, 1884
(continued). By T. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.

Abstract of Records of Boring in ee: Palzeozoic Beds at “Cascades,
Hobart, 1884 cote

Abstract of Records of Boring | in “Coal. Measures at ‘Tarleton,
PESO a MOO depres soc ksnc ccna sande e ota cece teaaes Seance ceosdeidooe eam tiesctons

Australiau Topography ; Edel’s Land, De Witt’s Land, and Car-
pentana., Eby ud. Ko McClymonty MoAn iri scscccocesteesescene

Geological Table showing the propused Provisional Classification of
“Stratafied Rocks for Tasmania, also showing Piet ign
divisions elsewhere. By R. M. Johnston, F. Tas: bs

Sketch Map, General Geological Features of Tasmania. By C. P.
Sprent and R. M. Johnston, E.L.S. Reuesenuice acess

ERRATA,
JUNGERMANNIA RETICULATA,

Herr Stephani, a noted specialist in Germany, has, at the
request of Baron von Mueller, examined this plant, and
he refers it to Polyotus Magellanicus, Jung. Magella-
nicus of Hook. Mux. Hxot. Mr. Boswell, of Oxford, and
Mr. Pearson, of Manchester, also refers it to that species.
It differs from J. reticulata, Hook. in that the stipules
on the main stem are entire, except a slight notch at the
apex of a roundish form. Kichd. A. Bastow.

Vol. 1884.—Page 260, line 16, &c,, for “ Swaart,’ read
Swart; line 20, for “ Duchesmeur,”’ read Duclesmew.
Page 262, line 33, Delete “republished at the same place in

1824-26.”
Page 262, Delete foot-note “§ 1. p, 50.”
Page 263, insert § i. p. 50.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

APRIL, 1885.

A monthly meeting of the Society—the first of the session of 1885—
was held at the Royal Society’s rooms, on Tuesday, April 14. There
was a large attendance of Fellows. Mr. James Barnard, vice-presi-
dent, occupied the chair.

The following gentlemen were elected Fellows:—The Premier (Hon.
Adye Douglas, M.L.C.), Mr. Justice Giblin; Messrs. E. Edmondson,
Joseph Davies (Beaconsfield), H. J. Burnett, J. C. Hadley, G. H.
Edwards, J. F. MacMullen, Arthur Butler, H. T. Maning, and the
Rev. T. M. O'Callaghan.

The Hon. Secretary (Dr. Agnew), said that amongst the novelties
laid on the table that eveinng was a catalogue of the library, prepared
by the Curator, and which had long Leen a great desideratum, and it had
been compiled now with such completeness that it would be a very
valuable possession for some time to come. It was so arranged that
any books received in the future could have their names inserted in the
proper place. Mr. Morton deserved the greatest credit for the assiduity
and ability which he had shown in the compilation of this very useful
book, and thanks were not only due to him, but also to the Government
for kindly allowing it to be printed at the Government printing office,
and so saving the society a great deal of expense. The officers of
the department, Messrs. Strutt and Grahame, had shown such an
amount of attention, care, skill, and interest in the mechanical
part of the work that he could hardly find words to thank them.
An enormous amount of trouble had been occasioned by the printing of
the work, but it was now in all probability placed in the hands of
the Fellows in as perfect a form as possible. He moved,—‘‘ That the
cordial thanks of the society be given to Mr. Morton for his compila-
tion of the work, and also to Messrs. Strutt and Grahame for the part
they had taken in its issue.” (Applause.)

Mr. C. P. SPRENT seconded the motion, which was carried unani-
mously with acclamation.

_The Hon. Secretary (Dr, Agnew) brought forward the usual returns,
viz. :-—

1. Number of visitors to the Musenm :—January—On Sundays 640,
on week days 1,892, total 2,532 ; do. February—On Sundays 742, on
week days 1,324, total, 2,066; do. March—On Sundays 567, on week
days 1,336, total, 1,896.

2. Number of visitors to Royal Society’s Gardens:—-January, 6,500 ;
February, 6,00U ; March, 5,570

Plants and Seeds received at and sent from the Royal Society’s Gar-
dens during the month of January, 1885 :—

From Baron Ferd. von Miieller, 48 packets seeds.

From Messrs. Heyne Co., Adelaide, 4 packets seeds.

From Mr. C. F. Creswell, collection of imported bulbs, about 300
varieties.

From Miss Brumby, Old Beach, eight packets seeds.

From Messrs. Heyne Co., Adelaide, three packets boronia seeds.

From Baron Ferd Von Miieller, 14 packets seeds.

From Miss Woodin, seeds Japan Conifer and lily bulbs.

To Messrs, Law, Somner, Melbourne, two bags sphagnum moss,

Cc

To Mr. Wm. Bull, London, case containing ferns.

To Dr. R. Schomburgh, Adelaide, sphagnum moss.

From Messrs. A. Van Geert, Belgium, five bags abico seeds.

From Mr. Wm. Bull, London, 32 packets seeds and bulbs.

From Miss Woodin, 25 packets seeds from Japan, principally choice
Coniferes.

Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s gardens during March 1885 :—

8th. Seckle pear commencing to ripen.

10th. Tips of hornbeam commencing to turn brown.

12th. Coe’s golden drop plum ripe.

14th. Tips of elm turning yellow.

17th. Horse chestnut leaves turning brown.

18th. Ash leaves commencing to fall.

25th. Oak leaves commencing to fall. Acorns ripe.

10th. Veronica augustifolia in flower.

14th. Royal apricot commence to ripen.

16th. Grevillea robusta in full flower.

19th. Jargonelle pear ripe.

24th. Black mulberries commence ripen.

1st. Windsor pear commence to ripen.

3rd. Bon chretien commence to ripen.

14th. Blackberries commence to ripen.

25th. Ash commencing to shed seed.

28th. Sycamore commencing to shed seed.

METEOROLOGICAL RETURNS.

From the Government observer, Capt. Shortt, R.N., table of obser-
vations for January, February, and March. From Mr. F. Abbott,
superintendent of the Royal Society’s Gardens, register of rainfall for
January, February, and March.

Additions to the Library during the months January, February,
March :—

Acta Horti Petropolitani Tomus VIII., IX, Fasciculus I.-II., from
the society.

Administration’s report of the Meteorological Reporter to the
Government of Madras for the years 1883-1854, from the Meteorological
Department, India.

Agricultural Gazette, December, 1884 ; January, February, 1885.

American Agriculturist.

Annals dela Societe, Malacologique de Belgique, Tome XIV., XV.,
XVI., from the society.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History, January and February,
1885.

Annual Report of the Surgeon-General U.S. Army, 1884.

Annual Keport of the Curator of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College, 1883-4, from L. Agassiz.

Annual Report of the Chief Signal Officer to the Secretary of War.
Part 1 and 2. Washington, from the War department.

Archives du Musee Teyler, serie II., Troisiéme partie, Deuxieme par-
tie, from the society.

Astronomical and meteorological observations, year 1878-79, Wash-
ington, from the U.S. Naval Observatory.

Atheneum, The, December, 1884.

Bericht des Verines fiir Naturkunde, XXIX., XXX., from the so-
ciety.

Boletin de la Academie National, Tome VI., from the society.

Bulletin of International Meteorology, January to August, 1883,
Washington, from the War department,

cl

Bulletin of the Essex Institute, January, February, March, 1882, from
the society.

Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Nat. Sciences, vol. IV., No. 2,
Buffalo, from the society.

Catalogue of zoological works, comprising icthyology, etc. Catalogue
of ornithology, mammalia, etc. Catalogue of entomology, from J.
Wheldon and Co.

Catalogue of papers and works relating to the mammalian orders,
marsupialia, and monotremata, from J. J. Fletcher, Esq., M.A.B. Sc.

Catalogue of superior second-hand books, J. Sotheran & Co.

Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid zoophytes, by W. Bale, Esq.,
from the trustees Sydney museum.

Catalogue of the choicest portion of the Lyston Park Library, from
B. Quaritch, Esq.

Chronologie geologique, la., from E, Dupont, Esq.

Charts of relative storm frequency tor a portion of the Northern
Hemisphere. Charts and tables showing geographical distribution of
rainfall in the U.S., from the War Department, Washington.

Colonies and India, The, January 16, 1885. Comparative voca-
bularies of the Indian tribes of British Columbia, with map, from A.
R. C. Selwyn, Esq.

Compte-rendu de excursion, etc., D. Reeymaekers.

Daily bulletin of meteorological observations, from the Meteorological
Observatory, Washington.

Descriptive sketch of the physical geographical geology of the
Dominion of Canada, from A. R. C. Selwyn, Esq.

Essex Institute, historical collection, vol. XIX., from the society.

Gardener’s Chronicle, December, 1884, January, February, 1885.
Geology of Wisconsin, Vol. IV., I., 1873-79. From H. H. Bennett,
Esq. -
Geological Magazine, January, February, 1885. Goldfields of Vic-
toria, the reports of the Mining Registrars, 1884. From the Depart-
ment of Mines.

Government Statist’s Report on the Vital Statistics of Melbourne
and Suburbs, 1884. From the Government Statist.

Hourly Readings, 1881, No. 51, Part 3. From the Meteorological
Office, London.

International simultaneous meteorological observations and charts,
from the War Department, Washington.

Indian meteorological memoirs, vol. II., ITI., 1884, from the Meteoro-
logical Office, Calcutta.

Instructions for making meteorological observations, prepared for use
in China, from the Government Astronomer.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, part 1 to 4., vol.
XLVI.; part 1, vol. XLVII.; part 1, vol. XLVIII., 1883-4.

Journal of the Linnean Society of London, Nos. 126 to 133, vol. XX,
1883.4; Nos. 97 to 102, vol. XXIII., 1883-4.

Journal of the Royal Historical and Archeological Association of
Ireland, Vol. VI., 4th series 1883. Nos. 53 to 56.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland,
Vol. XVI., parts 1, 2, 3, 1884, new series

Journal of the Society of Arts, Vol. XX XI., Nov. 1882 to Nov., 1883.

Journal of the Microscopical Society, Vol. IV., part 6, December,
1884, February, 1885.

Journal and Proceedings of the Hamilton Association 1882-3, Vol. 1,
part 1.

Journal of Science, January, February, March.

List of the Fellows of the Linnean Society of London, October, 1883.

List of the Fellows of the Zoological Society of London, 1883.

cli

List of the Fellows of the Geological Society of London.

List of the vertebrated animals in the Zoological Society of London,
8th edition, 1883.

Marine Annelids of the order Serpulia: some observations on their
anatomy, with the characteristics of the Australian species. By W. A.
Haswell, Esq., B. Sc. From the author.

Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society of London, « Vol. 47,
1882-83. *

Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. III., No.
VI., 1888. Vol. III., No. VII., 1883.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. Palzontologia Indica
series X., vol. II., pt. 5.

Meteorological and physical observations in the Kast Coast of British
America.

Meteorological observations made at the Adelaide Observ. and other
places in South Australia, 1882.

Medical and Surgical History of the War of the Rebellion. Pt. III.
Surgical vol.

Meteorological observations, Wellington, New Zealand, December,
January, February, from the Government astronomer.

Melanges Geologique et Malacologiques, from D. Reeymaeker, Esq.

Midland Medical Miscellany, The; vol. 4, No, 38, from the society.

Monthly notices cf the Royal Astronomical Society, vol. XLV., No.
1, November, 1884, No. 2, December, 1884, from the society.

Monthly weather review (general) weather service of the United
States, January to October, 1883, from the War Department, Wash-
ington.

Vanthiy weather report of the Meteor. office, London, for September,
1884, from the Meteor. office.

Monthly weather report, June, July, August, October, 1884, Lon-
don, from the Meteor. Department.

Monthly record meteorology, Victoria, November and December,
1884, from R. L. Ellery, Esq.

Motions of fluids and solids on the earth’s surface, No. VIII., from
the War Department, Washington.

Nature, vol. 31, December, 1884; vol. 31, January, 1885.

Pamphlets (15), frem the Societie Americaine de France.

Popular Essays on the Movements of the Atmosphere, No. XII,
Washington, from the War Department.

Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, part I. to IV.,
1883 ; part I., 1885.

‘ Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, vol. V.,
7I., 1883-4.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of London, November, 1882, to
June, 1883.

Proceedings of the Royal Colonial Institution of Great Britain, vol.
X., part I.-I.

Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. II1.,
No. 1, vol. 3, parts 2-3.

Proceedings of the Canadian Institute (Toronto), vol. I, No, 34.

Proceedings of the Americaa Association for the Advancement of
Science, Salem, from the society.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new
series, vol. IX., June, 1881, to June, 1882; vol. X., whole series,
XVIII., May, 1882, to May, 1883.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
pts. 1, 2, 3. January to December, 1883.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. XXI.,
pt. 4, January to April, 1882; vol. XXII., May to November, 1882,

cill

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, vol. XX., June to
December, 1882; vol. X., January to April, 1883, May to October,
1884,

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, vol. IX.,

t. 4.
: Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society,
new series, vol. VIII., pt. 3. From the societies.

Preis- Verzeichniss, Chemischer, etc., from Dr. Krantz.

Quarterly journal of the Geological Society, London, vol. 39, parts 2,
3, 4, 1883, vol. 40, parts 1 and 2, 1884, from the society.

Quarterly weather report for 1878. Appendices and plates, London,
from the Meteor. Office.

Quelques observations from D. Reeymaekers, Esq.

Records of the geological survey of India, vol. 18, part 1, 1885, from
the Geological Survey Office.

Report of the British Association for the advancement of science,
from the society.

Report on the results of dredging, ‘‘ Report in the Blake Kchini,”
vol. XXIV., part 1, by A. Agassiz, Esq., from A. Agassiz, Esq.

Report of the Technological, Industrial, and Sanitary Museum,
Sydney, for 1884, from the society.

Royal Colonial Institute, report and proc. Vol. 14, 1882-83, from the
society.

Rules of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, and list of the
members. February, 1885, from the society.

Rheinisches Mineralien-comptoir (4 pamphlets), from Dr. Krantz.

Signal Service Tables of Rainfall and Temperature compared with the
crop production, No. 10, from War Department, Washington.

Smithsonian Report for 1881, from the society.

Studies on the Elasmobranch Skeleton. By W. A. Haswell, Esq., B.
Se., from the author.

Statistical Register of the colony of Victoria for 1883, and index,
from the Government Statist.

Tickle’s Colonial Export, Prices Current, and Trade Review.

Transactions of the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders in
Scotland, vol. 26, 1882-83, from the society.

Transactions and proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia,
vol. VIII. for 1883-4, from the trustees.

Verein fiir Naturkunde gu Kassel, from the society.

Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen
Rheinlande und Westfalens, by Dr. C. J. Andra. Zweite Hilfte, 1882.
Erste Halfte, 1883. Zweite Hilfte, 1883, from the society.

Victorian Year Book for 1883-4, by Mr. H. H. Hayter, from the
author.

Victorian Naturalist, January, February, March, 1885, from the
society.

Vital and Meteorological Statistics of Hobart and Launceston, from
the Government Statist.

Washington Astronomical and Meteorological Observations, Vols.
XXV., XXVI., 1878-9, from the Meteorological Dept.

Wood Pavement Board Report—Minutes of Proceedings and Appen-
dix, Sydney, New South Wales, 1884, from Professor A. Liversidge.
PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSEUM,

Mammals.

Golden-bellied beaver rat, Hydromys chrysogaster, Master A. Swan,

Golden-bellied beaver rat, Hydromys chrysogaster, Mr. Propsting.

Kangaroo rat, Hypsiprymnuus apicalis, Mr. R. Alomes.

Hairy echidna, Echidna setosa, Mr. Flexmore.

Skull of native tiger, Thylacinus cynocephalus, Mr, Wilson,

Civ

Birds.
Nankeen crane, Nycticorax caledonicus, Mrs. John Lord.
Skua Gull, Lestris cattaractes, Colonel W. V. Legge, R.A.
White-fronted falcon, Falco lunulatus, Mr. C. C. Nairn.
New Holland Goshawk, Astur nove-hollandiz, Mr. H. Stannard.
Australian Goshawk, Astur approximans, Mr. E. C. Wright.
Australian Goshawk, Astur approximans, Mr. C. Meredith.
Collection of New Zealand bird skins, Mr. A. F. B. Hull.
Red-capped Dottrel, Hiaticula ruficapilla, Mr. C. Blyth.
Little Penguin, Spheniscus minor, Mr. Propsting.

Reptiles.
Diamond snake of Tasmania, or copper head of Victoria, Hop!ocephalus
superbus, Mr. H. D. Swan.
The Tiger snake, Hoplocephalus curtus, Mr. Geo. Hinsby.
Diamond snake, Hoplocephalus superbus, Mr. J. R. McClymont.

Fishes.
The Thresher or Fox Shark, Alopecias Vulpes, Mr. John Swan.
Three Elephant Fish, Callorhynchus antarticus.
Stone-lifter or Catfish, Kathetostoma lve.
Poreupine Fish, Chilomycterus jaculiferus.
Sea Horse, Hippocampus abdominalis, Mr. F. Self.
A collection of the Freshwater Herring or Cucumber Fish, Proto-
troctes marzna, Mr. John Swan.
Shells.
Haliotis neevosa, Mr. H. Haywocd.
An Octopus, Mr. F. Self.
Insects.
A moth, Mr. J. Northcote.
Two moths, Cossus sp., Mr. EK. Palmer.
A moth, Cossus sp., Mr. C. H. Lovett.
Orthopterus insect, Mr. Maning.
A moth, Rev. Mr. Wilson.
A collection of insects, Mr. J. McCance.
Old Newspapers, etc.
A collection of English papers, Mr. Justin McC. Browne.
The Samoan Reporter, 1847, Rev. H. Freeland.
Promissory note, value 3d., Hobart Town, 1825.
Programme of the 12th anniversary regatta, Hobart, November 30,
1849, Mr. W. H. Buckland.
One guinea (paper) on the Falkirk Union Bank, October, 1812, Mrs.
Geo. Hinsby.
PAPERS.

The Hon. Secretary, Dr. AGNEW, stated ke had received a lette®
from Baron Von Miieller, accompanied with a most elaborate pape!
entitled ‘‘The Zoology of Australia,” written by that distinguished
scientist of Sydrey, New South Wales, the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S.
The paper, the Baron stated, was written at his request for a great
forthcoming work in Germany, but as it contained some very valuable
information, the Baron thought it was highly important that it should
appear in its origiral English before leaving for Germany. As the
paper embraced 51 pages of foolscap, only a part of it was read.

Col. LEGGE, in answer to an appeal from the hon. sec., said the re-
view was a very interesting one. The most salient point about the
region was that the great family order of the Woodpecker was totally
absent from it, and it was the only region in the world similarly
situated. He also referred to the great number of Petrels in the
region. The subject, in his opinion, had been very exhaustively
treated in the paper which had been read.

CV

Mr. E. D. Swan said the absence of the Woodpecker waa, according
to Gould, owing to the Australian trees shedding their bark, so that
the beaks of the birds would not be required to bore into the trees to
get insects for food.

Col. LEGGE said it would be very interesting to acclimatise them here
and see the result.

A paper by Mr. A. B. Biggs, Launceston, entitled ‘‘ The Lunar Kclipse
of 30-3lst March, 1885.” The paper was not long, but of great interest
to those who pay particular interest in astronomical studies.

A paper, by R. M. Johnston, F.L.S., on the character and relation-
ship of the upper paleozoic and mesozoic formations of Tasmania,
and the associated diabasic rocks, illustrated by specimens collected by
him in various parts of the colony, and an account of a collection of
ferns made by Mr. J. R. McClymont at the Cascades.

Prior to reading his paper on the character and relationship of the
Upper Pal. and Mesozoic formations of Tasmania, with the diabasic
rocks, Mr. Johnston announced that he had discovered at Porter Hill,
near Hobart, an important series of beds, showing a gradual transition
upwards, without stratigraphical break of any kind, from the common
limestone restricted to marine organisms, to fine sandy shales where
the marine organisms have altogether disappeared, with the exception
of a minute ostracod. These upper beds are replete with plant remains,
chiefly of ferns, allied to the genera — Gangamopteris, Cyclopteris, and
possibly Pecopteris. The fossiliferous marine limestones and mud-
stones, replete with the common forms belonging to the genera Steno-
pora, Protoretepora, Fenestella, Spirifera, Strophalosia, Terebratula,
etc., are followed by thin passaged beds of alternating dark brown
sandstones and friable shales, where most of the common lower forms
disappear, with the exception of Spirifer Tasmaniensis and P. Darwinii.
In these shales a species of Cythere swarmsin the greatest number, to-
gether with species belonging to the genera Modiolopsis, Tellinomya,
and Theca. In these latter beds also the plant remains referred to
begin to make their appearance, and in the uppermost shales the
plant remains, and an occasional Cythere, with the articulated spines,
probably of a species of Ichthyodorulites alone are to be found. Mr.
Johnston is of opinion that these upper beds with plant remains are
the equivalents of the Tasmanite stage of the upper marine beds of the
Mersey.

Mr. JoHnstTon also announced that Mr. McClymont had kindly for-
warded to him for the society’s collection the following interesting
ferns from the Cascades, Tasman’s Peninsula, viz.:—Lomaria patersoni,
L. lanceolata, L. procera, L. discolor, Polypodium billardieri, Aspidium
capense, Grammitis australis, Hymenophyllum rarum, H. crispatum.

Mr. R. A Bastow read a paper entitled ‘‘ Jungermannia reticulata.”
This interesting paper was accompanied with some beautifully-mounted
specimens shown by the microscope.

The Superintendent and Inspector of Fisheries, Mr. SAVILLE-KENT,
F.L.S.,F.@.P., exhibited and made remarks upon the ova and living
fry of the Cucumber Mullet, Herring, or Grayling (Prototroctes
marena). The eggs taken and artificially impregnated from fish caught
in the Mersey, at Labrobe, were rapidly hatching out in his aquarium.
A period of precisely three weeks had elapsed from the collection of the
eggs and the appearance of the first fish, the ‘‘eyed” condition of the
ova having been entered upon on the expiration of the first fortnight.
The artificial impregnation or collection of the eggs of this fish not
having been previously accomplished it was a point of interest to ascer-
tain whether they were deposited by the parent among the gravel in
the river bed, as is the case with the Salmon Trout, and Kuropean Gray-
ling (Thymallus), or whether, as obtains with another allied form, the

Cvi

European Cucumber Smelt (Osmerus), they are deposited upon and
adhere to solid substanzes, such as submerged rocks or timber, as has -
been suspected by some authorities. The experiment made had re-
sultedin determining that the eggs were nson-adherent, and sunk to
the bottom of the water immediately on exclusion. A remarkable
feature of these eggs was their excessively small size, they not exceed-
ing individually a millimetre in diameter, so that over 600 might be
contained in a single even layer having the dimensions of one square
inch. As compared with the eggs of the salmon and trout it had been
observed that the developing embryo occupied a much larger portion of
the cavity of the egg, the yolk sac being almost completely absorbed
in the liberation of the young fish. There is in consequence no semi-in-
active or ‘‘alevin” stage with this species as found in the trout and
salmon, the fry on emergence being remarkably slender and buoyant,
and swimming actively towards the surface of the water. A more ex-
haustive technical paper upon the development of this species was pro-
mised by Mr. Saville-Kent at a later date. The success he had
obtained in the culture of the several hundred fry then in his possession
made him altogether sanguine concerning future operations that would
be undertaken of rearing them on an extensive scale for the re-stocking
of our Southern rivers.

Mr. Sprent laid on the table some copies of a geological map of
Tasmania, prepared at the Crown Lands department. ‘The work was
initiated at the request of the Hon. N. J. Brown, Minister of Lands
and Works, and was intended to accompany the ‘‘Crown Lands
Guide” issued by the department. It has frequently been repre-
sented to the Government that] Mr. Gould’s maps and reports should
be republished for general information, but as to do so would entail
a great amount of unnecessary labour, it was decided to embody Mr.
Gould’s work in a genera! map, and to incorporate therein all the most
reliable information obtainable from other sources. Mr. Sprent,
finding that Mr. R. M. Johnston was independently engaged upon the
preparation of a descriptive account of the geology of Tasmania, agreed
to join forces with that gentleman. Several gentlemen, on being con-
sulted, agreed to give information, but a great difficulty was experi-
enced in reconciling statements, it was determined to prepare a map
from the materials at hand, and then distribute it amongst these
who were likely to take an interest in adding to and correcting it.
The map now issued does not claim to be areliable record of as-
certained geological facts; it is put forward rather as a guide, and
as an incentive to further work in the same direction; there being
no complete geological survey of Tamania, it is impossible to attain
to more than approximate accuracy. The authors therefore offer this
map as their contribution towards a future and more elaborate work.
It will be found to give a clear and fairly accurate delineation of the
leading geological features of the colony as far as it is possible to
delineate them upon a map of small scale.

Mr. Johnston is now engaged upon the letterpress portion of the
work, but as it is necessarily a work of his spare hours it will not be
ready for some months yet.

In the meantime Mr. Johnston and Mr. Sprent will be grateful
to any gentlemen who will furnish them with information that may
be made available for another edition of the map.

Mr. E. D. Swan exhibited an albatross’ egg Diomeda exulans. This
egg was collected during the cruise of the Erebus and Terror at
Campbell Island, lat. 52deg. 33min. S., long. 169deg. 9min. E., in the
year 1840; weight, 17j0z.

The Curator drew attention to a beautiful mounted specimen of a
copper-headed snake of Victoria. This specimen had been captured by

evil

Mr. E. D. Swan at Phillip Island, and he had it mounted and
presented to the Museum. Attention was also drawn to a very pretty
variety of an albino morepork, Podargus cuvieri, caught at Brighton.
. On the table were exhibited three specimens of the brown trout, Salmo
fario, caught at the Great Lake, their weight being 15, 14, and 13lb.
respectively.

A specimen of quartz from Mount Morgan, Queensland, was shown.

SPECIAL MEETING.

At a special meeting, which was held on the same evening, an
alteration vf a formal character was made in rules 24 and 27, to
enable meetings of the Council to be held without the presence of the
hon. secretary, which has hitherto been held essential, and altering
the date of the first meeting for the session.

MAY, 1885.

The monthly meeting of the Royal Society of Tasmania was held on
Tuesday evening, 12th May, Mr. James Barnard, V.P., in the chair,
and several ladies were present. A very large number of Fellows were
present. The following gentlemen, who had been previously nominated
bythe Council, were balloted for, and declared duly elected as Honorary
Members of the society, viz. :—The Hon. William Macleay, F.L.S.,
M.L.C., etc., Edward Pierson Ramsay, F.R.S.E., F.L.S., etc., etc.,
‘Carator Australian Museum, Sydney. In proposing the former gentle-
man the hon. secretary (Dr. Agnew) referred to him as one of the
first naturalists in the colonies, to whom they were indebted for very
many favours. To the trustees of the Australian Museum ard Mr.
Ramsay, he said, they were under special compliment for valuable
additions to their Museum. Mr. Ramsay had it in his power to be ser-
viceable to them, and he had always exercised it in their favour. It
was to the ‘l'rustees and him they were indebted for the valuable col-
lection of New Guinea and other birds which were displayed on their
table that evening.

A HANDSOME DONATION,

The CHAIRMAN said he had, on the part of the council, to make the
gratifying announcement to the Fellows of the society that since their
last meeting they had received from the executors of the late Dr. Joseph
Milligan a legacy of £350, which was to be devot d to furthering the
various objects of the society. (Applause.) Although it was nearly 30
years since Dr. Milligan quitted 'lasmania for Europe, he had neverthe-
less taken a vivid interest in the affairs of the society, and this had
culminated in his final act of bequeathing such a handsome legacy to
the institutign he loved so well. (Applause.) Those who had the
privilege of enjoying the intimate acquaintance of Dr. Milligan while
he was secretary of this society would remember the zeal with which
he threw himself into the advocacy of the building of the museum.
Through his instrumentality a large subscription was obtained, and
the Government having given the site, which was originally part ot
the old Government House grounds, the present handsome building was
the result. His zeal in the cause of science was well known. The
first portion of the published transactions of the society were almost
exclusively occupied with his report on the coalfields of Tasmania,
which might even now be referred to with advantage by any one
desiring to inform himself of the extent of the coal deposits in Tas-

evil

mania. On all occasions Dr. Milligan had shown himself a lover
of science, and in promoting the objects of this society especially. He
(the chairman) would oniy point the moral by saying that such a life
and example were worthy of all imitation. (Applause.)

The hon. secretary (Dr. Agnew) brought forward the usual returns,
viz. :-—

1. Number of visitors to the musenm April—On Sundays, 960 ;
on week days, 1,160; total, 2,120.

2. Number of visitors to Royal Society’s Gardens. April—5,500.

Seeds received at the Royal Society’s Gardens during the month of
April, 1885 :—

From the Botanic Gardens, Madras, 16 packages seed.

From the Botanic Gardens, Saharanpur, N.W. India, seeds (Abies
dumosa).

4, Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s Gardens during April, 1885 :—

Sth. Chinese Chrysanthemums commence to flower.

10th. Elm leaves commence to fall.

12th. Coe’s fine late red plum commence to ripen.

15th. Pyrus Arcuparia leaves commence to fall.

24th. Black Mulberry leaves commence to fall.

28th. Seeds of Hornbeam ripe.

Meteorological Returns.

From the Government Observatory, Captain Shortt, R.N., table of
observations for April, from Mr. F. Abbott.
Superintendent Royal Society’s Gardens, register of rainfall for April.

Additions to the library during the month of April.

Adelaide University Calendar for the year 1885. From the University.

Agricultural Gazette, March 9, 16, 23.

American Agriculturist, March, 1885.

Annals and magazines of Natural History, March 1885.

Bombay magnetical and meteorological observations for 1883.

Bulletin du Musee Royal D’Histoire, Naturelle de Belgique, Tome
ili., 1884, No. 1.

Bzlletin de la Societe Royale de.

Botanique de Belgique, Tome Vingt. From the Society.

Descriptive notes on Papuan Plants. From Baron F. von Miieller,
K.C.M.G.

Epi al glossary, Latin and old English of the eighth century, photo. -
lithogr vhed from the original M.S., by W. Griggs, and edited with
trausli eration, introduction and notes by Henry Sweet, M.A. From
the Chief Secretary of Tasmania.

Fac-similes of the declaration of independence, and the treaty of
Waitangi, New Zealand. From the Rev. Geo. Clarke.

Forest culture and eucalyptus trees, by Edward Cooper.

Fragmenta Phytographiz Australie, pt. 2. From Baron F. von
Miieller, K.C.M G.

Gardeners’ Chronicle, Feb. 28, March 7, 14, 21, 28.

Geological Magazine, March.

Index Perfectus ad Caroli Linnzi. Spezies Plantarum, Nempe Harum
From Baron F. von Miieller, K.C.M.G.

Journal of Science, March.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India, vol. xxi., pts. 1, 2.
(Palceontological Indica). Series xiii., vol. 1, pt. 4. Salt Range Fossils,
by W. Wagen, pt. D.,1. Productus Limestone Fossils, iv. Brachiopoda,
He plates, lviii., Ixxxi. From the Geological Survey Department of

ndia.

Medical Press and Circular, March 18, 1885.

clx

Monthly notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, vol. xlv., No. 4.,
February, 1885.

Monthly Weather Report of the Meteorological Office, London for
November, 1884.

Nature, vol. 31, February.

Organic Constituents of Plants and Vegetable Substances and _ their
Chemical Analysis, by Dr. G. C. Wittstein, translated by F. von
Miieller, F.R.S. From Baron von Miieller, K.C.M.G.

Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia, New South
Wales and Victorian branches, with maps and illustrations, Ist session,
1883-4, vol.1. From the Society.

Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria, decade x., by Professor
McCoy. From the Government Printer, Victoria.

Preussische Statistik, Ixxix. From the Statistisches, Berlin.

Quarterly Weather Report, pt. 1, 1877. From the Society, London,

Tasmanian Statutes, vol. 4. Krom the Government.

Victorian Naturalist, March and April. From the Society.

Vital and Meteorological Statistics for April. From R. M. Johnston,
Government Statistician.

Wattle Bark Report of the Board of Enquiry.

PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
Mammals :

Two Black Opossums, Phalangista fuliginosa, Mr. J. McCluskey.
A Black Rat, Antechinus swainsoni, Dr. Coverdale.
Tiger Cat, Dasynrus maculatus, Mr. C. S. Agnew.

Birds :
New Holland Goshawk, Astur nove-hollandie, Mr. Headlam.
Swamp Parakeet, Pezoporus formosus, Mr. Tabart.
Lewin’s Rail, Rallus Lewenii, Dr. L. Holden.
Australian Gannet, Sula Australis, Mr. P. Seager.
Eagle Hawk, Aquila audax, Mr. ——
Native Companion, Grus Australasianus, Mr. Facy.

Fishes :

Two Salmon, Salmo salar (male and female), from the River Erne,
Ireland, from the Salmon Commissioners, Tasmania.
Tasmanian Jack or Pike, Lanicoperca mordax, Mr, R. M. Johnston

Insects.

A Few Insects, Mr. J. McCly nont.
A Collection of Beetles. Mr. Moore.

Shells.

.
Pecten fumatus, Mr. J. McCune.
A Valve (Limopsis tenisoni), Mr. T. R. Atkinson.

¢ Old Documents.

One Spanish Dollar, dated Hobart Town, July 10, 1823 (paper).
A Two Spanish Dollar, dated Hobart Town, March 25, 1823 (paper).
Paper Money, value 2s. 6d., Dr. E. J. Crouch.

Papers.

The continuation of the Hon. W. Macleay’s paper, ‘‘ Zoology of
Australia.”

A paper by Mr. R. M. Johnston, F.L.S., entitled ‘‘ Notes regarding
the Silurian Fossils of the Gordon Limestones, with generic descriptions
and a specific list of the organisms already named and classified.”

Mr. Johnston’s paper contains a brief history of the silurian fossils

Cx

obtained from the Gordon limestones of Tasmania. Although 28 species
have been named and classified by Mr. Salter, over 17 years ago, no
descriptions of the species have yet been placed upon record, and hence
the collection of fossils now in the society’s Museum, originally obtained
by the late Dr. Milligan, and supplemented by Mr. Chas. Gould in the
year 1862, cannot be identified specifically. Mr. Johnston has arranged
with R. Etheridge, jun., F.G.S., of the South Kensington Museuin,
London, to have Mr. Salter’s collection fully described, and to facilitate
reference in the meantime, among other particulars, the former has given
a full description of the various genera, with a complete list of the species
already named.

Mr. R. A. Bastow read a paper ‘‘ On the identification of Tasmanian
mosses, etc” The paper was intended to illustrate a hand-book on the
Tasmanian mosses, a compiled list of all the genera he (Mr. Bastow) had
prepared from Hooker’s Flora Tasmaniz and other authorities of our
mosses. The book was beautifully illustrated, and would be valuable
to those who took an interest in the mosses to determine the genera they
belonged to.

Mr. R. M. Jounston bore testimony to the value of Mr. Bastow’s
work, saying that it would be of great assistance to anyone commencing
a study of the mosses. No part of the world was so favourable to such
a study as Hobart, in the vicinity of Mount Wellington.

Mr. C. H. GrAaxt said the thanks of the society were due to Mr.
Bastow for his paper on this most interesting branch of the study of
botany. No one could enter a mountain glade in Tasmania without
seeing how particularly rich they were in mosses. England had been
considered rich in them, but here they were in far greater luxuriance and
beauty, and a hand-glass was quite sufficient to enable them to be fully
inspected, without the aid of a microscope. If only a few people would
apply themselves to the study here, new species would, he was sure, be
very soon discovered. (Applause.) :

A paper ‘‘On some new species of Tasmanian marine shells,” by W.
F. Petterd, C.M.Z.S., was read by the hon. secretary, Dr. Agnew.

Exhibits.

The Paradise birds, presented by the trustees of the Australian
Museum, were a theme of admiration for their rich and exquisite
colouring, and reflected great credit on Mr. J. A. Thorpe, the head
taxidermist of the Sydney Museum, who had mounted them, and no
doubt will prove a highly interesting addition to the museum.

Mr. Bastow exhibited, by the aid of the microscope, some beautifully
mounted specimens of Tasmanian mosses, which proved of great
attraction to the members present.

Lieut. C. E. Beddome stated that no doubt the Fellows were aware
of the large shipment of salmon ova which had arrived during tlhe last
few days, and which had been deposited at the Ponds, and he was happy
to inform them that about 50,000 eggs were alive and looking well.
Accompanying the ova, was sent out two fine specimens of salmon, a
male and female, which had been admirably preserved and mounted by
Mr. Morton, the curator. The two fish were exhibited during the
evening, the male weighed 30lbs., the female, 23lbs.

Votes of thanks to donors to the Museum, to authors of the papers
read, and the chairman, brought a very pleasant evening to a close.

cxl

JUNE.

The monthly evening meeting of the Koyal Society of Tasmania was
held on Tuesday evening, June 9th, Mr. James Barnard, Vice-President,
in the chair. A large number of Fellows were present, as well as several
ladies. The following gentlemen, who had been previously nominated
by the Council, were ballotted for and declared duly elected Fellows of
the Society, viz., Messrs. Alexander Macdonald Ritchie and T. B. Moore.

DR. MILLIGAN’S BEQUESTS.

The CHAIRMAN said that at their last meeting he had the gratification
of announcing the receipt of certain pecuniary bequests by the late Dr.
Milligan to the Society. He was not then aware that in addition to
those bequests Dr. Milligan had also made certain gifts of land, com-
prising three allotments of one acre each at Bicheno, and one town
allotment of three acres at George Town. No doubt these would be of
considerable value to the Society. In connection with this he would
also say that the Council had thought that the best way to make
acknowledgment of these liberal bequests would be to have a likeness of
the deceased gentleman suspended inthe Museum. They were indebted
to Mr. Sprent for the enlarged photograph which they possessed, and
which was on the table for the inspection of members. It was a very
excellent likeness, as all those who knew Dr. Milligan would recollect.

The photograph, which had been enlarged in the Crown Lands Depart-
ment, was handed round for the inspection of members.

The Hon. Secretary (Dr. Agnew) brought forward the usual returns,
viz. :—

1, Number of visitors to the museum during the month of May :—
Week days, 1,372; Sundays, 1,000; total, 2,372.

2. Number cf visitors to Royal Society’s Gardens during the month of
May, 5,600.

3. Plants and seeds received at and sent from the Royal Society’s
Gardens during the month of May, 1885 :—

From the Acclimatisation Society, Queensland, case containing 25
plants.

- From Mr. G. Brunning, St. Kilda, Victoria, case containing 45
plants.

From Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, Victoria, 135 packets seeds.

From Dr. R. Schomburgk, Adelaide, 25 packets South Australian
seeds.

To Messrs. Law and Somner, Melbourne, 2 bags sphagnum moss.

To Mr. John Smith, Riddel’s Creek, Victoria, 2 bags sphagnum moss

4, Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s Gardens during May, 1885 :—

14th. Dutch medlars, commencing to ripen.

16th. Diosma alba, commencing to flower.

18th. Photini serrulata, commencing to flower.

20th. Ailanthus blandulosus, leaves all shed.

25th. Laurustinus, commencing to flower.

3lst. Jasminum nudiflorun, in full flower.

Meteorological Returns,

From the Government Observer, Captain Shortt, R.N., table of

observations for May.

Additions to the library during the month of May :—
Agricultural Gazette, March 30, April 6, 13.

American Agriculturist, April.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, April.
Atheneum, The, January, February, March.

Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds, in the collection of

exil

the British Museum, ‘‘ Fringilliformes,” Pt. 1, containing the Families
Diceidz, Hirundinide, Ampelide, Mniotiltide, and Motacillicde. Vol.
X. By R. Bowlder Sharpe. From the Trustees of British Museum,

Den Norske Nordhavs Expedition, 1876-78. XII. Zoologi, ‘‘ Penna-
tulida,” by D. C. Danielssen and J. Koren. XIII. Zoologi ‘‘ Spongide,”
by Dr. G. A. Hansen. Christiana, 1884-85. From Prof. H. Mohn,

Entomologisk Tidskiift, April, 1884

Gardeners’ Chronicle.

Geological Magazine, April.

Journal of Science, April.

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society. Vol. 5. Pt. 2. April.

Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. 45. No.
5. March.

Nature. Vol. 31. March.

New Zealand Journal of Science. No. Sand 9. Marchand May.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Pt.
III. Nov., Dec., 1884.

Primer of Tariff Reform, A. By D. A. Wells. From the Committee
of the Cobden Club, London.

PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
Mammals.

Two Tasmanian Tigers, Thylacynus cynocephalus, male and female,
Messrs. French Bros.
One do. Tiger, do. do., male, Mr. F. Mace.
A Platypus, Ornythorhynchus paradoxus, Mr, W. E. Shoobridge.
Flying Squirrell, Belideus sp., Mr. T. Oakley.
Birds.

Little Penguin, Kudyptula minor, Mr. F. Selfe.
Grey-tailed Thickhead, Pachycephala glaucura, Mr. G. Hinsby.
tasmanian Honeyeater, Meliphaga Australasiana, Capt. HK. T. Wallack.

Fishes,

Native Freshwater Perch, Microperca Tasmaniz, Mr. J. Swan.
Parrot Fish, Labrichthys sp., Mr. R: M. Johnston.

Coins, etc. R

1 Swedish krona, a 25 ore, a 10 ore,a 4 skilling (1842), a 5 cent., a
dime, 2 Egyptian pennies. Specimen from the Bitter Lakes. Part of
the keel of the Vega, Capt. Nordenskiold, Sub-Inspector 0. Hedberg.

Papers.

““Notes on the discovery of new species of leaf impressions from the
Tertiary sandstones at Mount Bischoff, belonging to the genera
Eucalyptus, Laurus Quercus, Zamia, etc.” By Mr. R. M. Johnston,

In Mr. Johnston’s paper he describes a number of new species of very
interesting leaf impressions obtained by Mr. Kayser in sinking through
Tertiary sandstone beds, which underlie the recent basalt at Mount
Bischoff as it does at Breadalbane, One-Tree Point, Geilstone, and other
places in Tasmania. Mr. Kayser is highly commended for his services
to science in this matter, as he has by his painstaking energy added
considerably to our knowledge of the Tertiary Flora of Tasmania. In
the collection made by Mr, Kayser, Mr. Johnston recognises at least
10 new species belonging to the genera Eucalyptus, Quercus, Laurus,
Ulmus, Zamia, and possibly the genera Lomatia, Ceratopetalum, and
Ficus, are also represented. This, according to the writer of the paper,
is most interesting,as it substantiates the opinions advanced by Baron
von Ettingshausen and Baron Sir Ferd. von Miieller, that the whole

CXlil

existing vegetation of the world can in its development be traced to an
universal flora in bygone geologic ages, and, therefore, in perfect accord
with the evolution hypothesis. It is strange to observe that the pre-
vailing forms of vegetation in Tasmania during the Tertiary period
should be more closely allied to the existing flora of Europe than to the
existing flora of Tasmania.

Mr. Johnston states that the species of Eucalyptus from Mount Bischoff
named by him E. Kayseri, is the first indication of our most character-
istic vegetation (the gum tree) which he has yet observed in a fossil
state in Tasmania. Quercus, so abundantly represented in a fossil state
at Mount Bischoff, is now restricted entirely to the Northern Hemis-

here.
A Paper, entitled ‘‘ The Tasmanian Earth tremors 1883-4-5,” by Mr.
A. B. Biggs, which was replied to by Captain Shortt, and Messrs. R. M.
Johnston and W. H. Knight.

The following note on the determination of the coal plants of
Tasmania, by Mr. T. Stephens, was read :—Some five years ago I
submitted to the notice of the Royal Society specimens of Glossopteris,
Gangamopteris, Noeggerathiopsis, with other forms not yet fully iden-
tified, from the Mersey coal measures, and shortly afterwards a fine col-
lection from the same b+ds was presented by Mr. Hainsworth, of Latrobe.
At the time of the Calcutta Exhibition I sent a vox of specimens from
the same locality, together with a few from the Jerusalem basin, to
Dr. Ottokar Feistmantel, Palceontologist of the Geological Survey of
India, whois thoroughly conversant with the flora of all the Australian
coalfields, and better able than any other living authority to settle
questions concerning the relative age and affinities of the coal measures
of Tasmania. In the correspondence which has followed, Dr. Feistmantel
expressedhis readiness to determine for us the species of our coal plants,
and thus facilitate comparisons and conclusions which at present are
necessarily made very much in the dark. In a letter received by the
last mail he says: —‘‘I don’t want to publish anything about the
subject before I have got again your opinion about the position of the
Mersey beds in reference to the marine fossils, I intend, then, to publish
figures and descriptions of the fossils you have sent: for this purpose
I would be much obliged to you for any other fossils from the coal
measures of Tasmania which you might be able to communicate to
me, so that my memoir on the plant fossils of Tasmania might be more
complete. When I wrote my first notices on the Australian fossil flora
I had no sufficient information about the occurrence of Glossopteris in
Tasmania.” It is a long time since I have had any leisure to dovote to
the collection of geological specimens, and those which I possess from
the southern and eastern coal measures are mostly in a fragmentary
condition, having been obtained hurriedly from roadside cuttings, or
the debris of coal workings, while traversing the country on horseback,
Iam, however, able to supply Dr. Feistmantel with a good collection
from the Mersey basin, and shall be glad to do any thing in my power
to send him one fepresenting the other coal formations in Tasmania.
If any of the Fellows of the Royal Society are willing to help in this
direction, and will either send specimens to the Museum, or furnish the
names of local collectors from whom they can be procured, they will
materially aid in the accomplishment of an important work, which
cannot be performed except by the transmission of a good representative
collection to acompetent authority.

EXHIBITS,
Mr. James Andrew produced a specimen of rock from the Kimberley
district in South Africa in which the diamonds are found.

_ Mr. F. Belstead, of Launceston, sent a specimen of fossil wood obtained
in the Ringarooma district.

CX1V

SUGGESTIONS.

Mr. C. E. BeppomeE suggested that an alteration should be made in
their third rule, and that the Governor of the colony should be made the
honorary president or vice-patron, and that they should elect a president
annually from the Council.

The CHAIRMAN was of opinion that it was not competent to the
Fellows to adopt the change proposed, as it would contravene one of the
fundamental principles of the Society, which had received the royal
approval when the Queen became its patron, and confirmed the annual
grant. The rules can be altered at any time, but certainly not the
fundamental principles and constitution, and he therefore ruled that the.
proposed motion could not be entertained.

Mr. Breppome also suggested that certificates should be issued to.
honorary and corresponding members of the Society.

The CHAIRMAN said the Council would take that into consideration if
Mr. Beddome would bring it under their notice.

The Hon. SEecrETARY, referring to the late election, as Honorary
Members of the Society, of the Hon. W. Macleay, M.L.C., F.L.S., of
Sydney, and H. Pierson Ramsay, Hsq., F.R.S.,H., F.L.S., the curator of
the Sydney Museum, said he had sentthem complimentary letters referring,
to the fact, and that it had since been noted in the newspapers.

VOTE OF THANKS,

On the motion of Colonel LEGGE, seconded by Mr. C. HE. Brppoms, a
vote of thanks was passed to the donors of exhibits and the authors of
papers.

EXHIBITION OF MOSSES.

Mr. R. A. Bastow, with the aid of the microscope, exhibited a very
interesting collection of specimens of Tasmanian mosses, which were
greatly admired.

A vote of thanks to the chairman concluded the meeting.

JULY.

The monthly evening meeting of the Royal Society of Tasmania was
held on Tuesday evening, Mr. James Barnard, Vice-president, occupying
the chair. There were fifty-six Fellows in attendance, amongst those
present being the Bishop of Tasmania (Dr. Sandford), the Acting-
Chief Justice (Hon. W. R. Giblin), and several ladies.

Dr, A. Bingham Crowther and Mr. R. R. Rex were re-elected Fellows
of the Society.

Owing to the indisposition of the Hon. Secretary, for whose absence
the Chairman apologised, the Curator of the Museum brought forward
the usual returns, viz, :--.

1. Number of visitors to the Museum during the month of June :—
Week days, 1,155 ; Sundays, 570 ; total, 1,725.
2. Number of visitors to Royal Society’s Gardens during the month
of June, 4,550.
Plants and seeds received at and sent from the Royal Society’s Gardens
during the month of June, 1885 :—
meee the Agri. Horti. Societies’ Gardens, Madras. Seeds of Podocurpus
affinis.

CXV

To Mr, G. Brunning, Melbourne. Box cuttings.

Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s Gardens during June, 1885 :—

12th. Maelaura aurantiza, leaves falling.

15th. Iris alata, commencing to flower.

18th. Calycanthus preeox, in full flower.

20th. Crocus vernus, commencing to flower.

22nd. Common privet, leaves falliag.

30th. Black mulberry, leaves all shed.

METEOROLOGICAL RETURNS,

From the Government Observer, Captain Shortt, R.N., table of
observations for June.

Additions 10 the library during the month of June :—

Agricultural Gazette, April 20, 27, May 4, 11.

American Agriculturist, May and June.

American Museum of Natural History. Annual report of the trustees
for the year 1884-5.—From the Trustees.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History, May.

Auckland Institute and Museum. Report for 1884-5.—From the
Trustees.

Atheneum, The, April.

Bulletin du Musee Royal D’ Histoire Naturelle de Belgique, Tome IIL.,
IV., No. 3, 4, 1885.—From the Trustees.

Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum, pt. 1, con-
taining the orders Primates, Chiroptera, Insectivora, Carnivora, and
Rodentia. By Richard Lydekker, B.A.K.

Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum, 2nd Edt., vol. 1,
Geckonidx, Eublepharide, Uroplatide, Pygopodide, Agamide.—From
the Trustees British Museum.

Elephant Pipes in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Science,
Davenport, Iowa, 1885, by Chas. Putman.—From the Trustess.

Gardener’s Chronicle, April 25, May 2, 9, 16.

Geological Magazine, May.

Guide to the collection of Fossil Fishes in the Department of Geology
and Palceontology, British Museum (Natural History), 1885.

Guide to the Galleries of Mammalia, Mammalian, Osteological, Ceta-
cean, in the Department of Zoology in the British Museum, 1885,—
From the Trustees.

Journal of Science, May.

Meteorological Observations, November, 1884.—From the Meteor.
Office, India.

Midland Medical Miscellany, Vol. 4, No. 41.—From the Editor,
Leicester, England.

Monthly Weather Report of the Meteorological Office, London, for
December, 1884.—From the Meteor. Office, London.

Monthly Notices gf the Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. 45, No. 6,
April, 1885.—From the Society.

Nature, Vol. 31, April.

Principles of Forecasting by means of Weather Charts, by the Hon.
R. Abercromby.—From the Meteorological Office, London.

Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto, 3rd Ser., Vol. TII.,
Fas. No. 1, March 1885.—F rom the Society.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. X.,
Pt. 1, June 1885.—From the Society.

Records of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. XVIIL., Pt. 2.—From
the Geological Survey Office.

Report of the Acting-Secretary for Mines and Water Supply, Annual,
Victoria, 1884.—From the Mines Department. ;

CXxvl

Report of the Meteorological Council to the Royal Society for the year
ending 31st March, 1884.—From the Meteorological Office, London.

Results of Astronomical Observations made at the Melbourne Observa-
tory in the years 1876, 1877, 1878, 1879, 1880.—From the Government
Astronomer.

Results of Rain and River Observations made in New South Wales
during 1884.—From the Government Astronomer.

Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, Vol. III., Series
_IL.,1V. Catalogue of Vertebrate Fossils, from the Siwaliks of India,

in the Science and Art Museum, Dublin, by R. Lydekker, B.A. Plate
and Woodcuts.

Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, Vol. V.,on the
origin of Fresh Water Faunes, a Study in Evolution, by W. J. Sollas,’
M.A

Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, Vol. VI.—
Memoirs on Coleoptera, of the Hawaiian Islands, by the Rev. T.
Blackburn, B.A., and Dr. D. Sharpe. Plates IV. and V.

Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society, Vol. IV., n.s.,
July 1884, Pt. V.; Vol. IV., N.s., January 1885, Pt. VI.—From the
Royal Dublin Society.

Transactions of the Royal Historical Society.—New Series, Vol. II,
Pt. [V.; 1885.—From the Society.

Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute.—Vol.
XVIL., 1884.—From the Trustees.

PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

Mammals :

Two Grey Opossums, Phalangista vulpina; Three Black Opossums,
Phalangista fuliginosus ; Two Ring-tailed Opossums, Phalangista viver-
rina, Mr. W. Lester.

Two Tasmanian Tigers, Thylacinus cynocephalus; One Tasmanian
Devil, Sarcophilus ursinus, Mr. W. Turvey.

Duck-billed Platypus, Ornithorhynchus anatinus, Mr. John Swan.

Two Ring-tailed Opossums, Phalangista viverrina, Mr.T. M. Atkinson.

Ring-tailed Opossum, Phalangista viverrina ; Golden-bellied Beaver
Rat, Hydromys chrysogaster, Mr. A. Brent.

Birds :
Two Musk Ducks, Biziura lobata, Mr. R. Read.
Blue Crane, Ardea nove hollandize, Mr. L. Massey.
Mandarin Drake and Duck, Aix galericulata; Javanese Pheasant,

Phasianus sp., Mr. EK. D. Swan.

Ten species of American Birds’ Eggs, Mr. Geo. Hinsby.

Fishes :
Tail of an Indian Stinging Ray, Mr. W. H. Buckland.

Crustacea :

A Hermit Crab, Pagrus sp., Mrs. John McCance.

Relics, Ete. :
A Paper, The Saunders News Letter, Friday, May 16, 1777, Dublin,
Mr. J. F. Kchlin.
Two Swedish Coins, Mr. L. O. Laroson.

WATER AND TYPHOID.
Mr. W. F. Ward, A.R.S.M., Government Analyst, read the following
paper on the Impurities of Water in Relation to Typhoid Fever :—

At the request of the sanitary officer of the Launceston Corporation I
have, at different times, examined 11 samples of water collected by him
during his enquiries into outbreaks of typhoid fever ; to the results -
obtained I shall refer later on, only stating now that they show painful
neglect of the simplest necessary health precautions; some of the

exvil

figures are given in the table before you, also analyses of Hobart and
other waters for comparison. In dealing with my subject, the consider-
able outside interest, and I am sorry to have to add ignorance, which
attach to it must be my excuse for repeating and emphasising many
points with which you are already familiar, but the knowledge of
which is not so widespread as it should be. I propose to begin with
the impurities found in different classes of water, to define the conditions
which a really good natural water should fulfil, and to point out some
means which may be employed for the improvement of a bad or sus-
picious water, in cases where no other supply above suspicion is by
any means obtainable.
Foreign Matters found in Waters.

Chemically speaking, no water found in nature is pure; the impuri-
ties are very various—gaseous, liquid, and solid, organic, and inorganic
—some beneficial, some harmless, some deadly in their effects when
introduced into the human body; but the word ‘“‘impurity ” for our
present purpose may be taken to mean something objectionable either
in itself, in its origin, or its excessive quantity. The gaseous consti-
tuents of natural waters are mainly oxygen, nitrogen, and carbonic
acid, all present in the air, and beneficial or harmless ; small quantities
of carburetted hydrogen in marsh waters, and sulphuretted hydrogen
with its unmistakable smell like rotten eggs in some mineral waters.
The usual mineral or inorganic constituents are lime, magnesia, potash,
soda, and ammonia, with sometimes iron, manganese, or alumina,
combined with chlorine, sulphuric, carbonic, and nitric acids, in some
cases also nitrous, silicic, and phosphoric acids; forming chlorides,
sulphates, carbonates, nitrates, nitrites, silicates, and phosphates.

Nct one of these substances is, in itself, injurious, if in small quantity;
but the amounts of ammonia, nitrous and nitric acids, and chlorine
are used with other results of analysis in forming an opinion as to the
purity or otherwise of the water under examination, while anything more
than the most minute trace of phosphoric acid is considered a certain
indication of sewage contamination.

The more or less poisonous metals, arsenic, lead, copper, and zinc are
sometimes found, derived either from minerals in the rocks, or from
pipes and tanks. The use of zinc-coated or galvanised tanks has been
discontinued in the French navy on account of the action of water in
dissolving zinc. The remaining constituents found in water are vavious
kinds of organic matter, that is, matter of animal or vegetable origin,
both dissolved andin suspension ; the suspended matter is in part dead
and decaying, the remainder consisting of innumerable minute living
organisms of many kinds, sometimes including water-fleas and worms,
and the ova of parasitic worms of men and animals, and almost always
some forms of fungi, alge, etc., or infusoria, the immense variety of the
last named class being shown in Mr. Saville-Kent’s wonderful manual
lying before you. Amongst the fungi are classed the schizomycetes,
minute, mostly colourless cells or threads, globular, in short rods, or
straight or spiral filaments embracing the various species of bacterium,
bacillus, spirillum, micrococcus, vibrio, etc., they include the smallest
organised bodies known, and asa class may be said to measure from
1-150th to 1-15,000th of an inch, they multiply in two ways, either by
the splitting up of one into two or more individuals, or by the coal-
escence of two organisms into one, followed by the production of
spores which develop into the parent form. Most of these species must
be considered harmless, if we take into consideration their world-wide
distribution, both in air and water, and the fact that they, as well
as the other impurities mentioned, with the exception of the parasitic
ova, associated as they too frequently are with excrementitious
matters, are daily swallowed by millions of people without apparent

Cxvill

ill effect ; indeed Pasteur has suggested that they may render material
aid in the vital process of digestion. Some of them act the part of
scavengers, causing the putrefaction or decay of dead organic matter ;
others, however, are accepted as the undoubted causes of such
diseases as anthrax or splenic fever in cattle, cholera in fowls, anda
form of typhoid in pigs : less generally, but yet by some of the highest
authorities, consumption, cholera, and typhoid fever in man are con-
sidered to have been proved at least within a measurable distance of
certainty to be due in each case to the presence and multiplication in
various parts of the human body of a specific bacillus ; some of these
specific germs, or perhaps their spores, finding a resting place in
a suitable subject, and reproducing as an accompaniment of its own
enormous multiplication each its special disease, and apparently no.
other.

The bacillus tuberculosis is pretty firmly established ; the battle still
rages over the ‘‘comma bacillus” of Dr. Koch, attributed by some to
segments of the spirillum, while comparatively recently Dr. Gaftky
has found in various organs of the human body after death from typhoid
a special form of bacillus which was absent in only one case out of 28
examined.

It is also claimed that diphtheria, ague, leprosy, relapsing fever,
pneumonia, small- pox, scarlet fever, etc., in fact all diseases hitherto
classed as zymotic, as well as several others, are caused by the presence
in the body of specific forms of these schizomycetes, derived either from
air or from water, the latter being undoubtedly the chief agent in
disseminating typhoid fever.

The presence in water of minute organisms, in most cases, as I
before said, harmless, but occasionally deadly, may be shown by growing
them in various culture or cultivation fluids in which appropriate
chemical substances are dissolved, they multiply enormously in a few
days, rendering the clear fluid milky, and some of them can then readily
be examined microscopically. The serum of blood, the aqueous humour
from the eye of an ox, slices of half boiled potato and beetroot, and
other substances, have also been used, but the best method by which their
presence may be rendered apparent to the naked eyeis by mixing the
water with melted gelatine jelly in a tube, adding a very small quantity
of phosphate of soda, allowing the jelly to set, and stand protected
from air germs by cotton wool for some days. Each point of life multi-
plies and forms round it, either a sphere of liquid, or a gas bubble, and
in this way different waters may be compared, at least so far as quantity
or intensity of life is concerned, and so far as our present limited know-
ledge goes we may assume ‘“‘the fewer the better” a general rule.
Strong sewer water does not show globules, but the whole mass be-
comes turbid, and liquifies from above downwards.

The mode of action of the disease germs has been variously supposed.
to be either a struggle for existence with the vital cells of the animal
body, death following if the function of the parts invaded be destroyed ;
the formation of poisonous matter in the fermentation produced by them ;
or mechanical obstruction of the capillaries by millions ot them blocking
the circulation.

Definition of Good Water.

Water for human consumption ought to fulfil all, or at least as many
as possible, of the following conditions :—It should be almost, if not
entirely, free from—(a) Floating matter, whether finely divided earth or
organic matter, either animal or vegetable living or dead and decaying.
(0) Dissolved animal or vegetable matter, or more than a moderate
quantity of dissolved mineral matter. (c) More or less injurious or
poisonous metals in appreciable quantity, such as lead, copper, zinc,
arsenic, or iron, It should have no corroding or dissolving effect on

cXVv1x

the first-named metal ; and it should not contain more than two parts
of iron or zinc, or one part of lead or copper, in a million parts of
water. It should be free from the slightest suspicion or possibility of
contamination with sewage or drainage or foul gases of any kind, from
houses, cesspools, church yards, slaughter yards, tanneries, farm
yards, manured fields, etc. No sediment should form on standing, and
only a moderate amount on boiling. It should be moderately cool and
well aerated, containing seven or eight cubic inches of dissolved gases
per gallon, two cubic inches at least being oxygen. Such water will
be entirely free from taste, smell, and colour ; soft, clear, bright, and
transparent, and entirely wholesome and palatable.

‘ Classes of Water.

Rain-water in falling takes from the air traces of nitric acid, ammonia,
mineral and organic matter, including the germs of animals and plants ;
and if collected from the roof of a house, willsweep into the tank much
additional impurity, as the droppings of birds, dust, decayed leaves, zinc
from gutters, etc. Some of these germs are the producers of fermenta-
tion, putrefaction, and sometimes, doubtless, of disease.

Springs may contain excess of mineral or vegetable metter, or
poisonous metals. Lakes and ponds or water-holes will contain various
impurities, according to position and the source from which they are
fed, but usually yield; water inferior to good river water. Rivers may
receive drainage from manured land, pastures, houses, farm yards, etc.,
and thus contain the germs of various diseases of men and animals, and
of intestinal worms and other parasites ; or sheep may have been washed
in them. Wells frequently receive leakage from cesspools, farm yards,
etc., and may be much polluted, although the water remains perfectly
clear, bright, and tasteless. Marsh water usually contains much vege-
table matter, and has a ‘‘ peaty ” taste.

Purification.

Tanks and barrels used for storing, and filled from any of these
sources, are liable, if not frequently emptied and cleaned out, to be-
come foul from the accumulation of sediment, and the possible presence
of drowned rats, mice, and insects, and the absorption of foul gases
from neighbouring cesspools, pigstyes, stables, etc.; water in this condi-
tion also dissolving greater quantities of harmful metals, as lead, copper,
and zinc (from galvanised iron) with which it may come in contact.
In addition to frequent cleansing of store tanks and barrels, it is always
advisable to use a filter, which, if efficient, will retain suspended matter
and the larger organisms, including the ova of fluke, tape, and other
intestinal worms, and some of the dissolved albuminous matter will be
oxidised ; but many of the minuter forms of life, including the dan-
gerous ones, will pass through an ordinary filter. I mention this not to
discredit filters, but to prevent too implicit reliance being placed upon
them.

Boiling for some time, either without, or, better, with the addition
of a very small quantitysof permanganate of potash, is necessary if the
quality be doubtful ; but it is much safer to obtain, if possible, a supply
quite free from suspicion, as it is not certain that all dangerous germs
will be destroyed even by boiling, the spores of some forms bearing a
still higher temperature.

Filtering, especially through a dripstone, will re-aerate the water after
boiling, and so remove its insipid flavour. The dripstone should of course
be out of reach of noxious gases from ill-kept yards, etc. Filters should
be cleansed every two months by pouring through a quart of pure water
containing 30 grains of permanganate of potash, and 10 drops of strong
sulphuric acid (oil of vitroil), then two to four gallons of pure water con-
taining a quarter to half an ounce of pure hydrochloric acid (spirits of
salt), and followed by a like quantity of pure water only; the_filter is

Ccxx

then again fit for use. If the filter contain charcoal which can be taken
out, this may be first boiled in water containing a little permanganate of
potash, and then baked inan oven. Unless cleansing be regularly carried
out, the organic matter accumulated on the filter may render the water
of worse quality than it was originally.

Very hard water containing large quantities of lime and magnesia salts
may be rendered more fit for drinking by boiling, with the addition of a
very small quantity of carbonate of soda, it is softened, its medicinal
effect destroyed, and some of the organic matter also carried down by
the precipitate formed. Lime water will have a similar effect in cold
water, if the hardness be due to carbonates, while recent experiments
show beneficial results in organically impure waters from tke addition,
to each gallon, of two grains of dissolved alum. It is advisable, how-
ever, not to rest content with purified water if by any possible means
an originally pure supply can be obtained.

RESULTS OF ANALYSES.

Grains per }{ Parts per

Gallon. Million.
as ; a) &
Source of Supply. =o g zi one
S = 26/28
a S »a!]sq
= re feo =
3 is} 8 =]
2 ag
lo) (2) < i <q
A <q

CRESSY.

1. Creek supplying Cressy] 6°02] 0 42
Pe DTH Ee as | 5°60] 052]| 012] O18
3. Marsh draining into

Creek ... ae --| 672] 0°59 || 0°29) 0°37
4, ane of house ee ; anh

ever Case) .. “ 10°50*| 07 0°61 :

5. Barrel neti Hulled

So
et
i)
S
a
Ko}

door to No. 4) (70™| 7-70| 0:35) 3:20] 314
6 Tank ix neigh- cree™:

bourhood 3 4:06] O77 || 069| 0°27
7. Lake River bee ..| 700! 168}) 0-21] 0138

EVANDALD.

1. South Esk River sal] OS) 1:08 || 0°01] 013
2. Nile Creek (Gutte-

ridge’s) .. oe ..| 145 | 0°46}} 010] 013

3. Ditto (common supply)| 55 | 0°46 || 0°07] 0°09

4, Well, near graveyard..| 33°0 | 10°80 || 0°08) 0:26
For comparison :—

A. Dr. Hassall’s proposed
Standard for greatest

allowable impurity ..)1417}) — 0:05} 010
B. London Water Supply

(Thames) .. 600 S|] ake 1:2 0-01; 0°06
C. Thames, London Bridge] — — 1:02] 0°59
D. Effluent from sewage...} — 9°9 || 16°20} 0-90

E. Hobart supply, taken
the day after heavy rain
had succeeded drought | 7:28] 0°70|| 0°02] 011

F. Cascade Brewery Re-
servoir .. 50 --| 3°92] 0°56 || 0:01} 0:09

G. Ditto, Diamond Drill | 65:03 | 23:82 |/Trace |Trace

H. Well, near Green
Ponds .. oo «| 86°80 | 29°00 || — =

I. Well, near Emu Bay ..| 6:02] 1:02]] 0°40] 0:23

K. Rain Water (tank near

drain) ane d0 -.| 3:92] 021 || 012) 016
L. Cascades Reservoir ...J — — 0°01] Q11
M. Tapin Laboratory ...} — — |}0°005| 0:07

*Sediment, in addition to dissolved solids, 51°8
mineral matter, 11°2 organic matter. :

Nitrogen as Nitric and Nitrous Acids :—Evandale.
—1., 0°25; 2., 011; 3., 0°10; 4., 21°41. A.,0:90; B.,
3°50; H., Traces.

CXXl

EXPLANATORY NOTES TO TABLE OF ANALYSES,

Nitrogen is present in considerable quantity throughout the bodies of
animals, and in smaller quantity in plants, chiefly in the fruits and
seeds ; consequently the estimation of nitrogen, found in the three forms
of free ammonia, nitrogenous, or albuminous organic matter, and nitrous
and nitric acids, forms the most important part of the analysis of drinking
water. '

Free ammonia, present in larger proportion than 0°08 part per million
of water, is usually due to the decomposition of urea, showing that
admixture with urine has occurred. The average amount of free am-
monia in river waters is0‘01 part per million, but this is subject to some
variation. Albuminoid ammonia is formed in the process of analysis
employed, and represents approximately ten times as much living or
dead nitrogenous organic matter. A water yielding more than 0°15
part of albuminoid ammonia is considered to be unfit for drinking pur-
poses. Imperfectly filtered water yielding 0°10 - 0°29 part per million
is stated to frequently produce diarrhea. Nitrous and nitric acids
are formed by the oxidation of nitrogenous matter, and have
been described as the ‘“‘ Skeleton of Sewage,” and as representing ‘‘ pre-
vious sewage contamination ;’ but the term ‘‘old organic matter”
seems more appropriate, the nitrogen not being of necessity originally
derived from sewage, but possibly from other contaminating matter.
The admixture of sewage, etc., may, however, have been quite recent.
A good water will contain no nitrous acid. In ordinary cases the total
solids consist chiefly of dissolved mineral matter, which in small
proportion is unobjectionable ; but in some spring and well waters are
found excessive quantities of lime, magnesia, and soda salts (chlorides
and sulphates), which render them wholly unfit for every-day use.
Waiter containing more than eight grains per gailon of lime and magnesia
saltsis stated to be injurious to many persons, but in limestone dis-
tricts a much greater proportion is always present.

The proportion of chlorine in natural waters varies greatly, but as it
is always found in some quantity in urine and sewage, the knowledge
of the amount, considered withthe other results of analysis, may be of
some assistanc in forming an opinion as to purity.

NOTES ON SAMPLES EXAMINED,
Cressy.

Samples 1 and 2, taken from creek supplying Cressy. Colour.
brownish, from finely divided matter in suspension; living organisms
present.

Sample 3, taken from marsh draining into creek about 100 yards above
spoc where Nos. 1 and 2 were taken, Milky, from the presence of much
suspended matter, the quantity being sufficient to render the water
Opaque when seen in a layer of about Yin. in depth. A farm-yard and
peiy drained into the creek near the point where the marsh joins the
creek. °

Sample 4, taken from tank of house where typhoid fever had occurred.
Water orignally taken from creek. Colour, brownish yellow, sediment
amounting to 63 grains per gallon, about 52 grains being mineral,
and the rest organic filth, swarming with life, inuluding worms.

Sample 5, from tank or barrel next door to house where sample 4 was
taken. Water originally from creek. Colour brownish yellow, slight
turbidity, offensive smell, contained portions of insects, much organic
matter, sporules, etc.

Sample 6, from tank or barrel in neighbourhood, filled from creek.
Colour faintly yellow, slight sediment, and living organisms, including
worms.

In the case of Nos. 4.and 5, and to a less marked extent in No. 6,

Cxxil

water, originally impure, appears to have been from time to time added
to store tanks or barrels which were never cleaned out—a filthy mixture,
dangerous at all times, and especially so with disease in the vicinity,
being the result.

Sample 7, It is to be regretted that the water from the Lake River
should have been influentially defended in the Press in a letter from
which the two following extracts are taken :—‘“‘ A friend of mine from

Queensland . . . laughs at the idea ofit being unfit to drink after
seeing the stagnant water of that colony ;”’ the river being just previously
described as ‘“‘. . . flowing through a large grazing as well as a

marshy country which carries a large quantity of stock, the excrement
of which is washed into the streams.”

Evandale.

Samples 2 and 3, taken from Nile Creek. The results obtained show
a perceptibly greater amount of impurity in No. 2 thanin No. 1. The
creek was fuller than usual when the samples were taken, and this pro-
bably rendered the results more favourable.

Sample 4, from well near graveyard, has probably received both
sewage and the drainage frcm the graveyard. Its immediate closing was
strongly recommended.

Very great care is necessary in making deductions from the results
obtained, and no single standard for comparison has been or can be
adopted, the general characters of the water of the particular districts”
when obtainable being the best guide.

A. This ‘‘ standard” was proposed some years ago as showing the
greatest allowable amounts of various impurities in drinking
water, and itis of course desirable that they should fall as much
below this as possible.

B. C. That portion of the London water supply which is taken from
the Thames is usually considered to be more impure than is de-
sirable, and various proposals have been made to replace it at
enormous expense by water brought from places hundreds of
“miles distant. The river at London Bridge is proverbially impure.

D. Effluent sewage after removal of all solid matters by filtration.

HE. Ihis sample of Hobart water was coloured brown with vegetable
matter, and was taken from an ordinary house-tap the day after
a long-continued drought bad been succeeded by heavy rain.
The loss of residue on ignition amounted to 4°2 grains per
gallon, which may iz this case be considered to fairly represent
the total organic matter, chiefly of vegetable origin, present in
the water.

F. This water contained only a small quantity of vegetable matter in
suspension, and the analysis was made on the unfiltered water.
The total mineral matter amounted to 2'9 grains per gallon.

G. Total solids and chlorine in considerable quantity ; two-thirds of
the former consisting of chloride of sodium (common salt) and
chloride of potassium, the remainder chiefly of lime and magnesia
salts ; very small amounts of ammonia and nitric acid, not
accurately determined.

H. Chloride of magnesium and other salts of lime and magnesia pre-
sent in sufficient quantity to produce medicinal effects.

I. The water of this well had evidently been polluted by surface
drainage.

K. Contained various living organisms and their ova; mineral matter
2°8 grains per gallon.

Comparative experiments made in cultivating the minute forms of life
in the Hobart and Evandale waters showed them to be most numerous
in the first-ndmed and the South Esk waters, and least so in the well
water. No conclusions can, however, be drawn from these or similar

CXXlil

results at present, in the absence of knowledge as to what are dangerous
or harmless forms.

CONNECTION BETWEEN IMPURE WATER SUPPLY AND SPREAD OF DISEASE.

Typhoid fever is spread by the contamination of water or air by a
specific poison derived from the discharges of infected persons, and
there is little doubt that this poison consists of living germs, although
they have not yet been absolutely identified. The disease may be due to—

1. Percolation of liquids containing these germs, sometimes to a
considerable distance, through the soil into wells and springs or
underground tanks, or discharge of sewage into rivers.

2, Exhalations fronrill-trapped closets, perhaps connected with house
cisterus, defective sewers and privies, etc., containing germs
derived from patients; water or milk stored in the immediate
vicinity may in this way be rendered dangercus. When exhala-
tions issue into the air they are stated to be immeasurably more
likely to communicate disease than is the atmosphere which im-
mediately surrounds fever patients.

3, Contaminationof milk, and alsopossibly of spirits, by admixture
with germ-polluted water ; the disease is said to have been spread
in one case at least by the use of bad water for washing the
milk-cans. The popular belief in the absolute protective action of
spirits, even in immoderate proportion, is a dangerous delusion.

The following cases of the spread of typhoid fever by water are

instructive, and can scarcely be too frequently quoted :—

1, Three hundred and fifty-two persons suffered from typhoid fever,
the cause being conclusively proved to be the accidental addition
to the water of a small amount of excrement from asick man
who worked fora time in the deep wells supplying otherwise pure
water to a large district. Such minute admixture would defy
detection by chemical or any other means known at present.

2. A case of typhoid fever occurred in a cottage on the banks of a Swiss
mountain stream, which below the cottage flowed for some
distance underground ; the water, etc., taking two to three hours
to reach a village some distance lower down, the cour-e and rate
of flow being ascertained by throwing in opposite the cuttage about
a ton of salt. A still larger quantity of flour was afterwards
thrown in and well mixed with the water ; none of it reached the
village, showing that tolerably efficient filtration, which entirely
stopped the flour, allowed the germs of typboid to pass in suffi-
cient quantity to communicate the disease to 17 per cent. of
the population.

3. The town of Croydon was supplied with water obtained from deep
wells sunk inside the town ; these were lined with iron cylinders
for a certain distance from the surface to shut out the subsoil
water which was knosvn to communicate more or less with the
sewers; water from the wells was frequently analysed, but no
results pointing to defilement could be obtained until the level
was lowered by pumping, and samples of the water trickling
through the sides of the wells collected and examined, the
movement of the subsoil water being also traced by chemical
means. Undoubted sewage contamination was discovered, a
sufficient reason for the fact that one person in 42 living in
the Croydon water district suffered from typhoid fever, as com-
pared with one in 809 in the district immediately outside,
although in many cases the same sewers were used in common
by the two districts. The well yielded 0°04 part, and three
samples of the leakage 0°14, 0:26, 0:22 parts of albuminoid
ammonia per million.

CXX1V

The cases in which this disease has been spread by wells found to be
in communication with cesspools are very numerous.

Unfortunately, neither the microscopist, the physiologist, nor the
chemist can give a definite answer as to the freedom from disease germs
of any water, or, save outside rather wide limits, pronounce an opinion
as to its probable unwholesomeness, the difficulty in the latter case being
much greater if no history of the supply and its surroundings, and no
knowledge of the general character of the waters of the surrounding
district, be available.

The safest plan is to consider no water to be fit for human consump-
tion into which sewage has entered, or can at any time enter; and
the best test of safety to carefully trace the supply to its source and
ascertain that no objectionable impurity gains access to it in its course.

Water mixed with sewage may be, and has been, usde fora long
time with apparent impunity ; but the greater the pollution the greater
is the liability to receive sooner or later the germs of typhoid and other
diseases, the nitrogenous matter furnishing material for their multi:
plication, and possibly also, by lowering the general health, preparing
the way for their attack.

The slightest admixture of these germs with the purest water having
been conclusively shown to be most dangerous, itis manifestly of the
highest impertance that the supply of towns should be preserved
from risk of contamination by the prohibition asfar as possible of all
settlement on the gathering grounds, while that precaution, as in this
colony, remains a comparatively easy matter. This matter has received
much attention in Victoria with very beneficial results.

An originally pure supply may be fouled in the mains by leakage
through defective joints when the water is turned off, or the pressure
is insufficient to reach the higher ground. The partial vacuum
produced in the empty pipes by continued drawing in the lower parts
of the distric, would greatly facilitate the entrance of surface water.

The necessity for the utmost care in thoroughly disinfecting all
discharges, etc., from a typhoid patient cannot be too frequently
insisted on, and full directions as to the best means to be employed are
given in the ‘‘ Rules” issued by the Government ; this precaution should
be continued for two or three months, as it is stated that a patient is
capable of communicating the disease during that period of convales-
cence. The burial of excreta recommended should be carried out as
far as possible from wells,

Other germ diseases, notably cholera, may be spread through the
medium of water; and, even in the absence of specific germs, an
undue proportion of organic, filth is injurious to health, and conse-
quently predisposing to disease.

The typhoid germ finds in excreta a most suitable seed bed for its
propagation, and in the words of Parkes :—

““The occurrence of typhoid fever points unequivocally to defective
removal of excreta, and it is a disease altogether and easily preventible;”
in other words, it is like diphtheria, a “ filth ” disease.

Tyndall says, on the general question of germ diseases :—

“‘The physician and the sanitarian have no longer to fight against
phantoms, requiring only the fortuitous concourse of atoms to bring
them into existence. Their enemy is revealed, and their business is to
thwart him, to intercept him, and to slay him; it is not noxious
gases, but organised germs, which, sown in the body, and multiplying
there indefinitely at the bady’s expense, produce the most terrible
diseases by which humanity has been scourged. Contagia are living
things. Men and women have died by the million that bacteria
and bacilli might live. These virulent organisms, these ferments of
disease hang about the walls, the furniture, and the clothing of the sick

CXXV

room. Howisthisroom tobe disinfected? They are diffused in the
air of our drains (hence the mystic power of sewer gas). How is
that air sufficiently noxious on its own account to be prevented
from entering our houses? We know how typhoid fever is generaliy
spread. How are our water and milk to be protected from that
contagion? Our hospitals, itis said, infect their neighhourhoods. Is
not this preventible?”

While Pasteur says :—

‘*Man has it in his power to cause parasitic diseases to disappear off
the surface of the globe, if, as we firmly believe, the doctrine of
spontaneous generation is a chimera,”

Having now done with general considerations, let us consider our own
case.

The original purity of a water from such a superb gathering ground as
Mount Wellington may be to some extent counteracted if the channel
by which it is distributed be not carefully constructed, and a watch
kept both as to settlement on this gathering ground and along these
channels. I propose to indicate shortly a few points which can only
be regarded as blemishes on what should be an almost perfect supply ;
small, perhaps, some may say fanciful, but in my opinion not desirable,
either from a sentimental or a sanitary point of view.

On oneside, the Fern Tree Inn and acottage are not far removed
from the covered troughing, which just below them runs through a
shallow cutting in a vegetable garden, and on the upper bank of this
cutting manure is heaped, possibly all the year round, while on the
reservoir dam stands a house, the ground sloping down from it to the
edge of the reservoir. On the other side wateris brought for some dis-
tance in an open channel parallel with and below the Huon-road,
from which it probably receives rain washings ; from the small reservoir
it flows unconfined cown the hill-side, spreading over much ground
covered with vegetation, until it reaches an open channel, unprotected for
hundreds of yards from the drainage from steeply sloping paddocks on
either side, some ploughed, others much used for pasture, all heavily
manured, directly or indirecly, passing then through the busy brewery
yard to an uncovered reservoir by the side of and below a much fre-
quented road.

The effects of this treatment are shown in analyses marked L. and M. in
the table, M. being a mixture of the waters from both sides; the increase
of impurity, looking at the quantity only, is extremely small, but it in-
dicates the possibility of risky contamination in thefuture. (Applause).

Mr. R. A. Basrow stated in reply, that they were all deeply in-
debted to Mr. Ward’s able paper, and would like to call the attention of
the Fellows to the maps and diagram on the wall, as they bear on the
subjects of typhus and typhoid fever. The City of Manchester is divided
into a number of registration sub-districts, and these are again divided
into sanitary districts, the maps of two of their sanitary districts are
there hung, and it will be at once perceived that they contain very
differently arranged properties; they are two districts, and each repre-
sents one-ninety-ninth part of the city of Manchester. In 1881 there
was nota single case of typhus or typhoid fever in the sanitary district
tinted with green and blue, its streets are wide and straight, every house
has its own earth or ash-closet and yard, and the drainage of both yards
and streets isnot to be excelled in any city in the world. The other
map, tinted red and brown, contains old houses, with numerous courts
and alleys, along these the health inspectors are continually perambu-
lating, but notwithstanding their watchfulness, typhus and typhoid fever
often there prevail toa great extent. In the year 1881 in this small
district there were 20 cases of typhus and typhoid fever, resulting in
five deaths ; the population being only 3,955, against 10,305 in the neigh-

CXXV1

bouring healthier district just alluded to. From this we conclude that,
given old brick drains, ineffective stench traps, close courts, dirty rooms,
and a filth-loving population, we have a pabulum favourable in a high
degree to the development of typhoidandtyphus fever. That an outbreak
of such fever can be effectively stamped out, we need only point to the
pen and ink diagrams to prove. It is drawn to the scale of 100 deaths
per inch vertical, the column of greatest height respecting the deaths
from typhus and typhoid fever in 1868 for the whole city, viz., 638 ;
these gradually diminish for the subsequent years until we reach 1881,
in that year only 75 deaths occurred from typhus and typhoid fever in
Manchester. Glancing at the diagram, if it be asked, What made so
great achange in the mortality from fever? The reply is—The removal
of 16 acres of cesspool, 4ft. deep, the thorough cleansing of many miles
of ill-swept streets, courts, passages, and yards, partially covered with
decomposing animal and vegetable matter ; the closing of burial grounds
in the city; the condemnation of private slaughter houses ; and the
removalof emanations fromdrains. Nevertheless, cases of typhus and
typhoid fever still occur in that well-regulated city, and will continue
so to doas long as a certain grade of the population will congregate in
the dark corners, and by choice be filthier than brutes. The drinking
water of Manchester has been pronounced very good by eminent analytical
chemists, but it is patent to all who visit the locality referred to, that
the population is of the lowest stratum, and their habits are of the
filthiest. The dirty, drinking, gossiping women inhabiting such a dis-
trict as that shown on the brown coloured map, can, with the assistance
of the milkman, sow the infection broadcast. May not the germs of
typhus and typhoid fever be the bacilli or bacteria left high and dry
from the sewers, or raised from that thin native noisome element by
evaporation, and before they have time to be otherwise affected by the
atmosphere, find a congenial hotbed for propagation in the systems of
ill-fed, ill-clothed, ill-housed, and ill-washed humanity? According
to their environment, do these germs develop sometimes into animal,
and at other times into vegetable forms. (Hear, hear.)

Mr. R. M. Jounston said he had himself on a former occasion
drawn attention to some of the supposed causes which led to the rise and
fall of the death rate in Tasmania, and now Mr. Ward had brought
forward another one, namely, the pollution of the waters. The care that
should be exercised in regard to the state of the water they drank could
not be overestimated, and should not be neglected in any respect. He
had been very sorry to see that ia some of the thinly populated districts
there was great neglect on this point, especially in the neighbourhood of
the tributaries of the great local rivers. In the bends of the river he
had seen animal skins lying, and various matters connected with tan-
neries. In the South Esk he had seen animal matter largely carried into
the river, which might, at some future time, cause very great injury to
the community. Notwithstanding the value of Mr. Ward’s paper, he
did not think the discovery of the nature of the typhoid germ had been
fully explained. There was an unknown cause, an inexplicable wave
movement, which obtained much greater power at one time than it did
at another, the deviation being accor.panied by no apparent cause.
These difficulties did not sbow that the conclusions come to already
were of no value, but how difficult a matter it was to settle if there were
something else hidden behind those conclusions. Why, for instance,
should the death rate have gone up so sudderly in 1878, the year referred
to hy Mr. Ward ; and why, again, last yew with a probable increasing
impurity in the water did the rate fall to a lower level? This wave
action was felt while the local influences were the same. With regard
to Mr. Ward’s experiment, they required to know whether the germs he
had developed was the typhoid germ, or whether it was harmless. He

CXXVli

was inclined to think they were so, and that in this room bacteria germs
were floating about in large quantities (—laughter)—and would develop
themselves in the proper medium if it were present, so they must
inquire if the germs found in the water came from the air or from the
water itself originally. It was very significant that Mr. Ward had
shown that the liquidity of the substance commenced from the top. It was
possible, therefore, that the germs wee imported from the air. So
they should look and see thatthe germs did not fly hither and thither
through the town in the air to the injury of weak persons. Mr.
Johnston drew special attention to the immunity from disease, which
was the rule in Tasmania, and showed by diagrams that the death
rate, in its entirety, and as regarded zymotic diseases alone, was less
here than in either of the other colonies.

Dr. A. B. CROWTHER said though he had not come to the meeting
with any intention of speaking he thought it only right that as a medical
man he should give the assistance to the society which lay persons could
not do. Mr. Ward had already pointed out some of the evils which
existed in the colony, and what Manchester, for instance, had done in
order to remove abuses, and the example ought to be followed in
Tasmania. When he was resident in Campbell'Town some years since,
an outbreak of typhoid was distinctly traceable to the way in which the
waters of the Elizabeth were dammed up, and now they were made to
flow freely there was no such danger. In Launceston typhoid was no
doubt owing to the presence of the burial grounds within the town
boundaries, draining towards the centre of it, and _ to
the presence of cesspools, some of which had not _ been
emptied for years. He had done his best while he resided
there by lecturing and in other ways to get these things remedied, and
had pointed out how much better Hobart was than Launceston in
having the cemeteries outside the city. There could be no question that
when they got a proper system of dry earth closets the cesspools
would be done away with altogether. Year by year they found typhoid
arising in the same place over and over again, showing that there were
the foci from which the disease spread. He thought that typhoid
and typhus should be placed in the general wards of the hospitals, as
was the rule in the old country, and as there was no danger of subjects
adjoining becoming affected. In relation to the question of the filtra-
tion of water, he would say that water ought to be filtered over gravel
beds and sand. This wonld help ‘(to do away with many childish
diseases, such as worms. They knew very little about the relation of
worms to the human body as yet, but something might be done in the
way he had indicated. It was very important that the public should
be instructed in the use of disinfectants. Sulphate of iron was very
cheap and effective in assisting to destroy the germs.

Dr. Perxins said he had not,prepared any remarks for the meeting,
as he was unaware of the nature of the paper to be delivered. A great
deal of it was not new, but it was true, and none the less interesting.
One was almost inclined to say with Lyon Playfair, that he was inclined
to eat and drink everything, and ask no questions at all. It was an
almost superhuman task to eradicate everything that was bad. But
still Dr. Playfair had been converted, and so he hoped they might be in
asimilar manner. Im reference to the destruction of germs, he would
point out that it was now known that disinfectants would not destroy
some bacilli, The bacilli of cholera, for instance resisted them, and the
only way in which some of them could be disinfected was by drying
them, and even then, if they were again moistened, they were re-
animated. The only way to kill them was to make them perfectly
dry, and keep them so. In that way they were taught not to use
disinfectants indiscriminately in all cases, or to use much washing and

CXXVlll

cleaning, but to expose the clothing, etc., of cholera patients to the sun
and air. They could not go on using one fixed line for everything. He
would have liked to have seen the question of the origin of typhoid
in the colonies gone into at this meeting. Dr. Thompson, of Mel-
bourne, had gone into it very thoroughly. Were the germs brought
to the colonies by passengers in ships, or had they been present in the
world from the beginning of all creation, ranking with the first origin
of all things? Was it that the germs were not noxious—things to be
hated—and not merely things for the transmission of disease to man,
but having their own proper rank in the scale of creation? Was the
fact of the transmission of disease by them a mere accident, or the
result of man’s own fault? That would of course open up the question
of spontaneous generation. Bacteria and bacilli were present every-
where throughout the world, and the greater part of man’s immunity
from their influence was due to his powers of resistance. In regard to
Dr. Crowther’s remarks about typhoid patients being allowed to mix
with the other patients in a hospital, he would like any medical man to
show him what advantage could accrue from doing so, instead of keep-
ing them distinct, as they did here. [Even allowing the disease to be
neither contagious nor infectious, what advantage would be gained by
putting them with the other cases? As they knew, typhoid was dis-
seminated from the excreta, and if that was to be carried about up and
down stairs, a great risk would arise from it. They would need better
reasons than had been given before they changed the plan which the
medical officers here thought it wise to pursue. He was quite sure there
were exceptions, and in London and in Edinburgh the typhoid patients
were kept apart, and for his part, he hoped they always would be.
(Applause. )

Mr. Warp, in answer to Mr. Johnston as to the germs in his liquids
coming in from the air instead of being developed from the water,
pointed out that the wool at the mouth of the tubes would act as an
effectual filter; and further, that he had treated distilled water in a
similar fashion, and no germs had been developed. He had not intended
by his attention to this subject to imply that there was any particular
prevalence of typhoid in our midst, but rather to, if possible, reduce the
quantity still lower, and to do his best to arrive at the conditions
sketched by Pasteur. Their immunity in the past was not due to any
particular care in guarding against evil. All they had to do in regard
to food and drink was not to do as Dr. Playfair said, but to see that
they got a good supply ; to be careful that they got it pure, and then
to think of it no more than was necessary to keep it in good order, In
regard to the introduction of typhoid into the colonies, that might have
occurred on board ships by carelessness in the filling of water casks,
either here or on the way home. He saw a case of this description
reported only the other day, where every member of a ship’s crew was
prostrated, owing to the bad quality of the water at the last port of
call. (Applause.) \

The Curator read a paper by Baron F. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G.,
entitled, ‘‘ Notes on Jean Julien Houton Labellardiere, botanist of the
search expedition sent out under Admiral D’Entrecasteaux to ascertain
the fate of Count La Perouse and his crew.” The paper was accompanied
by a photo-lithograph of Labellardiere, a copy of which will be inserted
in the proceedings of the society for the year.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. C, J. Arkrns read some notes on the sea-worm Synapta, illustrated
by Polarized Light. He said: The class Echinodermata includes the
marine objects known as sea-hedgehogs, sea-urchins, and sea-eggs. The
members of the group generally develop a calcareous skeleton (set with

CXX1X

spines) as an outer covering or integument. The body is globose or
cylindrical, and a ring of nerve branches issues from the mouth. The
genus of this class called Synapta are cylindrical in form, the body being
traversed by an alimentary canal, and the mouth is surrounded by a
fringe of radiate feelers, which are the ends of the nerve system of the
animal, and serve the purpose of drawing in its food. A skeleton of
calcareous plates exists below the tough outer skin, and embedded in
these plates are curious anchor-like appendages, which protrude through
the skin, giving a rough or rasp-like appearance to the worm. The
anchors are used both as an assistance to the Synapta in its movements,
and for fixing itself in the mud or sand ; they are attached to the anchor-
plates, and are immovable. The Synapta is common on the coast of
the south of France, and on other shores of the Mediterannean, also in
those of the Red Sea. Dr. Herapath mentions the species galliennii as
being obtained by him at Torquay, England. (Quart J. Microscopy,
1865.) It is generally found in burrows in the sand, and is difficult to
collect as a perfect specimen, owing to its dividing into separate pieces
when handled. ‘The anchor-like spicule and plates appear as very
brilliant objects when polarised, and I have placed under the microscopes
specimens of them this evening.

Mr. SAVILLE-KENT, in reply, said : I have much pleasure, in illustra-
tion of the paper last communicated, in exhibiting to the society living
examples of the genus Synapta, dealt with by Mr. Atkins, and also of a
yet rarer, but closely allied form belonging to the genus Chirodota.
These specimens were obtained by me a few days since when dredging
between Kangaroo Point and Ralph’s Bay. This locality I may refer to
as being remarkably rich in representatives of the same animal class,
the Echinodermata, no less than thirteen distinct species, including
members of all five of the leading sections or orders of this interesting
group having been secured. These embraced three members of the sea-
cucumber order, or Holothuridea; three varieties of ordinary starfishes,
or Asteridea; two sorts of brittle stars, or Ophiuridea ; four species of
sea urchins, or Echinidea; and several examples of feather stars, or
Comatula, representing the Crinoidea, or fifth order of the class. A
very remarkable feature is associated with the genus Chirodota, to
which I would more particularly draw attention. This organism is an
elongate worm-like animal, of a violet hue, possessing an oral tuft of
retractile tentacles, as in Synapta, and, like that type, the substance
of the integument is strengthened by the development within it of
innumerable calcareous plates. These plates are of a very peculiar form,
taking the shape of beautifully symmetrical six-spoked wheels, and
having interspersed among them, at more or less distant intervals, hook-
like spines, which evidently fulfil the same function as the anchor-like
spicules of Synapta. The species obtained in the Derwent estuary differs
from the more familiar European species (Chirodota violacea), in the
minute structure of the calcafeous ‘‘ wheels,” and in their general
outline, which more nearly approaches a hexagon than a perfect circle.
Writing of the European species in his book, ‘‘The Microscope
and its Revelations,” Dr. Carpenter has characterised Chirodota as
differing from Synapta in the entire absence of anchoring spicules.
This diagnosis must, however, evidently be modified with relation
to the Tasmanian variety. My recent study of living examples
of these two genera has shown that their method of feeding is precisely
identical with what obtains in the large and more familiar representa-
tives of the same group, known as the Sea-cucumbers or Trepangs. The
manner in which these last-named animals took their food long remained
a mystery, and was solved by me in connection with specimens culti-
vated at the Manchester Aquarium in the year 1875. A correspondence
upon this subject will be found in the pages of Nature for the year 1884,

'

Cxxx

It was then observed that the plumose tentacles that surround the
mouth are systematically swept like mops or brushes over the surface
of all objects with which they came in contact, and all minute organic
particles that can be detached are carried off and thrust bodily with the
tentacle down the creature’s throat. The tentacle is then withdrawn
and extended to repeat the mopping process, all the other tentacles
following suit in almost rhythmical order. This feeding process here
described may be witnessed in the relatively small species of Chirodota
now exhibited. Under a higher power of the microscope I also exhibit
the remarkable wheel-shaped plates and hooklets that underlie the sur-
face of the integument. Among the practical results derived from
my recent examination of the Holothurians I have to record one fact
which I regret to say somewhat detracts from the admiration hitherto
conceded to their aspect and structure. A friend (Mr. Mackay) having
suggested to me that a large assortment of the minute shells known as
foraminifera might be obtained from their intestines, I dissected and ex-
amined several specimens, with the view of ascertaining what varieties
they obtained for food on this coast. Foraminifera were found in abund-
ance, comprising chiefly the genera Miliola, Rotalia, Textularia, and an
arenaceous form allied to Reophax. There was also a large variety ‘of
diatoms, and the main bulk of the food material of these holothuria may
therefore be said to consist of the simplest animals and plants, or pro-
tozoa and protophytes. There was a small residuum of food matter,
however, that had to be relegated to a much higher organic group.
This consisted of the shells of exceedingly minute bivalve molluscs, which
I identified as the embryonic stages of some representative of the cockle
tribe. This fact being determined, the suspicion naturally arises that
in the sea cucumbers a new enemy of the oyster in the earliest stage
ofits development has been discovered. The habit of the animal to feed
on all minute forms of organic life, including embryonic molluscs, being
established, it may be logically predicated that the large sea cucumbers,
more especially with their relatively powerful mop-like tentacles, would
make a clean sweep of any newly-attached oyster spat that might be
adhering to the stones, shells, or other objects over which they creep.
How far these deductions are borne out by fact I shall hope to report to
you at length on some future occasion. Mr. Saville-Kent intimated
that the construction of the marine hatchery and aquarium at his resi-
dence being now completed, he would be very pleased at all times
to welcome members of the society who would like to inspect it. It would
be some time yet before the tanks were sufficiently seasoned to allow of
the maintenance of a large stock of marine animals, but they would
already, perhaps, find a few things to interest them. (Applause.)

THE MICROSCOPE,

A most interesting feature of the evening’s proceedings was the
microscopic exhibition which took place at its close, illustrative, to
some extent, of the papers read. There were seven microscopes on the
table, five of them binoculars, viz., three of Ross’, one of Baker’s, and
one of Smith’s. Mr. Atkins’ very fine Ross instrument was used for the
display of the various features of the Synapta suriniensis referred to in
his paper, their peculiar formation and anchor-like appendages creating
much wonderment. As seen in the field of the microscope, these latter
have the perfect form of a ship’s anchor, and the objects seen under the
influence of polarized light display the most brilliant iridescent tints.
Synapta and bacteria were similarly exhibited by Mr. Saville-Kent,
F.L.S. Some very beautiful mounted specimens of mosses were shown
by Mr. R, A. Bastow, among them Andra petrophila, Sphagnum
obtusifolium, Phascum apiculatum, and Fissedens bryoides. Mr, Bastow’s
paper was postponed until a future evening.

CXXX1

A CELEBRATED PICTURE,

On the table was exhibited an oil painting of an English salmon by S.
Rolfe, the celebrated fish artist, who is familiarly known as the Landseer
among fishes. In addition to his contributions to the Royal Academy,
he painted many of the casts of salmon and other fish made by the late
Mr. Frank Buckland, and exhibited in the South Kensington Museum,
Our own museum is also the fortunate possessor of two of these artis-
tically executed casts.

VOTE OF THANKS.

Mr. Justin Brownz, in rising to propose a vote of thanks to the
authors of papers, and the donors of gifts to the Museum, said that it
must be gratifying to the members of the society to note the tone of the
papers, and their scientific tendency during the last two years. Pre-
viously we used to count our scientific members by ones and twos; now
we seemed to be getting more science men amongst us. (Applause.)
It might not be known to everyone present that the last speaker, Mr.
Saville-Kent, had spent a great part of his life upon a work which had
given him a great reputation. The society had this book, which would
well repay any time spent in examining it. Another speaker had passed
10 years in Manchester, carrying out sanitary measures, which all
civilized people now considered as essential. Such addresses as we had
heard to-night would give a tone and a scientific turn to our papers
which would add to the society the scientific character which it was
presumed to possess under the name of the Royal Society. (Applause.)

Bishop SANDFORD, in rising to second the motion, said that he could
say but very little after the able manner Mr. Browne had proposed the
vote; he would, however, merely state that he was of opinion much
might be donein keeping in check most of these diseases that were so
fatalin many cases. (Cheers.) He was glad to see some members of
Parliament present, and trusted that what they had listened to this
evening would tend toencourage them to vote for strict sanitary mea-
sures. (Applause.)

Dr. H. A. PERKINS, in supporting the motion, said that no doubt the
Fellows were aware that a Public Health Bill was shortly to be intro-
duced by the Government, but he was sorry to see that the power in
some cases to deal with this important matter was to be left in local
hands, which, in his opinion, would not tend to work satisfactorily.

The motion was carried by acclamation.

AUGUST, 1885.

The monthly meeting of the Fellows of the Royal Society of Tasmania
was held at the Museum building last evening. Mr. James Banard,
Vice-President, occupied the chair, and there were also present the
Bishop of Tasmania (Dr. Sandford), the President of the Legislative
Council (Hon. W. A. B. Gellibrand), and about 40 other gentlemen.

NEW MEMBER,
Mr. TURNBULL was re-elected a Feilow of the Society.
RETURNS.

1. Number of visitors to the Museum during the month of July :—
Week days, 2,150 ; Sundays, 780. Total, 2,930.

2. Number of visitors to Royal Society’s Gardens during the month
of June, 4,900.

Cc

CXXXi

Plants and seeds received at and sent from the Royal Society’s
Gardens during the month of July, 1885 :—

To Messrs. Shepherd and Co., Sydney. Two bags Sphagnum moss.

To Baron Ferd. Von Mueller. Collection of seeds.

To Messrs. Shepherd and Co., Sydney. Collection seeds.

To Mr. G. Brunning, St. Kilda, Victoria. Collection seeds.

From Mr. 8. Purvis, Waratah. Seeds.

From Royal Gardens, Kew, London. Package seeds.

From Mr. G. Brunning. Plant Prunus pissardi.

From Mr. C. Traill, Stewart Island, N.Z. Case containing 38 plants.

From Botanic Gardens, Cape Town. Seeds Pentzia virgata.

From Messrs. Shepherd and Co., Sydney. Case containing 60 plants.

From Botanic Gardens, Bombay. Fifteen packets seeds.

From Mr. C. Purchase, Parramatta, N.S.W. Thirty-six dahlias.

Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s Gardens during July, 1885 :—

8th. Eranthes hyemalis, commencing to flower.

18th. Garrya elliptica, commencing to flower.

28th. Almond, commencing to flower.

30th. White mulberry, commencing to break.

3lst. Crocus aureus, in full flower.

Meteorological Returns.

From the Government Observer, Captain Short, R.N., table of obser-
vations for July.

Additions to the library during the month of July :—

Agricultural Gazette, May 18, 25, June 1, 8, 15, 22.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History, June.

Atheneum, May.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscow, tome Ix.
No. 3, Moscow, 1885.—From the Society.

Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom. By H. McMurtrie, M.D. Woodcuts ;
Lond., 1824.

Class Pisces, arranged by Baron Cuvier, with Supplementary Addi-
ee by Edward Griffith and Lieut. C. H. Smith. Woodcuts ; London,
1834.

Class Insecta, arranged ky Baron Cuvier, with Supplementary Addi-
tions to each order by Griffith and Pidgeon, and Notices of New
Genera and Species by Gray. Vol. 1 and 2; plates ; London, 1832.

Classified Index and Synopsis of the Animal Kingdom, arranged by
Cuvier, with Supplementary Additions by E. Griffith. London, 1835.—
Mr. J. Backhouse Walker.

Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria, fifth annual report, 1884, list of
members, ete.—From the Society.

Gardener's Chronicle, May 23, 30, June 6, 13, 27.

Geological Magazine, June. From the Society.

Government Statistician’s Report on the Vital and Meteorological
Statistics of the registration districts of Hobart and Launceston for
July, 1885, From the Government Statistician.
os oe of the Society of Arts, February, March, April, and May,

Journalof Science, June. i

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, London, Vol. 5, pt. 3,
June 1885. From the Society.

Journal of Science, New Zealand, No. 10, Vol. IL., July, 1885.

Meteorological Observations for the month of December, 1884, From
the Meteor. Office, India.

Midland Medical Miscellany, Vol. 4, No, 42. From the Editor.

CXXX1il

Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. 45, No. 7,
May, 1885. From the Society.

Monthly Record Meteorological Observations, Melbourne, during Feb-
ruary, 1885. From the Government Astronomer.

Nature, May, 1885.

Official No. 52, Quarterly Weather Report. Part 11, 1877. Official
No. 54, Hourly Readings. Part 4, 1882. Official No. 57, Metorological
Observations at Stations of the Secoud Order, 1880. Official No. 65,
Monthly Weather Report for January, 1885.--From the Meteorological
Office, London.

On some New South Wales Minerals (plates). On the Chemical
Composition of Certain Rocks, New South Wales (plates). By A. Liver-
sidge, F,R.S., ete.—From the Author.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Part I., January, February, March, 1885.—From the Society.

Preceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland. Vol. I, Part IL.,
IIl., IV., 1884.

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. Vol. X.,
Part 2nd, 1885.

Revision of the Genus Lamprima of Laterelle, with descriptions of
new species. By W. Macleay, f.L.8.—From the Author.

Reports of the Mining Registrars for the quarter ended 31st March,
— The Goldfields of Victoria.—From the Mines Department, Mel-

ourne.

Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey,
showing the progress of the work during the fiscal year ending with
June, 1883. Part I, Text Part II. Sketches Washington, 1884.—From
the U.S.’ Survey Office.

Statistical Register of Victoria, 1884. Part I. Blue Book.—From the
Government Statistician.

Statistics of the Colony of New Zealand for the year 1584. Part L,
Blue Book ; Part II., Population and Vital Statistics ; Part III., Trade
and Interchange.—From the Government Statistician.

Synonymy of and Remarks Upon the Specific Names and Authorities
of Four Species of Australian Marine Shells, originally described by Dr.
John Edward Gray in 1825 and 1827. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.8.—
From the Author.

Victorian Naturalist, The, Vol. II., No.3, July.—From the Society.

PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
Mammals :

Tasmanian Tiger (Thylacinus cynocephalus), Mr. Dunbabin.
- Two Tasmanian Tigers (Thylacinus cynocephalus), Mr. R. Douglas
Bethune,

An Albino Ring-tailed Opossum (Phalangista viverrina), Mr. H.
Morrisby.

An Albino Grey Opossum (Phalangista vulpina), Mr. G. Edwards.

TwoLive Wallabys (Halmaturus bennetti), Mr. Triffett.

Two Skulls of Tasmanian Tigers, the Hon. W. Gellibrand, M.L.C.

Birds :

Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila audax), Mr. L. Wilson.

Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila audax), Mr.

A More Pork (Podargus cuvieri).

Two Blue-banded Grass Parrakeets (Euphema ehrysostoma), Mr.
Wilkins.

Spotted Owl (Athene Maculata), Mr. J. R. McClymont.

A More Pork (Podargus cuvieri), Miss Propsting.

Little Penguin (Eudyptula minor), Miss Featherstone.

CXXX1V

Fishes :

A Hapuku (Oligorus gizas), Mrs. Cearns.
A Fish (probably a new genus), Mr. T, Stanfield.

Crustazea :
A Crab (Leptomithrax Spinulosus), Mr, ———

Mollusks :

A Cluster of Oysters, adhering to portion of a bottle, from Spring
Bay, Mr. J. McCluskey.
Minerals :

Sample of Quartz Conglomerate, from the summit of Cabbage Tree
Hill,460ft. above sea level.

Samples of Friable Quartz, Gold-bearing. Three samples, surface
caps of lode, 400ft. above sea level, the Tasmanian mine, Beaconsfield,
Mr. J. Davies.

Coins :

A collection of Coins and Tokens, the Hon. Wm. Crosby, M.L.C.

A collection of Coins and Tokens, Mr. Easton.

Framed copy of diploma presented to the Commissioners of Tasmanian
Fisheries, by the International Fisheries Exhibition Commission,
London, 1883, from the Chief Secretary (Hon. Adye Douglas).

ABSENCE OF THE HON. SECRETARY,

The CHAIRMAN announced with regret the inability of the Hon.
Secretary (Dr. Agnew) to be in his place, it being still undesirable that
he shculd encounter the nightair. The Curator (Mr. Morton) would
officiate in his place.

PAPERS.

The following papers were read :—

ICELAND AND THE ICELANDERS,
By THE Rey. J. B. W. WooLLNOUGH.

1. Iceland is an unfinished corner of the world. Heat force which,
after forming the earth’s crust left it to cool, and become a home for
man, is there still hard at work. Yet Iceland is byt just outside the
Arctic circle. It is so close that at midsummer on a northern hilltop
the sun never sets ; whilst the level of perpetual snow is but 3,000 feet,
and the larger glaciers all bat reach the sea. In this close embrace of
heat and cold lies one of the claims of Iceland to the interest of members
of a scientific society. If further apology for this paper be needed,
it may be found in the fact that in such a land a race of men has lived
for more than one thousand years, never conauered, holding their own,
not only against their neighbours, but also against nature at her worst;
first discoverers and colonisers moreover of Greenland and of America:
possessing arich literature; and at this day the very best educated
people in the world. There is not throughout the island a child of ten
who cannot, and who does not, read and enjoy the Sagas of his
forefathers,

Of the land first. A few miles from the seaboard, except where the
poor pasture struggles up the valleys of the larger rivers, extends
inland a desert covering nine-tenths of the whole island, being a tract
much larger than all Ireland, and this desert is altogether desolate.
In one part 4,000 square miles are covered with one vast white mass of
lava mountains, glaciers, and snow-fields, Elsewhere, within it, are
isolated black hills standing out of rugged lava fields, barren and
waterless, or, it may be, swelling belts of voleanic sand, or again,
bare earth ; but where soil is found it is waste, without even the tiny

CXXXV

fern frond or willow shrublet which I have sometimes, to my delight,
found in the lava cracks, the one witness to the power of life in this
great wilderness of death.

Thus only the seaboard of Iceland is habitable, whilst across the desert
interior from south to north are three passes, though two are but rarely,
and the third not frequently, used. The interior mountain ranges have
never been, and probably never can be, explored.

Of the habitable seaboard, but one-third will grow even the coarsest
herbage. Only a short distance from Reykjavik, the capital, I crossed
wide tracts of bare lava, in one place level, where, I suppose, streams
passing overa plain, had cooled evenly; in another, formed of blocks
of all sizes, weathered into position like your stony field of Mount
Wellington, though the boulders were not commonly so large.

Abruptly from such plains rise black detached con‘cal hills of
comparatively recent tufa, or a long flat topped basaltic ridge. The
valleys, the wooded glens and gullies, which, running deep into
the mountain recesses, make so much the beauty of mountain scenery
elsewhere,are altogether wanting in Iceland. In these plains are set
lakes, commonly with low shelving banks, and through them rush down
the rivers, fed by the snows of the central desert ; thus form and
colour, two elements of the beautiful, are wanting, and in their place
are barrenness and gloom,and yet there is also a great fascination. It
arises partly, perhaps, from the stillness, the absence of life, the largeness
of the waste, the sense that we look upon the two great forces,
cold and heat, at their work on matter so nakedly, so largely,
and with such grim results. Something, too, there is inthe stimulating
dryness of the air, and again in the feeling of separation by so wide a
stretch of southern seas from all but this singular land, and equally
singular offset of mankind.

The sense of strong contrast formed my first impression of
this weird land. Coming on deck early in the morning I
found not only that Iceland was in sight, but that we were
hugging the shore somewhat closely. An ice mountain towered up
7,000 feet, not far from the shore, and from its lower spurs a wide glacier
stream ran down, apparently straight into the sea. One flank of the
mountain fell in rugged black precipice until it softened into the
grassy bed of an upland valley, where the sun shone on a low farmstead
and a large flcckof scattered sheep. Yet close on the other flank, almost
side by side with the glacier, and yet wider, was a broad stream of
lava, which in past ages had sullenly forced its way from some volcanic
mountain, hidden inland.

Hitherto I have painted in black and white, but there is yet a third
colour marking Icelandic scenery—the yellowish green of the scanty
vegetation. Much of this is marshy bog. Where forests once stood
are now treacherous tussocky hillocks of rank grass rising out of
quaking bog, ground almost impassable for the wayfarer on foot, but
which the clever little ponies cross in a quick run without a stumble.
The pasture lands where they exist, are left undrained, unworked, and
unenclosed to the sheep, saving a few acres about the farmhouses
carefully manured, and enclosed within low turf walls. These enclosures
are called tiins, and here the few head of cattle graze, and the crops
of hay are had upon which the prosperity of the Icelanders so largely
depends, since it is the only provender they can raise for their beasts.
The climate is now so severe that no grain will ripen, and there is
but one tree throughout the south, with a few dwarf birch in the
north. Here and there on the better land some brushes of willow and
birch struggle for life. Sometimes, moreover, the summer in the
north will be changed into winter by the drifting in of Greeland ice.
Still, the land is not only habitable, but could be made far more

CXXXV1

productive than it is. The pastures are excellent, and nowhere else
have I enjoyed such rich thick cream, albeit, like the milk and butter, it
is the yield, not of the cow, but the sheep. These pastures support
400,000 sheep, with a few cattle and a large number of ponies.

The pony fillsa very large place in Icelandic economy since there
are no roads, no carriages, and but two bridges. During the summer
walking is impossible, and your Icelander jumps on a pony for a
journey of one hunded yards. They receive neither grooming,
stabling, nor feeding, and go far afield in search of pasture. I have
seen them eat seaweed and fish offal. They neither trot canter, “nor
gallop, but usually amble, or move mere quickly witha strange shuffle.
They will go with a load of 100lbs. some 40 miles in the day, are great
at hopping over lava blocks, discovering the one safe path across a
morass, and that ata fair pace, and grand in wading a river against a
rush of water. They are only puzzled on good level ground, where
they are apt to stumble, and, in fording rivers, they need a firm hand.
The rider must of necessity sit down to the saddle. The Icelander
rides as often without stirrups as with them, guiding more by a touch of
his seal skin covered heel than with the bridle, often giving way to 2
habit of his people of a constant drumming with his heels on his
beast’s ribs. Ihe ponies are the carriers of Iceland, and strings of
them tied head to tail are often met. They are largely bred, and during
the last few years, rival sheep as the chief export of Iceland.

# part from cattle, sheep, and horses, there are few animals wild or
domestic. There are cats; and dogs not unlike the Esquimaux, clever
as Scotch colleys in gathering in the ponies; but no pigs, ducks, geese,
and until lately not even the domestic fowl. The blue fox is found,
with afew imported reindeer. In hard winters a stray bear crosses
on a Greenland icefloe, but is very inhospitably treated. Amongst the
birds ptarmigan are very numerous, and I saw also plover, snipe, and
snowbirds, all very tame, a characteristic they are not likely to keep
long now that the British tourist has made his way to them. The
eider duck, however, is not likely to suffer from the Englishmans,
anxiety to kill something, as it is protected by a heavy fine. This bird
lines its nest with down plucked from the breast, after which man
robs the nest both of lining and eggs. This is done twice, and the
third time the drake supplies the down, and they are then allowed to
rear their broodin peace. Hider down, as those know who have a
coverlet made of it, is very elastic, and I have met with this Icelandic
riddle—‘‘ What is higher when the head is taken off?” with the
answer—‘‘ An eider down pillow.”

Together with ponies, and sheep; wool, eider down, dried and tinned
fish, some Icelandic spar, and Icelandic moss, form, as far as I am
aware, the chief exports of the island.

Geologists may be interested in the following account of Icelandic
spar:—“* This double refracting calc is found only in one place,
filling a fissure of greenstone from two to three feet wide, and
twenty to twenty-five long, on the north bank of the Reyder
Fiord, about a thousaud feet above the sea, A cascade rushing
over the rock brings down fragments of the spar, whilst the
whole mass is gradually loosened through the action of frost
on the moisture between the lamin, wedging them apart in the
direction of the cleavage of the crystals.” Specimens more than a few
inches in size are rare and valuable.

The Icelandic moss is not, I believe, so much used now as for-
merly. It is easily distinguishable, and widely distributed.

Fish abound both in the rivers and the sea, The Lax Elv or Salmon
River is, I was told by some of my friends who fished there, only too
full of salmon and trout, the chief drawback being the mosquitoes,

ees

CXXXVil

which have the dubious merit of a singular persistency. They make
their way into the boots, under the trousers, and up the nostrils, until,
in my friend’s case, the guide, with an Icelander’s patient endurance,
retired to a lava block, covered his face with his hands, and surrendered.

The only vegetables I saw in Iceland were potatoes and turnips, but
although they will ripen they are selcom grown. In sheltered place,
there are many wild flowers. I have picked or seen buttercups, violets,
forget-me nots, wild geraniums, thyme, dogdaisy, catchfly, seapink,
with others whose names I did not know.

Hekla, the Geysers, even the sulphur springs of Kriusivik, have
been so often described that it would be an impertinence to say much
of them here. Hekla is in every way unworthy of her world-wide
fame. Built up of sand and clay, the mountain, like so many more in
Iceland, rises abruptly from a plain, a long low flat ridge, 5,000ft. in
height, marxed by three cones. Hekla is but one of eighteen inter-
mittently active volcanic mountains in the island, and has not even to
boast of being the most destructive—a distinction belonging to the
Skapta Jokul, which in 1783 threw out a mass of lava greater in bulk
than Mount Blanc, greater than has ever been known elsewhere in the
world. But Hekla is isolated, can be seen from the sea, is easily ap-
proached, and has twenty-five times in the course of one thousand
years spread desolation ; circumstances to which she doubtless owes
her reputation. Once only did I see Hekla as a thing of beauty, and
happily it was for the first time, so that the impression remains as the
clearest and most prominent. At Oddi the church and priest’s house
are built on the edge of a plateau some height above the lava fields
Wet, tired, hungry, and thirsty, after riding all day and half the night,
fording two rivers, and running a madcap race after midnight over the
boulders with an Icelandic farmer, who insisted upon trying issues with
“the walking priest,” as they called me, I dismounted on the platform
before the long line of low-gabled buildings that made the priest’s home,
It was about two in the morning. Turning round, I saw far away
on the edge of the desert plains, through a pure, still, yet dimmed
light, that most beautiful atmosphere of an arctic summer night,
the white mountain mass, standing out from its azure background.
There, alone, and then, she looked worthy of the place men have
given her.

The last eruption of Hekla was in 1878, and I ascended the moun-
tain in order to see the new crater formed on one of its outlying
spurs. We started on ponies from a solitary farm-house set down
amidst some grass land, girt about by a vast level barren plain. Cross-
ing a river, deep-sunk between precipitous banks, after riding some
hours over sand and pumice, we tethered our ponies on the only
bit of green sward between the farm and Hekla, The ascent was wholly
over boulders and lava beds, on which lay a few patches of snow in the
sheltered hollows. The lava of 1841, which we skirted, was easily dis-
tinguishable by its glossy black appearance, and the knobby vitrification
of its blocks. The last arréte is reached by a long narrow ridge, with
a somewhat steep fall on either side, across which the wind swept
viciously. After reaching the summit, and whilst picking my way up
the slope of the crater of 78, one leg sunk suddenly to the knee
through a yellow, clayish substance, and with it, when I drew it out,
came a considerable outburst of smoke, with an evil smell. I suppose
it is owing to the presence of heat close to the surface everywhere,
that the crater is not a basin, within which the volcanic force has been
exercised. It is rather a large portion of the mountain slope, through
which the lava had burst in many places, tossing about the surface
soil over a considerable area, This eruption had covered the plain
in one direction with new lava as far as the eye could reach, and

CXXXVill

from it still rose in many places columns of smoke. It did not, I be-
lieve, do much damage, but lava streams have at different times
and places overflowed some of the richest farmsteads and most fertile
pastures in Iceland. The Skapta Jokull lava in 1783, of which I have
already spoken, formed two streams, each some forty-five miles long,
seven to twelve miles broad, and varying in depth from ten feet to six
hundred feet. The greatest depth was reached in the sunken river
beds which the lava first filled. In this eruption alone, itis estimated
that 1,300 men, 20,000 horses, 7,000 cattle, and 100,000 sheep were
destroyed. Some who discussed the cause of the remarkable afterglow
last year may not know that the same phenomenon followed the
Skapta Jokull eruption ; was speculated upon by Benjamin Franklin,
and alluded to by Cowper in the second book of the Task.

Of the Geysirs, I can probably say little that will be new. They
spring from a narrow table land, about three hundred yards in length,
raised by a few feet above a green marshy plain. This plain is sepa-
rated by a river from the sandy desert, on the north side of which
stretched away the vast snow-covered range of the Lang Jokull. The
scene would be utterly desolate but for a farm house nestling under
the trap hills which rise behind the Geysers.

The surface of the plateau is formed of reddish white thin layers
of silica, deposited by the springs whose overflow of boiling water
is running away in numerous tiny channels worn in the white flint
floor. Although these springs number nearly one hundred, only three
are active, the Great Geyser, the Strokr, and the Little Geyser. The
Great Geyser has formed a shallow basin, about sixty feet in diameter,
on the top of a coned mound. In the centre of the basin is a hole
about ten feet across and eighty-three feet deep, in which the water
is always bubbling, whilst frequently it rises a few feet, accompanied
by a rumbling noise and a slight movement of the ground. I slept
on the mound in the hope of seeing one of the great bursts, but was dis-
appointed. Formerly they came every day or oftener, but now a week
or fortnight will pass without one. I was awoke indeed about two
a.m. by the swaying of the ground beneath me, and scrambled out of
the low tent opening, only to see the water rising a few feet. It was
uncanny enough ; the pale clear light over the snowy ranges and desert
waste, the still, deathly solitude broken only by the intermittent throb-
bings of the geyser and the continuous murmur of the overflow trickling
down the tiny channels it had formed everywhere in the flint de-
posits. The water in a great eruption is thrown up about two hundred
feet. It is almost tasteless, and, eaperto crede, makes excellent choco-
late and tea. An analysis shows that in every eleven parts of sub
stance held in solution one-half is silica, about 4:90 soda and its com-
punds, and the rest alumina. The Strokr is but a poor relation of the
Great Geyser, a well hole six feet across perhaps, where some ten feet
down the water can just be seen, always seething, groaning, and now
and again rising some height up the funnel as if making up its mind
for an outburst. It is easy enough to provoke one by throwing in a
heap of turf. This we did, and whilst about twenty minutes after-
wards I was bending over the water rising at every effort a. little
higher and again falling, suddenly, with one vigorous protesting
groan, up rose a column of dirty boiling water one hundred to one
hundred and fifty feet, which I had barely time to escape by hard
running. For about ten minutes one outburst succeeded another, each
of lessening volume and height, until the Strokr had got rid of the
meal we had given it, and contented itself with its accustomed per-
petual motion and noisy accompaniment.

The sulphur springs of Kriusivik are another witness to great heat
force working close to the surface. These springs are not without

a

CXXX1X

danger to those who visit them alone, as I did. After walking for
some hours over such ground as I have endeavoured to describe,
my map and compass had brought me within sight of a broad high
column of steam rising over some low hills. About me was coarse
grass on a reddish clay, and I was about to take a step forward, when,
hearing a bubbling noise, I looked down, and where my next footfall
should have been was a small circular hole in which the sulphur was
boiling, rising from time to time to the surface level. Making for the
hillside I sson looked down ufon a mud basin about twenty feet
acruss, covered with a steam cloud, and from which came a con-
fused noise of boiling and splashing. When the steam lifted at times I
could see the boiling mud rising some six or eight feet into the air.
From the lava rock close underlying the white clay and sulphur deposit
came small sulphur jets over a considerable area about the central pool.
The greatest care is necessary in choosing ground, for in many places
a man’s weight would break through the thin layer of clay or sulphur
crust. An attempt is being made by a Scotch company to work
this large surface deposit of sulphur, but the cost of transit has
hitherto hindered the success of the adventure.

It will seem strange that even the hardy Norwegian Viking of the
ninth century should have sought a home in such a land, but it is
certain that in his day the climate was much milder than now. Their
Sagas, covering the first four centuries of colonisation, mention both
trees and graincrops. At the present day the mean temperature is in
the south 47°, in the north 33°, but during the summer, though the
latitude of the north is 3° higher, the temperature is about equal.
This is said to be owing to a branch of the gulf-stream'washing Iceland,
with which the rain clouds cross, brought by the prevailing southerly
winds. These rain clouds, as they pass over Iceland, meet a falling
temperature, and discharge their moisture before they reach the
north, so leaving it the larger share of summer sunshine, and enabling
its inhabitants to raise the earliest and heaviest hay crops.

I have left myself no time to speak of the remarkable people who for
one thousand years have kept up a hard constant struggle with
difficulties such as no other race has had to encounter. They have
dore more. Separated from other men, unhelped by the appliances of
mcdern civilisation, they have in intellectual development kept abreast
of, and in some respects surpassed, the most civilised European nations,
Their national hymn, set to the same tune as ours, is characteristic of
the people, and shows to how great an extent love of country is
independent of any beauty or advantage in th2 country itself. Thus
the first verse runs, and with it I conclude this discursive paper :—

Most ancient Iceland,

Best loved fatherland,

Fair mountain queen !

Whilst the sea girdles land ;
While men ask maiden’s hand;
Sungleams on hillsides stand ;
Thou art our Queen.

2. The Split Mosses, Bog Mosses, and Earth Mosses of Tasmania, by Mr.
R. A. Bastow. The paper was a continuation of a series of Papers on
Tasmanian Mosses that Mr. Bastow is engaged on.

3. Descriptions of some Fossil Leaves from Mount Bischoff, by Mr. R. M.
Johnston, F.L.S. The two new fossil leaf impressions described by
Mr. Johnston belong to the genera Tawites and Eucalyptus. The
former was discovered by Mr. Thureau at Mount Bischoff associated
with clays and in drift deposits underlying the basalt sheet formerly

~ referred to in connection with the Tertiary Leaf Beds at this place.
The species has been named TZawites Thwreaut in honor of its

exl

discoverer. The locality from whence the splendid new specimen of
Eucalyptus (#. Milligani. Johnston) was obtained is not known,
although supposed to be from Tertiary Leaf Beds at Macquarie
Harbour, where probably it was discovered by the late Dr. Milligan.
It is associated with well known forms in Tasmanian Tertiaries
belonging to the genera Fagus, Laurus, Cinnamomum, Magnolia, ete.

EXHIBITS.

Mr. T. StepHens exhibited a specimen of the Coal which had been found
at some distance from Longford, on the road leading from that township
to Launceston, and near Jordan’s Bridge. The existence of coal had been
suspected in the neighbourhood for the last 40 years, but it had been left
to Mr. Mason, a landed proprietor in the district, to prosecute a search,
and he was rewarded by finding a seam which was stated to be 4fft. in
thickness. He, Mr. Stephens, thought that these coal measures might be
traced from near Hadspen to a place where he had reported favourable
indications many years ago on the N. Esk, and eventually to the Fingal
Valley. The infiltration of water had loosened its texture, and had given
it a flaky character, and it was that appearance, together with some of
the surface indications, which led some persons to suppose that it was a
lignite, and nota true coal. It was, however, a true coal, and belonged to
the same system as all the Southern and Eastern coal measures. There
was an admixture of sulphide of iron, but not, apparently, in any
objectionable quantity. The calcite present in the specimen was a point
of resemblance between this and some of the Jerusalem and Fingal coal.
Tt was not likely to prove prejudicial to the use of the coal for ordinary
‘purposes. It seemed highly probable that the discovery would be a
valuable and important one to those persons on whose property it was
found. From some preliminary investigations, the proprietor had come
to the conclusion that it rose in an easterly direction, and he was now
driving from the lowest level that he could find in that direction, so
as to strike it on a rise and eventually drain the mine by gravitation.

Mr. R. M. Jonnston remarked that the specimen which had been sent
to him had rather a igneous appearance. He had no hesitatien, however,
in Kaying that he believed it to be good coal, and from the presence of
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Phyllotheca, Taeniopteris and Sphenopteris,
identical with species in the coal measures at New Town and York Plains.
There was no doubt in his mind that it belonged to the mesozoie coal
measures.

The Curator drew attention to two fine specimens of fish that had been
secured, both new tothe Museum, during the month. One of these, the
“Hapuku” (Oligorus gigas), a fish that attains to a large size, in
New Zealand many of them reaching to 150 lbs. in weight, is a deep
sea fish, the present one being caught off the Hippolyte Rocks. The
“ Hapuku ” has a peculiar interest from its close relationship to the well-
known Murray Cod ( Oligorus Macquariensis). Dr. James Hector, M.D.,
F.R.S., in his “ Notes on the Edible Fishes New Zealand,” says in regard
to the flavour of this fish: ‘The head and shoulders cut off this fish is
most dainty food, but the flesh of the remainder is rather coarse and
stringy ; it is, however, well adapted for pickling, and may yet become an
article of commerce.” The specimen now on view to the Fellows weighed
53 lbs., and had a roe weighing about 5lbs. The other fish was one that
Mr. Morton stated he had been unable to identify with any species of
Australian, Tasmanian, or New Zealand fish, in fact, he was in hopes at the
next meeting he would not only be able to describe it as a new species, but
to make a new genus. This specimen had during the month been
washed on the bank at Bridgewater, and had been forwarded to him by
Mr. T. Stanfield.

exli

- Mr, R. M. Jounston said, in regard to the latter fish, he felt confident
Mr. Morton would be perfectly safe in making a new genus, as it was
altogether unlike any genus he had observed in Gunther’s valuable
work on Fishes.

The Curator also drew attention to two skulls of Tasmanian Tigers
(Thylacinus cynocephalus) which had been presented by the Hon. W.
Gellibrand, M.L.C., one being very large, the teeth in capital condition.

MICROSCOPE.

Mr. R. A. Bastow showed some beautiful mounted specimens of

Tasmanian Mosses.
VOTE OF THANKS.

Bishop SANDFORD proposed a vote of thanks to the authors of papers read
at the meeting, as also to the donors to the Museum and Library.

Mr. C. T. BetstEAD seconded the motion, which was carried unani-
mously.

SEPTEMBER, 1885.

The monthly meeting of the Fellows of the Royal Society of Tasmania
was held at the Museum-building on Monday evening, September 7th,
1885. Mr. James Barnard, vice-president, occupied the chair, and
about 40 gentlemen were present.

In the absence of the hon. secretary (Dr. Agnew) who was pro-
fessionally engaged at New Norfolk, the secretarial duties were
performed by the curator, Mr. Alexander Morton.

The following gentlemen, who had been previously nominated as
Fellows, were ballotted for, and dnly elected as Fellows of the Society,
viz.:—Messrs. Chas. W. Garrard, B.A., Lond., W. Eldridge, W. Duffy,
Joseph Tasman Facy.

The Curator brought forward the usual returns, viz, :—

1, Number of visitors to the Museum during the month of August :—
Week days, 1,980; Sunday, 850; total, 2,830.

2, Number of visitors to Royal Society’s Gardens during the month of
August, 6,150.

3. Plants and seeds received at and sent from the Royal Society’s
Gardens during the month of August, 1885 :—

From Messrs. J. Smith and Sons, Victoria—Case plants.

From the Botanical Gardens, Jamaica—Packet seeds.

From Mr. Elliot, Hobart—14 paper$ seeds.

From — Emmett, Esq.—Seeds Telopea truncata.

From Charles Traill, Esq.—Case plants, N.Z.

To Messrs. Vilmorin Andrieux, Paris—Package seeds,

To A. Van Geert, Belgium—Package seeds.

To Mr. Wm. Bull, London—Package seeds.

To the Royal Gardens, Kew, near London—Package seeds.

To the Botanical Gardens, Caleutta—Package seeds.

To the Botanical Gardens, Saharanpur, India—Seeds,

To the Forest Board, Madras—Package seeds.

To Messrs, J. Smith and Sons, Victoria—Plants and seeds,

To Charles Traill, Esq., Stewart Island, N.Z.—Case plants.

To the Botanical Gardens, Christchurch, N.Z.--Case plants.

To the Botanical Gardens, Melbourne—2 bags sphagnum,

To Mr. S. Purchase, Parramatta—Case plants.

exlii

Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s Gardens during August, 1885 :—

10th. Weeping willow commencing to break.

12th. Silver wattle commencing to flower.

14th. Common elm commencing to flower.

15th. Common snowdrop in flower.

20th. Sambucus Niger commencing to break.

20th. Common oak commencing to break.

24th. Lombardy poplar commencing to break.

25th. Horse-chestnuts commencing to break.

26th. Gooseberries commencing to break.

30th. Royal apricot commencing to flower.

METEOROLIGICAL RETURNS.

From the Government Observer, Capt. Shortt, R.N.—Table of
Observations for August.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY DURING THE MONTH OF AUGUST.

Agricultural Gazette, July 6, 13, 20.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History, July.

Atheneum, June.

Australian Scientific Magazine, The. Vol. 1, No.1; August, 1885,
Victoria—From the Editor.

Birds and Mammals of Australia. By Gracius J. Broimowski.—From
the Hon. W. J. Trickett, M.P., N.S. W.

Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Pt. II., ‘‘Gamopetale.” By John
Macoun, M.A.—From the Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, Canada.

Descriptions of the stations. —From the Meteor. Office, India.

Gardener’s Chronicle, June 11, 18, 25.

Geological Magazine, July.

Goldfields of Victoria, Reports of the Mining Registrars for the quarter
ended 30th June, 1885.—From the Mines Department, Victoria.

Journal of the Society of Arts, June 5, 12, 19, 26.

Journal of Science, July.

Journal and proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales for
1884, Vol. XVIII.—From the Society.

List of the specimens of Cetacea in the Zoological Department
of the British Museum, by Henry Fowler, LL.D., London, 1885.—
From the Trustees.

Micro.—Chemical Observations on the Blood, in Health and in
Typhoid Fever, by Thos. 8S. Ralph, M.R.C.S., Victoria—From the author.

Monthly Weather Report of the Meteor. Office, London, for February,
1885.—From the Meteorological Department.

Nature, June.

Nineteenth Annual Report on the Colonial Museum and Laboratory,
together with a list of donations and deposits during 1883-84, and the
Ffteenth Annual Report on the Colonial Botanic Gardens, New Zealand,
1883-4.— From the Director.

*© Open and Air Currents,” by Thos. D. Smellie, Glasgow, 1885.

Provincial Medical Journal, vol. iv., No. 48, July, 1885, Leicester,
Eng.—From the society.

Publication der Norwegischen Commission der Kuropaishen
Gradmessung, ‘‘ Geodatische Arbeiten,” heft 1V.—From the society.

Report of Progress, with maps, 1882-4.—From the Geol. and Nat.
Hist. Survey, Canada.

Statistical Register of the Colony of Victoria for the year 1884, part
II., population.—From the Government Statistician.

Udgivet af den Norske Gradmaalingskommission Vanstandsobserva-
tioner, heft JII., Christiania, 1S585.—From the scciety.

Victorian Naturalist, vol. Il., No. 4, August.—From the society.

exlill

PRESENTATION TO THE MUSEUM.

Mammals :

Two Tasmanian Devils (Sarcophilus ursinus), Mr. Albert Flexmore.

Two Tasmanian Porcupines (Hchidna setosa.) One Black Opossum
(Phalangista fuliginosus.) One Grey Opossum (Phalangista vulpina),
Mr. Geo. Edwards.

One Tasmanian Porcupine (Echidnasetosa), Mr. A. Brent.

Birds :

One Sacred Kingfisher (Halcyon sanctus), Mr. J. N. Short.

One Diving Petrel (Puffinuria urinatrix), Mr. Bush.

Two Mock Regent Birds (Meliphaga phrygia), The Helmeted Honey
Eater (Ptilotis cassidix.) Mr. E. D. Swan.

Fishes :

Two Apogon Guntheri, Miss Gertrude Swan.
The Sweep (Girella sp.), Mr. R. M. Johnston.
The Lamprey (Mordacia mordax), Mr. A. K. Chapman.

Crastacea :
Shrimps (Palemon sp.), Miss Gertrude Swan.

Papers, etc.

A reprint of The London Times, containing the account of the
Battle of Waterloo, London, Thursday, June 22, 1815. Mr. Geo.
Richardson.

An oil painting, ‘‘The Australian Schnapper.” The Hon. Wm.
Crosby, M.L.C.

PAPERS,

An interesting paper entitled, ‘‘ Contributory information regarding
the tin ore deposits at Mount Bischoff, Tasmania,” by Baron Von
Groddeck, chief mining councillor of the Hartz mining districts, and
director of the Royal] Prussian Academy of Mines at Clausthal, Germany,
was read by the Curator, in the absence of the translator, Mr. Thureau,
who had telegraphed to say that he was unavoidably detained in the
country, and so was prevented from attending the meeting of the
Society. In a letter from Mr. G. Thureau, F.G.S., to the Royal
Society, he stated that the above paper had been published in the
journal of the German Geological Society, of 1884. It was a subject
he (Mr. Thureau) thought would be of great interest to the Fellows
of the Society, so he had, therefore, translated Mr. Groddeck’s
paper. The Baron states that the Royal Academy of Mines at
Clausthal was some time ago placed in possession of a very fine
collection of Australian ores, the collection being presented to
the Academy by Mr. M. Wajenknecht, a resident of Tasmania.
Amongst the samples were found a,number of specimens of tin
ore, together with the rocks and the minerals said to be associated
with same from Mount Bischoff. The Baron says the series particularly
interested him on account of a piece of supposed quartz-porphyry, which
rock, it was represented, is associated (according to the description
of Mr. S. H. Wintle and Mr. Geo. H. F. Ulrich) with those tin
ores, and also because of some peculiar, dense, greyish-blue coloured
masses of mineral which most frequently are found to enclose those tin
ores. The Baron gives a very careful analysis that he made of the
specimens he had received.

Mr. C. P. SprentT said the paper was a most interesting con-
tribution, but it raised so many unexpected new points that it
would require very careful study before the Fellows could discuss it.
He would have liked to have seen some of the specimens which were

exliv

sent to Germany, because since Mr. Wagenknecht visited Bischoff more
information had been obtained, not only of Bischoff itself, but of
the country further south. The specimens, too, ought to be considered
in connection with the Meredith Range and Mount Heemskirk.
He believed that some of the explanations of the German professor
would throw a great deal of light on matters on which there had been
great uncertainty, especially in regard to the green rock, which had
always—he did not know why—been called chlorite. The professor
said it owed its green colour to tourmaline. In confirmation of this
tourmaline occurred at Mount Heemskirk in chlorite veins, which
stuck up on theside of the mountain, being harder than the surrounding
surfaces. It was curious that at Mount Heemskirk this green rock
was found on one side of a vein, while on the other side was quartz rock
with tourmalineinit. At Mount Ramsay and the Meredith Range they
also found quartz rock full of tourmaline. When the quartz porphyry
decomposed it became Kaolin, owing to the large percentage of felspar
it contained, a specimen of which he produced. It would be interesting
to have the paper referred to Mr. Kayser and other scientific gentlemen,
with a request that they should make some remarks uponit. (Applause.)

Mr. T. STEPHENS took the same view, and thcught they should have
further information about the specimens sent to Germany. ‘There
might have been mistakes which, though no one was to blame for
them, might have led to misconcepticn. It would, perhaps, be well! to
forward specimens of rock to which Mr. Sprent supposed the author to
allude to Professor Liversedge, in Sydney, for his inspection.

Mr. R. M. Jounston said the observations were well worthy of
attention. The specimens might not be characteristic of the
country generally, though found there. The topaz rocks were found in

a dyke, or wall in the mountain. He thought the typical rocks as a-

whole shou'd be sent to Professor Liversedge.

The CHAirMaN said Mr. Sprent’s suggestion was a valuable one, and
he would, on behalf of the Council, undertake that it should be
carried into effect.

2, General Observations regarding the Classification of the Upper
Paleozoic and Mesozoic Rocks of Tasmania, together with a full
description of all the known Tasmanian Coal Plants, including a consider-
able number of new species. By R. M. Johnston, F.L.S., ete., ete.,
illustrated by diagrams and maps which were displayed on the walls,
and referred to during the reading of the paper.

Mr. Johnston, in the above paper, deals with many important
questions connected with the proper classification, and the true relations
of the important series of rocks in Tasmania belonging to upper
paleozoic and mesozoic age, which include the upper coal measures of
the midland ani south-eastern parts of the island as well as the lower
coal measures, which are well represented in the vicinity, Latrobe, or
the Mersey. Elaborate tables were prepared by the author, showing the
distribution of all the known coal plants of Tasmania, also of the fossils
of the upper and lower marine beds. Sections were also prepared,
showing the relations of the principal rock systems to each other; and
the question of theprobable age of the greenstone mountains and tiers
was very thoroughly discussed, so far as it touched upon the relation
with the stratified rocks with which the greenstone masses are so
intimately associated. Mr. Johnston gave illustration of greenstone
rocks older than the lower marine beds of upper paleozoic age, and
others again of a later date than the upper coal measures; he is,
however, inclined to the opinion that the massive greenstones of the
mountains and tiers have been erupted prior to the deposit, even of the
lower members of the carboniferous system. Mr. Joanston, in dealing
with the local nomenclature of systems, is of opinion that the finer

exly

subdivision names of Europe will not fit the known divisions of
Tasmanian rocks, and accordingly with Professor Hutton and others,
would prefer local names for the sub-divisions of rocks later than the
English ‘‘ carboniferous.” He also pointed out dangers to true classifi-
eation which may arise by ignoring the facts of local stratigraphy, when
dealing with imperfect fossil remains. He urges that questions of local
stratigraphy-should not be divorced from local paleontology, and that
the association of the stratigraphy and paleontology of one hemis-
phere, isnotalways a safe guide in the determination of the actual
association, in the other hemisphere of stratigraphy and paleontology.

Mr. C. H. Grant thanked Mr. Johnston, on behalf of the Fellows,
for the very valuable paper he had read to the Society. It showed very
deep research and careful reading amongst the best authorities, a large
number of whom were quoted. He was pleased to see how thoroughly
and philosophically Mr. Johnston treated the subject of geology, as in
his earlier writings he had a far more positive manner of treating the
subject. The paper would be of great value to the records, and he
trusted would be only one part of the great work on geology which he
understood Mr. Johnston was preparing. (Hear, hear.) It hardly
admitted of discussion, but he thought they should express their satis-
faction at such a valuable foundation for the study of geology in
Tasmania. (Applause.)

Mr. C. P. SpRENT referred to the application which had recently
been made to the Government to put a sum of money on the estimates to
assist deep sinking, and said that though that might be very desirable,
the most important thing they could do was to ascertain the value of the
coal deposits of the colony, especially on the extensive plain between
Ben Lomond and the Western Tiers. He thought a series of bores should
be put down across the plain, and that they shouid also have a first-class
man from New South Wales who was used to the coal formations there
to make an enquiry into the matter. Only within the last few days
they had found coal cropping up at Longford, and very important
results might follow from such action. Last year Mr. Cosmo Newbery
was over here, and was speaking about the same thing, as well as of the
value of their building stone, pointing out that both articles were likely
to be found in the same locality, and that anyone finding a quarry
of white stone in a practicable position would have a better thing
than any tin mine or gold mine that had been found in Tasmania,
He thought something ought to be done in the matter. He had tried to
get the authorities to move in it, but they had so many important
things to look after now they had not been able to give it attention.
He thought the Society might use its influence in this direction.
(Hear, hear.)

The Curator and Mr. SrepHens also referred in complimentary
terms to the paper,

The CuarrMAN promised, on behalf of the Council, that the Society’s
influence should be used in the direction indicated by Mr. Sprent.

Mr. Jounston briefly returned thanks.

3. Description of two apparently new species of genus Ancillaria,
by W. F. Petterd, C.M.Z.8., was read by the Curator.

AUSTRALIA OR AUSTRALASIA.

The following paper was read by Colonel A. CRAwWFoRD :—

There is a matter that, I conceive, certainly comes within the
range of subjects of which our asscciation takes cognisance, and to
which many circumstances combine, in my humble opinion, to render
its immediate and careful attention most desirable. In the hope that
my views may win the approval and support of the Royal Society,
I will ask you kindly to read this note at its next meeting, trusting

exlyi

that steps may then be taken to obviate the hazard that to me appears
imminent. We are living in the expectation that at a very near date
the majority of the Australian colonies—may we not hope all ? —will
become federated, and assumea higher position before the world in the
dignity and strength that unity confers. Under what title, what
cognomen, shall weclaim our place among the nations of the earth ?
At the first glance, the query mightto many appear trivial, and they
would probably feel inclined to waive it as one on which
they are in no way called upon to decide, whilst they might
also consider it will doubtless be satisfactorily dealt with by the Federal
Council at its first session. But Iam sure that our Society will agree
with me that every individual in these lands is or should be interested
in the question of our future style and title, and that it shall be both
euphonious and correct, and if I can show that a great risk does
exist of our being made to appear under a designation every way in-
appropriate, I think the Royal Society will not hesitate to call public
attention to the fact, and bring the weight of its opinion to bear upon
the same. I doubt not it will have been noticed by many that in the
numerous despatches and telegrams that of late have been passing
between the Imperial Government and the Australian Governments
relative to federation, two werds constantly appear as designating this
portion of the globe ‘‘ Australia” and ‘‘ Australasia,” and they seem to
be used by all parties alike as convertible terms, frequently pre-
senting themselves in the same document as, if so used, for the pur-
pose of avoiding tautology. A little reflection, however, will show that
these terms are by no means one and the same. Their signification
differs 7x toto. ‘‘ Australia,” whilst musical and pleasing to the ear,
places at once before the mind the idea of a large and noble southern
land, and therefore may be regarded as adequately representing
this great portion of Her Majesty’s dominions. ‘‘ Australasia,” on
the other hand, whilst it might reasonably be applied to Burmah, Siam,
Cochin-China, cr even India, has in reality no true geographical sig-
nificance in connection with our great island continents and its
sister isles of Tasmania and New Guinea. Let it be remembered that
Australia (I cling to that term) is separated from Asia and _ its
islands by an ocean of soundings so deep as effectually to prohibit
chance intercourse, and so nature has, in her own unmistakable lan-
guage, proclaimed these countries by their peculiar fauna and ficra to
be a distinct region. Why, then, should we in any way, in name at
least, allow ourselves to be looked upon as a species of dependency or
excresence of Asia? Poor relations, perhaps. Whilst our real and
only debt to that quarter of the world is limited probably to a few
stray coccanuts, drifted by wind and tide to our northern shores.
There would be more reason exhibited in calling Africa Austral-
Europe” than in denominating these colonies ‘‘ Australasia,” for a
reference to the map will at once show that the meridians of longi-
tude within which Australia is comprised are those that mark only
the extreme eastern portion of Asia, so that, strictly speaking, Austral
doesnotaccurately describe our position in respect to that continent. I
will not enlarge further on these points. The little I have said will,
I think, suffice to prove that ‘‘ Australia” is alone the befitting title
for this great division of the British realm; and, hoping that the
meeting may fully concur in this opinion, I will conclude my note by
begging the chairman and members to take immediate action thereon,
for if anything is to be done it should be done promptly. A draft
of a Federal Council Adoption Bill, prepared by the Premier of
Queensland, has been received by the Cabinet, and will no doubt be
speedily submitted to Parliament. Whether that bill contains any
generic term for our federated provinces I can only conjecture, but

exlvi

whilst we still have the opportunity let us do what we can to insure
for our united states a name to which no just exc2ption shall here-
after be made.

Colonel CrAwrorD added that just as the name Hobart Town was
altered to Hobart, so the opportunity of federation should be taken
to adopt the more euphonious name of Australia for the group.

Mr. Justin McC. Browne called attention of the Fellows to a series
of interesting articles in Notes and Queries, which appeared a few
months since on the subject of the use of the words Australia and
Australasia.

Mr. R. M. JounstTon said that statisticians used the term Australasia
to mean the Continent of Australia, and the Islands of New Zealand
and Tasmania.

Mr. E. D. Swan: And Fiji.

Mr. R. M. Jounston: When such a term was generally used, it
would require very great courage to suggest any alteration. It was,
however, one which would very fairly come within the scope of the
dealings of the Federal Council.

Mr. J. B., WALKER said they were indebted to a Frenchman
President De Brosses for the term Australasia, he having conferred
itin 1756. He had brought down a book ‘‘ Histoire des Navigatiors
aux Terres Australes,’ Paris, 1756, showing the charts ot that
day for the inspection of the Fellows. Australia now, as he understood
it, was used for the Continent, and Australasia for the larger group.
He did not know whether the shorter term being more euphonious
would be sufficient reason for altering it.

Colonel Crawrorp: But we have nothing to do with Asia at all.
Jf you have anything call it South-eastern Asia. It makes me writhe
to think of the incongruity. A Frenchman may have introduced the
word, but I won’t be guided by any Frenchman. (Laughter.) A
century ago, too—what did he know about it? (Renewed laughter.)
Let us use our own commonsense. We are famous for misnomers in
this island.

The CHAIRMAN said no doubt the Colonel’s remarks would elicit dis-
cussion and call attention to the subject, and so he would attain
the object he had in view.

EXHIBITS,

The CHAIRMAN drew attention to a further donation of a collection of
mounted birds, received from the Trustees of the Sydney Museum.
Among them was particularly noticeable two species of the hand-
some Racquet-tailed Kingfisher (Tanysyptera galatea, and Dana.)

The CuRnATOoR drew attention to afish he had received from Mr. D.
Whitehouse. It was known as the Frost Fish of New Zealand
(Lepidopus caudatus); the specimen was captured near the wharf,
swimming about the surface.

Mr. R. M. Jounston drew attention*to a fine specimen of a bream
(Girella sp.) that he had obtained during the month; he was of
opinion that the species, simplex and tricuspidata, would turn out to be
identical with each other.

4, The Curator drew attention to a specimen of a kingfisher shot at
Cambridge ; the bird, although not included in ‘‘Gould’s Handbook”
or ‘* Krefft’s Fauna of Tasmania,” has been occasionally shot and seen
in Tasmania; it is known in Australia as the Sacred Kingfisher (Halcyon
sanctus).

ORNITHOLOGY.

The Corator stated that the Council of the Royal Society
had received during the month a letter from the President of
the Intercolonial Permanent Ornithological Committee, Vienna, which

exlyili

he would read to the Fellows, in doing so he was of opinion that
among the Fellows of the Society were many close observers of the
habits, etc., of the birds of Tasmania, and the co-operation of those
gentlemen would materially assist the object that the Vienna Society
were desirous of carrying out. The letter was as follows :—

Sir,— The first International Ornithological Congress at Vienna has
resolved upon creating an International Permanent Ornithological Com-
mittee, whose task it is to establish a net of ornithological observation
stations, embracing the whole inhabited world. Extremely difficult as
this task appears to be, we, however, think to realise a happy solution,
encouraged by the exceedingly kind favours bestowed on us by most
of the Governments, and relying upon the mighty protection of our
High Protector. But such a solution is, however, only possible, if
everybody, who has the progress of science at heart, will energetically
assist the committee in their assiduous exertions of completing this
great work worthy of the working together of all mankind. We
therefore confidently think to do no false step by applying to you
with the kind request to look for men in your circles, wlo have the
mind and intelligence of undertaking this meritorious task by regularly
observing all the birds of their surrounding countries, referring to their
occurrence, trains, hatchings, and ways of life, and sending those
observations annually (every first quarter of the calendar-year) to
the secretary of the committee. Dr. R. Buasius, President I.P.0.C.
Vienna.

The CHAIRMAN said that Colonel Legge, Mr. Swan, and other orni-
thologists, would, no doubt, give the writer the benefit of their researches
and observations, and bestow attention on the very interesting questions
raised by it. The letter would appear in the report of the proceedings,
and would receive the attention it deserved from the Fellows.

VOTE OF THANKS.

On the motion of Mr, C. H. Grant, seconded by Mr. J. B. WALKER,
a vote of thanks was passed to the readers of papers and donors of
contributions to the Museum.

OCTOBER, 1885.

The usual monthly meeting of the Royal Society of Tasmania, was
held at the Museum on Monday evening, October 12th. Mr. James
Barnard, Vice-President, occupied the chair, and about 20 Fellows were

resent,

The following gentlemen, who had been previously nominated as
Fellows, were balloted for and duly elected as Fellows of the Society,
viz., Messrs. J. T. Triffet and T. A. Tabart.

RETURNS.

The Hor. Secretary (Hon. Dr. Agnew, M.L.C.), brought forward
the usual returns, viz.:—

1. Number of visitors to the Museum during the month of
September :—Week days, 1,414; Sunday, 850; total, 2,264.

Number of visitors to Royal Society’s Garden during the month
of September, 4,767.

Plants and seeds received at and sent from the Royal Society’s
Gardens during the month of September, 1885 :—

exlix

To the Botanic Gardens, Cape Town, South Africa—Collection seeds.

oa the Chamber Agriculture, Washington, United States—Collection
seeds.

To Messrs. Smith and Adamson, Melbourne—Seeds,

To Mr. L. Bachmer, Yokohama, Japan—Seeds.

To Miss Owen, Ireland—Collection seeds.

To the Conservator Forests, Punjaub, India—Collection seeds.

To Mrs. Oliver, New Plymouth, New Zealand—Seeds.

To C. Moore, Esq., Botanic Gardens, Sydney—Sphagnum.

To Messrs. Shepherd Co., Sydney—Case plants.

To B. F. Wellington Co., San Francisco—Seeds,

From Mr. J. Latham, Hobart—24 plants.

From Mr. 8. Purchase, Parramatta, N.S.W.—Small case plants.

From Messrs. Shepherd Co., Sydney-—Small case plants.

From Mrs. Archer, Hobart—Seeds.

From C. Sprent, Esq., Hobart—Seeds.

Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s Gardens during September, 1885 :—

6th. Acacia pycnantha commencing to flower.

15th. Moutan peeony commencing to flower.

15th. Horse-chestnuts commencing to flower.

27th. Sycamore commencing to break leaf.

28th. Grape vines commencing to break leaf.

30th. Common ash commencing to break into flower.

30th. Common plane commencing to break into leaf.

METEOROLOGICAL RETURNS.
From the Government Observer, Captain Shortt, R.N.—Table of
observations for September.

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY DURING THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER,

Agricultural Gazette, August 3, 10, 17, 24.

Annals and magazine of Natural History, August.

Atheneum, The July.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
vol. XI., No. 11; Studies from the Newport Marine Laboratory,
communicated by Alexander Agassiz, XV.; on the development of
Agalma, by J. Walter Fewkes, vol. XII., No. 1; Chlamydoselachus
anguineus, Garm., a living species of Cladodont shark.—By L. Garmon.
—From Alexander Agassiz,

Bulletin de la Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique, June, 1862,
1885.—From the Society. *

Catalogue of the Echinodermata in the Australian Museum, part
1, “Echini;” Desmosticha and Petalostichaa—By E. P. Ramsay,
#.R.S.E.—From the author.

Catalogue des Livres de Fonds et en Nombre, Histoire, Archeologie,
Ethnographie, et Lingiustique De L’Eurgpe, De L’Asie, De L’Afrique,
De L’Amerique et de L’Oceanie.—From the Society.

China and the Roman Orient, researches into their ancient and
medizyval relations as represented in old Chinese records.—By F.. Hirth,
Ph. D.—From the author.

Chart of Java, by S. H. Lerne. From Mr. J. Wemyss Syme.

Gardeners’ Chronicle, Aug. 1, 8.

Geological Magazine, Aug.

Indian Meteorological Memoirs, being occasional discussions and
compilations of meteorological data, relating to India and the neighbour-
ing countries under the direction of H. Blandford, F.R.S., vol. IV.,
Part 4--6. Account of the S.W. Monsoon Storms generated in the Bay
a rae during the years 1877 to 1881.—From the Meteor, Office,

la.

cl

Journal of Science, August.

Journal of the Society of Arts, July 3, 10, 17, 24, 31.

Map showing the site of Melbourne and the position of the Huts and
Buildings previous to the foundation of the Township, by Sir Richard
Bourke, in 1837.—From the Government.

Maps to accompany Report of Progress, 1882-3-4,—From the Society.

Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences de Liege. Le tome xi,
Mai, 1885.—F rom the Society.

Mineral Statistics of Victoria for the Year 1884, with Report
of the Seeretary of Mines.—From the Mines Department.

Monthly Record Meteorological Observations, April 1885, Melbourne.
—From the Meteorological Department.

Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. June.

Provincial Medical Journal, vol. IV., No. 44.—From the Editor.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, vols. 27—38, Nos. 232 to
237.—From the Society.

Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto, July, 1885, 3rd series,

vol. 3.

Records of the Geological Survey of India, vol. 18, part IIL, 1885,—
From the Geological Department.

Registers of Original Observations in 1885, reduced and corrected,
January 18, India,—From the Department.

Statistics of the Colony of New Zealand for the year 1884, part
IV., Finance, Accumulation, and Production.—From the Government.

Systematic Census of Australian Plants, with Chronologic, Literary,
and Geographic Annotations.—By Baron Von Miieller. Second Annual
Supplement for 1884,—From the Author. ;

Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan, vol. XII., part 4,
vol. XIII., part 1, July, 1885.—From the Society.

Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XI, No. 5, September, 1885. From the
Field Naturalist Club of Victoria,

Vital and Meteorological Statistics of the Registration districts of
Hobart and Launceston for August, 1885. From the Government
Statistician.

PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.

Mammals.
Tasmanian Porcupine (Echidna setosa), Mr. Archer.

Birds. "
New Holland Goshawk (Astur nove hollandiz), Mr. Street.
Wedge-tailed Eagle (Aquila audax), Mr. J. N. Whitehead.
Lewins Rail (Rallus lewini), Mr. A. Flexmore.

Fishes.

A Parrot Fish (Labrichthy mortoni), Mr. W. L. Boyes.
Blenny (Cristiceps sp.), Mr. Self.

A Young Ray, Herr Schott.

Native bread, Mylitta Australis. Mr. P. S. Seager.

Rocks, Ete.

1, Yellow Copper Ore and Pyrites, from the Tasmanian Mine. 2.
Quartz, New Native Youth Gold Mining Co,, Lefroy, 800 feet level,
470 feet below sea level. 3. Outcrop of Quartz-conglomerate, Ophir
Township, Beaconsfield. 4. Outcrop, ‘‘Gossan,” Tasmanian Mine,
Beaconsfield. 5. Sandstone, from the Lefroy Mine, Beaconsfield, 400
feet level, and 260 feet below sea level. From Mr. Joseph Davies,
Beaconsfield.

cli

Old Documents, Etc.

Memorial Tablet of Lord Nelson, from engraved plate, demy.
Miss Burgess.

Passport, granted to J. Wemyss Syme to Canton, 1885, From Mr. J.
Wemyss Syme.

Ethnology.

Two Malay creeses or daggers, used for executions, one Malay
Peninsula creese, one Malay knife for cutting timber, one Malay knife
for ordinary purposes, one quiver containing poisoned arrows, one Malay
native dress, ‘‘sula,” or native ladies’ dress, one Malay head-dress,
** Tappa,” or native cloth used by the jungle tribes, Malay Peninsula.
Volcanic dust from the late eruption, Straits of Sunda.—From Mr. J.
Wemyss Syme.

‘*Sampitan,” or blowpipe, used by the natives of the Malay Peninsula
for hunting, etc. Two swords worn by Malay gentlemen.—From Mr.
Brian Gaynor, of Kwaldkhangsar, State of Perak (through Mr. J.
Wemyss Syme.)

In reference to the poisoned arrows,

Dr. AGNEw said there was a considerable amount of discussion as
to whether they maintained their poisonous qualities, and the
Curator had told him that day that he had tried an experiment on
a cat with a South Sea Island arrow by introducing the tip of one of the
so-called poisoned arrows under the skin, and the cat received no
damage or injury from it. Some years ago the death of Commodore
Goodenough was supposed to be caused by one of these poisoned
arrows, but, on the whole, it was afterwards believed he died from
tetanus, brought on by the season and by the nature of the wounds.
A punctured wound was more apt to produce tetanus, and probably
that was the cause of his death.

Dr. PERKINS said the poison used by the natives of South Africa to
tip their arrows with was a fluid obtained from the bark of a tree.
It acted very speedily, and some of it which had been recently analysed
in Great Britain contained an alkaloid called Strephanthine which
had a paralysing effect on the heart. Arrows tipped with such a fluid
would kill almost instantaneously if the poison was fresh.

Mr. E. D. SwAn said the arrow by which Commodore Goodenough was
killed was a very formidable weapon. These would have no such effect.

Mr. C. T. BetstEap: Was it an arrow or a spear ?

Mr. E. D. Swan: Anarrow I believe, but the wound was a
terrific one.

On examining the native ladies’ dress, several members questioned
if it were made on the Malay Peninsula, and

Mr. E. D. Swan said that Wallace, in his ‘‘ Malay Archipelago,” said
that such materials as these were sold cheaper there than in
England.

Mr. J. Mc C. Brownz related how, when at Guam, in 1850, he had
seen the native women wearing sueh fabrics on Corpus Christi
Day. Probably they were supplied from Manilla, who in turn got
them from English and Scotch houses in Liverpool and Glasgow.

Mr. CHARPENTIER said one specimen was evidently block-printed.
Some of the South Africans sent their native cloths to England to be

rinted.
, Dr. AGNEw described the dresses of the native women in Ceylon as
being similarly varied in hue to these specimens,

PAPERS.

An interesting paper. was read, entitled, ‘‘ Shells of the Group
Polycystina, illustrated by the microscope,” by Mr. C. J. Atkins.—The
living animalcule of this family of microscopic shells belong to a type
that ranks lowest in the scale of creation. They are Protozoa, the

clii

first or earliest form of animal life that is known tous. The floating
scum of the tepid tropical ocean ceases under the microscope to be one
gelatinous mass, and resolves itself into minute, but distinct
globules of this rudimentary life. Though the Protozoa are unen-
dowed with the organs that according to our ideas usually accom-
pany animal life, we find that Providence redeems them from insig-
nificance by the splendours of colouring that they possess, and by
the variety and complex beauty of the shell framework that
supports them. The Polycystine are classified by Dr. Carpenter
(who is followed by Dr. Wallich) as Rhizopodal (i.e., root-footed
Protozoa). The shells are thus associated with those of the many-
chambered Foraminiferze, and mingling with that larger family they
are often found, both as fossils, and in more recent deposits, The
shells of the Polycystine, however, are composed of pure silex, and
to this they owe their brilliant and ivory-like appearance under the
microscope ; in this particular differing from those of the Foraminifera,
which are built up of limestone(i.e., carbonate of lime), The shells are
further distinguished by their perforations, and by their being
pronged into spines and other proiections, which are frequently
arranged in symmetrical devices of striking design, asin the species.
Haliomma Humboldtii and Podocyrtis Schomburgkii. A slide placed
under the microscope this evening shows these two species from
Barbadoes with black- ground illumination, Another slide shows the
Haliomma separately, and mixed groupings of several other species
are also on the table. Dr. Carpenter, who is always a safe guide,
says of these objects:—‘‘Few microscopic objects are more beautiful
than an assemblage of the most remarkable forms of the Barbadian
polyeystina, especially when seen brightly illumiaated upon a black
ground, since their solid forms become much more apparent than
they are when these objects are examined by light transmitted
through them. . . . . No class of objects is more suitable than
these to the binocular microscope, the stereoscopic projection of which
causes them to be presented to the mind’s eye in complete
relief, so as to bring out with the most marvellous and beautiful effect
all their delicate sculpture, reminding the observer—ito compare
small things with great—of the finest specimens of the hollow ivory
balls carved by the Chinese.”—(Dr. Carpenter: The Microscope, cap.
x.) In conclusion, I cannot do better than ask you, on the
recommendation of this high authority, to spend a few moments in
examining the Polycystina before the close of the meeting.

Mr, R. A. Bastow read a paper on the mosses of Tasmania in
continuation of former papers, illustrated by hisown drawings and
photographs, and by the microscope.

The following letter from Mr. A. B. Biggs, of Launceston, was read
by the Honorary Secretary :—

*‘In my paper on our earth tremors (read 9th June last) I referred
to indications of change in the general direction of the shocks, from time
to time. In connection with this branch of the subject, it is in-
teresting to note that the direction of the shock felt in Victoria on Sth
inst. (as per telegram) was supposed to be from the south-west.
This, so tar as it may be relied on, accords approximately with the
indications as per time reports, of our shock of 11th ult., which
would appear to have passed through the island, beginning at
Hobart (as the first noticed) and leaving at the N.E. Coast.
This is almost in the reverse direction of the generality of our tremors.
I have recently had the pleasure of two or three interviews with
Professor Malno Milne, of Japan, who, I think, holds premier position
in seismology. There was one sentence at the end of my paper of
June 9, which I now regret was sacrificed for brevity’s sake in.

clini

printing. I there stated that, on examination, I was unable to discover
any connection between our tremors and lunar positions. This deduction
accords with that of Professor Milne, both as conveyed to me verbally
by himself and as intimated in his latest pamphlet.”

Dr. AGNEW asked if any Fellow presenthad felt a shock of earthquake
on Friday last in the forenoon.

Captain Suortt, who was referred to, said he had not felt it.

Dr. AGNEW said some people in his house had felt a slight shock,
but he had seen nothing about it in the newspapers.

Mr. Brernarp SHAW said one of the gentlemen in his office had
felt a shock on Friday morning, and had gone in and asked him if
he had not felt it also.

THE LONGFORD COAL DEPOSITS,

Mr. Brain, who is in charge of the coal mines at Longford, gave
some information respecting them at the request of the Hon. Secretary.
He said it was hardly fair to judge the mine yet, though, as faras he
had been able to prove it up to the present time, it looked very well,
Tke seam varied from 3ft. to 4ft. 6in. in width. It had a fine
sandstone top and bottom, and the inclination or dip was from N.E,
to S.W., and was very slight indeed. It would, he thought, be an
excellent household coal, but not fit for steam purposes.

Dr. PeERKINS said perhaps Mr. Brain would be able to send them
some fossils.

Mr. Brain said he had some very fine leaf impressions which he
would be glad to send. He had already forwarded some to Mr,
Johnston, but would be glad to make a collection for the society,

The CHAIRMAN: They will be very acceptable.

VOTE OF THANKS,

On the motion of Dr. AGNEW, seconded by Mr. BELSTEAD, a vote
of thanks was accorded by acclamation to doncrs of contributions and
readers of papers.

After inspection of the microscopes the meeting terminated.

NOVEMBER, 1885.

The monthly meeting of the Royal Society of Tasmania, the last of the
session of 1885, was held on Monday evening, Nov. 16, at the Museum,
James Barnard, Esq., V.P., in the chair. The Bishop of Tasmania,
several ladies, and a large number of Fellows were present.

RETURNS.

The Hon. Secretary (Hon. J. W. Agnew, M.D.) brought forward the
usual returns, viz. :—

Number of visitors to the Museum during the month of October :—
Week days, 1,557 ; Sundays, 550. Total, 2,107.

Number of visitors to Royal Society’s Gardens during the month of
October, 6,500.

Plants and seeds received at and sent from the Royal Society’s
Gardens during the month of October, 1885 :—

From Mr. Wm. Bull, new plant merchant, London. Case containing
103 new chrysanthemums.

From the Botanic Gardens, Christchurch, New Zealand. Case plants,
various,

om Baron Ferd. Von Mueller. Bulbs of a new crinum, and package
seeds,

cliv

From the Horticultural Society, Madras. Seeds Phceenix paludosa.
To Mr. C. F. Creswell. Plants, chrysanthemums, and dahlias.

Time of leafing, flowering, and fruiting of a few standard plants in
the Royal Society’s Gardens during October, 1885 :—

4th. Carpinusoctulus commencing to break leaf.
Sth. Ailanthus glandulosus commencing to break.
14th. Tilea europcea commencing to break leaf.
14th. Morus niger commencing to break.

1Sth. Ulmus campestris seeds commencing to fall.
25th. Melia azederach commencing to break.

Meteorological Returns.

From the Government Observer, Captain Shortt, R.N., table of
observations for October.

Additions to the Library during the month of October :—

Abhandlungen der Mathematish. Physikalischen Classe der Konig-
lich Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften. Munchen, 1883—
From the Society.

Almanach der Koeniglich Bayerischen, 1884.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, showing the Operations, Expenditures, and Condition of the
Institution for the Year 1882.—From the Institution.

Annual Report of the Chief Signal Officer U.S. Army to the Secretary
of War, for the fiscal Year ending June 30th, 1882, Parts I. and II.—-
From the Department.

Do. do. for 1883. :

Annual Report of the Department of Mines, New South Wales, for
the year 1884.—From the Mines Department.

Anales de la Oficina Meteorologica Argentine. TomeIV. By B. A.
Gould.—From the Department.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, London, September, 1885.

Archives du Musée Teyler, Série IJ. Quatrieme Partie.—From the
Society.

Atheneum, The. August.

Australian Scientific Magazine, Vol. 1, No. 3; October, 1885,
Melbourne.—From the Editor.

Bericht des vereines fiir naturkunde Zu Cassel iiber das Vereingsaha
rom. 18, April, 1883 bis dahim, 1884. From the Society.

Bibliotheca hassiaca, by Dr. Karl Ackermann. From the Society.

Bestimmung der erdmagnetischen Inklination von Kassel, Von Dr.
Karl Ackermann.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass. No. 2. The Felsites and their associated rocks north
of Boston, by J. 8. Diller. No. 3. On an occurrence of gold in Maine.
No. 4. A microscopical study of the iron ore or Peridotite of Iron
Mine Hill, Cumberland, Rhode Island, by M. E. Wadsworth. No. 5.
Observations upon the physical geography and geology of Mount
Ktaadn, and the adjacent district, by C. E. Hamlin. No. 6. Report on
the recent additions of fossil plants to the Museum collection, by Léo
Lesquereux. No. 7. The great dike at Hough’s Neck, Quincy, Mass.,
by J. Elliott Wolff, No. 8. On some specimens of Permain fossil plants
from Colorado, by Léo Lesquereux. Vol. 11, pt. 1. The Azoic system
and its proposed sub-divisions by J. D. Whitney and M. E. Wadsworth.
From Alexander Agassiz.

Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Vol. 1V., No. 4.—
From the Society.

Bulletin of Internitional Meterology for 1882-3, Washington.—From
the Department.

cly

Catalogue de las Zonas, Zone Catalogue, mean positions for 1875,
of the stars observed in the zones at the Argentine National Observatory.
By B. A. Gould. Pts. 1 and 2.—From the Society.

Catalogue of the Library of the Statistical Society, with preface and
regulations, 1884.—From the Society.

Den Norske Nordhavs, expedition 1876-8, XIV. Zoology, Crustacea.
Plates. By Geo. O. Sars.

Gardeners’ Chronicle.

Geological Magazine, September.

International Meteorological Observations, Washington, 1882.—From
the Department.

Journal of Society of Arts, August 7, 14, 21, 28.

Journal of Society of Arts, Vol. XX XII., 1883-4 (bound).

Journal of the Society of Arts, Index to Vols. XXI. to XXX., 1872
to 1882.

Journal of Science, September.

Journal of the Statistical Society, London, Vol. XLVIL., pts. 2, 3, 4,
1884 ; Vol. XLVIII., pt. 1, March, 1855.—From the Society.

Journal of the Linnean Society of London Botany, Nos. 134 to 137;
Zoology, Nos. 103 to 108.—From the Society.

Journal of the Royal Historical and Archzlogical Association of
Ireland, Vol. VI., 4th Series, January, April, and July, Nos. 57, 58,
59.; Vol. VII., 4th Series, January, 1885, No. 61.—From the Society.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland,
Vol. XVI., pt. 3, New Series, 1884; Vol. XVI., pt. 4, New Series,

1884; Vol. XVII., pts. 1 and 2, 1885, New Series. —From the Society.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society, the annual report for
1884-5. From the Society.

List of the Linnean Society of London, 1884-5. From the Society.

List of the Zoological Society of London, November 1, 1884. From
the Society.

Memoirs cf the Geological Survey of India Palzontologica Indica,
being figures and descriptions of the organic remains procured during
the progress of the Geological Survey of India. Ser. X. Indian Tertiary
and Post Tertiary, Vertebrata, Vol. III. pt. 3. Rodents and new
Ruminants from the Siwaliks and Synopsis of Mammalia, by R.
Lydekker, B.A., etc., Vol. IIL, pt. 4. Siwalik Birds, by R. Lydekker,
Vol. IIL., pt. 5. Mastodon teeth from Perim Island, Nos. 16, 17, by
R. Lydekker, B.A., Vol. I., pt. 4. The Labrinthodunt from the Bijori
Group, by R. Lydekkerr. Tertiary and upper cretaceous fossils of
Western Sind. Ser. XIV., Vols. £., III. The fossil Echinoidea Fas.
IV., tke fossil Echinoidea from the Nari series. The Oligocene forma-
tion of Western Sind, by P. Martin Duncan, M.B., W. Percy Sladen,
F.L.S., ete. Series xiii. Saltrange Fossils, by W. A. A. Wagen, Ph. D.,
1 Productus—Limestone fossils, iv. fas. 5 Brachiopoda 1xxxii.—
Ixxxvi., Vol. xxi., part 3. Hughes’ Southern coalfields of the Rewah
Gondwana Basin. Vol. xxi., part 4. Mallet: The volcanoes of Barren
Island and Narcondam, in the Bay of Bengal. From the Geological
Survey Department of India.

Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester,
vol. IX., a centenary of Science in Manchester, by R. Angus Smith,
F.R.S., vol. VII., third series, 1882-3.—From the Society.

Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society, London, vol. 48, pt.
1, 1884.—From the Society.

Memoirs of the National Academy of Science, vol II., 1883,
Washington.—From the Society.

Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at Harvard
College, Cambridge, Mass., vol. VIII., No. 3; The Reptiles and
Batrachians of North America, by Samuel Gorman, vol. X., No. 3. ;

clvi

Results of an Examination of Syrian Molluscan Fossils, chiefly from the
range of Mount Lebanon, by Charles E. Hamlin, vol. XI., pt. 1, Litho-
logical Studies, a Description and Classification of the Rocks of tho
Cordilleras, by M. EB. Wadsworth; vol., XII., The Water Birds of
North America ; vol. I. and II., by 8. F. Baird, T. M. Brewer, A. R.
Ridgway.—From Alexander Agassiz.

Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. III., No. 7,
onthe development Olecanthus Niveus and its parasite Teleas, by
H, Ayer. No, 9. Two new and diverse types of carboniferous myria-
pods, the species of Mylacris, a carboniferous genus of cockroaches. By
S. H. Scudder. No. x. Notes on the Peeping Frog, Hyla Pickeringii,
Leconte. By Mary H. Hinckley.—From the Society.

Meteorological Observation, February and March, 1885. Meteoro-
logical Office, India,

Monthly Weather Review, Washington, for 1854. From the depart-
ment,

Monthly record of Meteorological observations, etc., during June,
1885, by R. L. J. Ellery, F.R 8.—From the Department.

Natural History of Victoria, Prodomus of the Zoology of Victoria,
decade XI., by Prof. McCoy.—From the Government.

Observations and Researches made at the Hong Kong Observatory in
the year 1884, by W. Dobeck.—From the Department. :

Proceedings Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society,
vols. XX., XXI., XXII., 1880-3.—From the Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain, vol. X., pt.
3, No. 77.—From the Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Colonial Institute, vol. XV., 1883-4. -
From the Society.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. 22,
pt. 2, November, 1882, February, 1883; pt. 3, March, 1883, October,
1883.—From the Scciety.

Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto; Vol. II., Fas. No.
1, 2,3; March, July, October, 1884.—From the Society.

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, New
Series, Vol. XI.; whole series, Vol, XIX., pt. 1, from May, 1883,
to December. 1883; pt. 2, from May, 1883, to May, 1884.—From the
Society.

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of
Science, Minneapolis meeting, Vol. 32, 1S83.—From the Society.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society held at Phila-
delphia for promoting useful knowledge, Vol. XXI., April, 1883, to
January 4, 1884, No. 114; No. 115; January 4 to May 16, 1884; No.
111, 1884.—From the Society.

Quarterly Journal of the Geographical Society, Vol. 40, pts. 3
and 4, Nos. 159, 160; Vol. 4], pts. land 2, Nos. 161, 162.—From
the Society.

Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science,
Montreal, August, 1884.—From the Society.

Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Naval Observatory for
the year ending October 30, 1884.—From the Observatory.

Report on the Meteorology of India in 1882. By H. F. Bland-
ford, F.R.S.—From the Meteor. Department.

Report of the Board of Governors of the Public Library, Museum
and Art Gallery of South Australia, with the reports of the Standing
Committees for 1884-5.—From the Department.

Register of Papers published in the Transactions and Proceedings of
the American Philosophical Society, compiled by H. Phillips,
jun.—From the Society.

elvii

Resultados del Observatoris Nacional Argentio en (Cordoba,
Vol. IIL,1V. ByB. A. Gould.—From the Society.

Second Annual Report of Ethnology to the Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution, 1880-1. By J, W. Powell.—From the In-
stitute.

Sitzungsberichte, Heft III., 1883; Heft I., 1884.—From the
Society.

Statistics of the Colony of New Zealand for the year 1884, Pt. V.,
Law, Crime, and Education.—From the Government.

Third Annual Report of the U.S. Geological Survey to the Secretary
of the Interior, 1881-2. By J. W. Powell. Plates. Washington, 1883.
—From the Department.

Transactions of the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders in
Scotland, Vol. 27, 1883-4.—From the Society.

Transactions of the National Association for the promotion of
Social Science, Birmingham meeting, 1884.—From the Society.

United States Geological Survey, Clarence King, director, Geology
of the Comstock lode and the Washoe district, with atlas, by G. F.
Becker. Plates V. The Copper-bearing rocks of Lake Superior, by
R. D. Irving. Plates. Washington, 1883. Mineral resources of the
United States, by Albert Williams, jun. Washington, 1883. Atlas
to accompany the Geology of the Comstock Lode and the Waskoe
district, by G. EF. Becker.—From the Department.

Victorian Naturalist, The, Vol. 11, No. 7, November 1885.—From
the Society.

Washington Astronomical and Meteorogical Observations made
during the year 1880. —From the Department,

PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSEUM.
Mammals :

Tasmanian Porcupine (Echidna setosa), Master E. Hull.

Tasmanian Porcupine (Echidna setosa), Mr. U. H. Lindley.

Tasmanian Porcupine (Echidna setosa), Mr. Lovett.

Tasmanian Rat Kangaroo (Hypsyrymnus apicalis), Mr. J. Brad-
shaw.

Two Opossum Mice (Dormicia gliriformis), Mr. W. H. Cole.

Birds :

Australian Bittern (Botaurus australis), Mr. Perkins.

Australian Goshawk (Astur approximans), Mr. W. Peacock.

Collared Sparrow-hawk (Accipiter torquatus), Mr. Flexmcre.

Summer Bird (Graucalus parvirostris), Mr. Geo, Hinsby.

Magnificent Rifle Bird (Ptilorhis alberti), adult male, young male
and female. Queen Victoria’s Rifle Bird (Ptilorhis victoriz), male
and female. Rifle Bird (Ptilorhis pardiseus), male and female, the
Trustees Brisbane Museum.

Birds’ Eggs :

A Collection of American Birds’ Eggs, Mr. Geo. Hinsby.

Fishes :
Velvet Fish (Holoxenus cutaneus), Mr. Bissett.
Young English Salmon (Salmo salar) ; young California Trout

(Salmo fontinalis), the Salmon Commissioners,

Parascyllium variolatum, Mr. J. J. McCluskey.

Reptiles :
Lizard (Grammatophora sp.), Mr. E. D. Swan.

Three do. (Grammatophora sp.), Mr. C. H. Lindley.
One do. (Hinulia whitei), Mr. E. B. Gawne.

elvili

Ethnology :
A Japanese suit of armour, Mrs. J. C. Hadley.
EARTHQUAKE SHOCKS.

Captain J. Snorrt, R.N., Meteorological Observer, made a few
remarks on a paper on Earthquake Shocks, by Mr. A. B. Biggs,
Launceston, read at the last Society’s meeting. He said he
wished first to point out the inconsistencies of Mr. Biggs in his
many letters to the Press on the earthquake shocks that
have been experienced both in Tasmania and on the Continent
of Australia since April, 1883. He (Mr. Biggs) has given the centre of
disturbance as occurring in Bass’ Straits, in New Zealand, also 500 and
1,000 miles to the eastward of Tasmania, and by his letter, read at the
October meeting, he would wish to infer from the shock of September
1lth the centre was nearer Hobart than the Hast Coast of Tas-
mania. After comparing the time of the shock, as given by different
observers in Tasmania, the speaker found that Falmouth is the only
station that would give him the grounds for the supposition that the
centre is not at some place in a line north or south of the centre.
He (Capt. Shortt) consistently considered it to be, as at about 90
miles to the eastward of the North-East Coast of Tasmania,
sometimes farther north of it, which has been the case during
the last year, the shocks having reached Gabo Island earlier
than Tasmania; and the time of those noted there can be depended
upon as more reliable than at country places either in
Victoria or Tasmania. Mr. Biggs speaks of the shock ex-
perienced in Victoria on September 8 as coming from 8.W. in
the North-Eastern districts. It would be reasonable to infer that
places on the Southern Coast of Victoria ought to feel them with
greater severity. In the monthly record of shocks felt at Gabo, the
direction is always given as from south to north. Gabo Island
is nearly north of the slope where the sea bottom suddenly slopes
to a depth of over 2,000 fathoms, which the speaker thought we
should attribute to the region of the great physical line of fault,
and the origin of the disturbance. Observers are very
easily deceived in the direction of shocks, as numbers of reports
have been received at the observatory from the islands in Bass’ Straits,
also in Tasmania, as proceeding from N. to S., N.W. to §.E., and
West to East, and vice versa; Mr. Biggs has also published an
account ofa shock as recorded by a seismometer as coming from
N.W., so it is easily seen how difficult it is to judge correctly,
(more especially by an observer feeling the earlier sensations), from
what direction they really proceed ; in fact, from Goose Island they have
always giventhe direction as from N.W. toS.E., when it should be the
reverse. In his letter Mr. Biggs acknowledges Professor Milne, of
Japan, holdsa premier positionin seismology. JIhat gentleman, sub-
sequent to his late visit to Tasmania and after obtaining all possible
information as to earthquakes felt both in Victoria and Tasmania,
has written an article on the earth movements in Australia in the
Melbourne Argus of October 10, in which he fully coincides with the
speaker that the disturbance probably originates near to the edge
of the 2,000 fathom line off the N.E. coast of Tasmania.

PAPERS.

An interesting payer was read, entitled ‘“‘ The scientific treatment
of waste material,” by Mr. W. H. Charpentier. The paper dealt
chiefly with the utilisation ot waste material now lost very
day. As local instances he referred to the waste of tar from
the gas works, and of refuse from the slaughter-house, which were
allowed to go into the river, and showed how the utilisation of such

clix

material became valuable industries in other countries. The paper
led to an interesting discussion in which various members took part,
particular mention being made of the destructive nature of the tar
thus allowed to run to waste in destroying or tainting many of the
fish in the wells of the fishermen’s boats,

A paper by Mr. J. R. McClymont, M.A., Edin., entitled ‘‘ Australian
Topography: Edel’s Land, De Witt’s Land, and Carpentaria,” was
read by Mr. J. B. Walker. Mr. McClymont attempted to prove by
references to Tasman’s Letter of Instructions, 1644, and to early
maps that the Land of Edel, on the west coast of Australia, was dis-
covered in 1617, two years earlier than the date usually assigned to
the discovery, and thatl1619 is only the date of a second visit. The
paper also showed that the name Carpentaria is not met with before
1663, although a river emptying iato the gulf received the name of the
president of the Dutch East India Co. in Tasman’s map of 1644, and
possibly at a still earlier period. In concluding his notes, Mr.
McClymont expressed his thanks to Mr. Justin Browne and Mr. J.
B. Walker for the loan of books but stated as his opinion that
“‘private collections can never supply the place of a pubiic
collection of works relating to Australian discovery. Thatif Australians
are to kecome familiar with the beginnings of Australian history, the
means of studying the sources whence that history is drawn must be
placed within their reach—an end to be attained by the gradual and
persistent acquisition in each colony of the books, maps, and manuscripts
bearing on its own history, until an Australian library shall be estab-
lished, rich in all procurable rarities of colonial history and discovery.”

The CHAIRMAN said that a great many years ago a collection was
made of old historical books which were put into the Franklin Museum,
and were subsequently handed over to trustees for the benefit of the then
projected college. He thought that it would not be ont of place for
the society to enter into negotiations with the representatives of those
trustees with the view of getting them deposited in the Society’s
Library.

Mr. J. B. WALKER said that the books referred to were now in
Christ’s College Library, and stored in one of the rooms of the Town
Hall, under the care of the Warden of the College.

Mr. Justin Browne exhibited a copy of Tasman’s map showing
Tasmania and Australia as one large island, which was examined
with much interest.

Bishop SANDFORD moved,—‘ That it be remitted to the council of
the Royal Society to consider during the recess that steps should be
taken to further the collection and preservation of records, books,
documents, maps, etc., which may serve to illustrate the history of the
colony in all its particulars, and to throw light on all that concerns
the discovery, geography, and development of the colony, and to report
to an early meeting of the society at its next session.”

Mr. J. B. WALKER seconded, and the motion was unanimously passed.

Mr. T. Sreruens, M.A., read a paper, entitled ‘ Notes on boring
operations in search of coal in Tasmania, 1884” (continued).

In course of a short discussion that followed, S

Mr, C. H. Grant said that so recently as Saturday last he visited
the coal district at Fingal, when it was brought under his notice that
the coal at Mount Durham, situated at a distance of 24 miles, seemed
to be a continuation of the 8ft. seam now well exposed at Mount
Nicholas. The value of the coal in that district seemed to be incon- |
ceivable, and he had no doubt that it would rival some of the coaltields
of the Old World.

clx

CLOSING ADDRESS.

The CHArrMAN then said: Following the course which I adopted at
the close of the session for 1884, I propose to detain you for a few
moments while I pass under review the proceedings of the session
which will terminate this evening. In the first place it is satisfactory
to know that the number of Fellows on the roll of the Royal Society
keeps steadily increasing, there having been an addition this year of
22 (of whom two, the Hon. W. Macleay, F.L.S., and EH. Pierson
Ramsay, F.R.S., E., F.L.8., of Sydney, were elected hon. members),
while only two members have withdrawn. It may be fairly anticipated
that, at no distant day, every person of education and culture living
within the range of the society will seek to be included in its list
of Fellows. The attendance at the evening meetings has also largely
increased, and a deeper interest has been manifested in the proceedings,
more especially when, by the kindness of various members, the aid of
the microscope has been so freely given in the illustration of papers.
The presentations to the Museum have been numerous and valuable,
comprising specimens in almost every department of Natural Science ;
and there has also been, as usual, a large number of donations of a
miscellaneous description. The contributions to the library have been
many and valuable, in addition to the various sterling publications
subscribed for by the Society ; and there has been lately received from
London a case of rare and choice volumes of a strictly scientific character,
chiefly relating to ichthyology, being the first instalment which has
been purchased by means of the interest derived from the Morton-Allport
Memorial Fund. These books have been placed on the table for in-
spection. A catalogue of the extensive collection of books and pamphlets
in the library has been prepared by the librarian to meet a long-felt
necessity. Mr. Morton has deservedly received the acknowledgments
of the Fellows for the admirable manner in which this work was per-
formed. With regard to the papers read at the evening meetings, if
may, I think, be affirmed that the work of this session will bear favour-
able comparison with that of any which have preceded it, both in
respect to the number and variety of the subjects brought forward, as
well as to their scientific value and importance. I would instance the
comprehensive sketch of the ‘‘ Zoology of Australia,” by that eminent
naturalist, our recently elected honorary member, the Hon. William
Macleay, F.L.S., of Sydney, written for publication in Germany, but
which that gentleman consented, at the request of our illustrious friend,
Baron Von Mueller, should first appear in its original English in our
Transactions before its translation into a foreign language. The several
contributions by Mr. R. M. Johnston, F.L.S.,—(1) On the Silurian
fossils of the Gordon limestone ; (2) on new species of fossil leaves from
the tertiary deposits of Mount Bischoff and elsewhere; and (3) on the
classification of the upper paleozoic and mesozoie rocks of Tasmania,
together with its coal plants, will be especially appreciated by geologists,
both in the colonies and in Europe. A complete table of the strati-
fied rocks of Tasmania, compared with the arrangement of similar
rocks of other countries, imparts additional value to this paper. I
should here mention that a geological sketch map of Tasmania, prepared
by Mr. Sprent, Deputy Surveyor-General, in conjunction with Mr. R.
M. Johnston, and lithographed at the Lands and Works Office by
permission of the Hon. Nicholas J. Brown, has been presented to the
Royal Society, and is likely to prove of considerable advantage, as a
guide on the one hand and a beacon on the other, in the prosecution
of mining and other enterprises. The able and exhaustive paper by
Mr. W. F. Ward, A.R.S.M., Government Analyst, on the impurities
of water in relation to typhoid fever, should comn:and, from its great

elxi

practical importance, the thoughtful consideration of the community,
from its bearing and influence on the public health. Much gratification,
again, has been afforded by the interesting account of the mosses of
Tasmania by our zealous co-worker, Mc. R. A. Bastow, a study which
he has succeeded, aided by the microscope, in rendering both attractive
and fascinating. Notes on different branches of science have also been
read by Mr. W. Saville-Kent, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and by Mr. C. J. Atkins,
and rendered, in both cases, of increased interest by means of the
microscope. In selecting the foregoing for special mention, it is with
no desire to under-rate the merits of the other excellent papers that
have been read before the Royal Society, and which will be contained
in our forthcoming volume of Papers and Proceedings. This retrospect
would be incomplete were I not to mention that the present year will be
memorable for the receipt of a handsome legacy of money and land,
bequeathed to the Royal Society by the late Joseph Milligan, F.L.S.,
formerly one of its warmest supporters. This bequest has already
been placed on record in the proceedings, and a portrait of the generous
benefactor has been framed and placed in the library of the Society. I
digress here to acknowledge our debt of gratitude to The Mercury for
its liberality in devoting so much space in reporting the proceedings of
the Society, and presenting so promptly, at next morning’s breakfast
table such a full and accurate epitome of the previous evening’s meeting.
(Applause.) Fellows are aware that an important fundamental change
has taken place in the constitution of the Royal Society, by the with-
drawal of the Museum and Gardens from its sole control, and establish-
ing them as two separate public institutions under the management of
certain official trustees, together with six others elected from the
Council of the Royal Society. No doubt this has involved a surrender
of private rights to some extent, and one which did not at first sight
commend itself to all the Fellows, especially to thuse who, like myself,
had been associated with the Royal Society from its inception. Any

‘scruples, however, which had been called forth when the change was

first proposed, soon yielded to the manifest solid advantages which
must accrue to the people of Tasmania by placing those institutions on a
permanent and national basis. (Hear, hear.) As an example, it is fair
to expect that more ample funds in their support will be available than
has hitherto been the case ; for Parliament, while not feeling justified,
perhaps, in voting more than the barest sums in subsidising a private,
or at most a quasi-public society, must realise the obligation of
adequately providing for the efficient working of these in common with
other public establishments. Accordingly, additional means are already
provided in the Act for the support and growth of the Museum; but,
more important still, the sum of £3,000 has been voted for the erection
of another wing to the Museum, urgently required to secure more ample
accommodation for the rapidly increasing number of presentations.
The Botanical gardens will also be rendered more attractive in future
by the superintendent being less stinted as regards the supply of labour
and appliances. Occasion has also been taken to give space for an art
gallery for the reception of pictures and works of art, which will be at
once recognised as calculated to diffuse a highly salutary influence upon
public taste. But this is not all. Itis designed, besides, to connect
with this building a laboratory for the Government Analyst, which will
enable analyses of mineral specimens and samples presented to the
Museum to be made, as it were, on the spot. Aczommodation in a hall
for the delivery of courses of lectures on scientific subjects is also con-
templated, and must prove of great public utility. In conclusion, I
would simply remark that encouragement for the future may be fairly
deduced from the success of the past; and that, with united action
together with individual effort on the part of Fellows, good hopes may

elxil

be entertained that the Royal Society will continve its long and pros-
perous career with undimmed lustre. (Applause). ’

Bishop SANDFORD moved,—‘‘ That the members record their warmest
thanks to the vice-president for the address which he had just delivered.”
He was very much afraid that they were trespassing a good deal on
his consideration and kindness in regard to the change which had been
carried on in connection with the Museum and Botanical Gardens,
because they knew that those so long and so much interested in the
society as the chairman had come to regard with dislike anything like
a radical change in its constitution or management. Mr. Barnard, how-
ever, had shown that he could rise superior to such considerations, and
had expressed warm appreciation of the advantages to be derived from
the change. He proposed that they thank the chairman most cordially
for the spirit and tone of his address ; also that thanks be accorded _ to
those who had read papers that night, and those who had forwarded
presentations and donations.

Mr. C. J. ATKINS seconded, and the motion was passed.

The CHARMAN having acknowledged the compliment, the meeting
separated.

LIST OF PRESENTATIONS TO THE MUSUEM FOR
THE MONTHS OF NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER.

Mammals :
A Tasmanian Tiger, Thylacinus cynocephalus, the Hon. W. Gellibrand.
A Tasmanian Rat, Mr. Turvey.
Gunns. Bandicoot, Perameles Gunni, a Bat, Mr. Archer.
Birds.
A Gala Parrot, Mr. Bedelph.
White Fronted Falcon, Falco lunulatus, Mr. Massy,
Eagle Hawk, Aqiula Audax.
Australian Goshawk, Astur novee hollandie, Mr. O. Flexmore.
Fishes.
A Saw Fish, Pristes ep., Mr. Johnston.
Dog Fish, Scyllium laticeps, Mr.
Elephant Fish, Callorhynchus antarcticus, Mr. G. Bridge.
Attendance at the Museum.
November, Week Days 1540. Sundays, 550.
December, ,, loon 580.
Gardens, November, 6500; December, 6200

ch

ZOOLOGY OF AUSTRALIA:

BY THE
HON. W. MACLEAY, M.L.C.

[Read April 14, 1885.]

EEE

Tue Fauna of Australia is, taking the Animal Kingdom as a
whole, extremely rich and varied; it is also more distinctively
Jocal in its general character than that of any other large area
of the earth’s surface. But, though the strictly Australian
character exists throughout, the Fauna varies considerably in
different parts of the country, the variations being evidently
caused in some instances by differences in soil and climate, and
in others by contiguity to other Zoological regions.

Those which are produced by soil and climate alone,—such,
for instance, as the marked difference in the Fauna of the East
Coast Districts and the huge basin of the interior west of the
Coast range,--are evidently mere changes in the indigenous
Fauna, brought about by the instrumentality of these causes
exercised over an immense period of time ; while the still more
marked distinctions between the Zoological productions of the
southern and temperate regions of Australia and the tropical
northern parts, though, no doubt, also much influenced by
climate, may also be traced to the vicinity of the Indo-Malayan
islands and seas, from which, undoubtedly, many of the
North Australian Birds, Butterflies, Fishes, &c. have been
derived. Wallace, in his great work on “The Geographical
Distribution of Animals,” divides his Australian Region into—
1, The Austro-Malayan; 2, The Australian; 3, The Poly-
nesian ; and 4, The New Zealand Sub-regions.

It is to the second of these only, the Australian—the Islands
of New Holland and Tasmania—that the following observations
will apply. But of the Zoology even of this limited portion
of the whole region there is yet much to be learnt. Large
portions of the north-west and centre of Australia are still a
terra incognita, and even in the best known districts the smaller
forms of Animal life have been but little investigated.

To begin with the Sub-kingdom VERTEBRATA. The
Class first in rank and importance is the MEammialian, and
in this Australia occupies certainly the most unique position in
the universe. The absence of most of the Orders of this Class
common in other parts of the world, and the prevailing

286

presence of Orders almost unknown except in Australia, are
the most remarkable features of the Mammalian Fauna in
Australia. The paucity of numbers is also a striking feature,
the entire number of known species not exceeding 160 of all
Orders.

The BIMANA are represented by a variety or species of
the genus iZomo, supposed to have micrated ‘from countries
north of Australia at some remote period. The Australian
Blacktfellow, as he is called, is believed to belong to the
division of the human race known as the “ Oceanic “Negro,
and though he does not present much resemblance to the
Papuan, there can be little doubt but that both races emanate
from the same source or centre.

The Order QUADRUMANA is entirely absent fom
Australia. The FERA! are also unrepresented, with the
exception of the Native Dog (Canis dingo ), which in’ all
probability is only coeval with man as an inhabitant of Aus-
tralia. The PINNIPEDIA are represented by a few species
of Seals, common to other parts of the Pacific as well as the
Australian Coasts.

The CETACEA are mostly of wide range, and can scarcely
be said to belong to any country ; but the seas round Australia
abound in whales of several species, and the shores swarm with
porpoises. One genus, however, is peculiar to the warm seas of
Northern Australia,—a species of Manatee ( Halicore Dugong ),
an animal much valued for the medicinal qualities of the oil
which it yields.

The important Order UNGULATA is entirely absent from
Australia. There is not even a Native Pig, though two
species are found on the adjacent island of New Guinea.
Since the advent of the white man all, or nearly all, of the
most useful animals of this Order have been successfully
acclimatized. The Orders PROBOSCIDEA, EDENTATA,
and INSECTIVORA are also totally unrepresented. The
CHIROPTERA number about 30 species;-of these five belong |
to the PTEROPODID or Frugiverous Bats, eenerally
called Flying Foxes, and they are all probably importations
from New Guinea and the islands of the Dutch Archipelago.
The Insectivorous Bats are chiefly of the genera HMarpyia,
Mollossus, Taphozous, Rhinolophus, Nyctophilus, Scotophilus,
Vesper tilio, and Nycticejus.

The ovent Order of RODENTIA is limited in Australia to
about 27 species of the Family 1 Murip&, and these are dis-
tributed thus :—15 species are placed in the genus Mus, nine
in the genus /Zapalotis, a genus only differing from Mus in
the large ears and elongated tail, and three or “four species of
the genus MHydromys, the Beaver Rats of Austraha and
Tasmania,

287

But it is in the remaining two Orders of the Mammalia that
Australia shows the greatest dissimilarity to the rest of the
world.

The MONOTREMATA and MARSUPIALITA, the two
“Orders in question, comprise all the Implacental Mammalia
known. The first of these, the MONOTREMATA, consists
of two genera ouly.—Hehidnn _ eagle hus—the =
(i chidna.), containing
and the other ( Or nithon orcas of one ees udlabiatels
Australian. The embryology and true position of these
animals have long been a puzzle to naturalists ; but investiga-
tions lately made “by Mr. Caldwell, Fellow of Caius College,
Cambridge, are likely to set all doubts at rest for ever. The
results of his labours have not yet been published, but it is
known that he has ascertained beyond question that both
genera are oviparous. Dr, Miklouho Macleay has also lately
been making observations on the iserpemnit of the body of
living Monotremata, and has found it to be extremely low for
the class of animals to which they seem to belong, the tempera-
ture of the Echnida being not over 85° Fahrenheit, and that of
Ornithorhynchus about 10° less, or 75° Fahrenheit.

The MARSUPIALIA form the main mass of the Ange
tralian Mammalia, an Order unknown elsewhere among recent
animals, except in the case of the DrprLparpa (Opossums)
of North America. This Order, to judge from the Fossil
remains, had a wide and comprehensive range over the surface
of the earth during the period known to geologists as the
Jurassic, and the inference therefrom is that while other
portions of the globe have been submerged since that period,
and re-inhabited by a later growth of living things, Australia,
or the greater part of it, has vemained unchanged, except to
the extent produced by extensive denudation and deep a alluvial
or glacial deposits during countless ages. Geological discovery
bears out this hypothesis, inasmuch as it has demonstrated the
existence, in the filled-up cavities of the Silurian Limestone
Rocks and the deep Pleistocene deposits found throughout
Australia, numerous bones of Mammals of extinct species, and
some of gigantic size, but all Marsupial.

The existing Marsupials of Australia number a little over
100 species, and these may be very naturally divided into five
groups, which very faintly represent, Gr are supposed to repre-
sent, some of the missing Orders of the Placental Mammals.
Thus the @rass- eating Kangaroos are said to represent the U nau-
LATA 3} the Leaf- eaters —Opossums, Flying Squirrels, &e.—
the Roprnts ; ; the Entomaphaga, the TNSECTIVORA ; and
the Sarcophaga, the FERA. However, these are only relations
of analowy—ithere is no real affinity. The first of these groups,

288 .

the grass-eating Marsupials, or Macropopipm, number over
50 species, and comprise the genera Macropus, Halmaturus,
Petrogale, Dendrolagus, Oxychogalea, Lagorchestes, Bet-
tongia, Hypsiprymnus, and Zypsiprymnodon. ‘The second |
group, the ENroMoPHAGA, are burrowing animals, and comprise
the genera Parameles or Bandicoot, Cheropus, and Tarsipes :
they number only eight species. The Psyaranaistip™# include
the Opossum tribe, numbering about 10 species, of the genera
Phalangista, Dromicia, Cuscus, and Dactylopsila ; and the
Flying Squirrel tribe, about six species, of the genera Petaurista,
Belideus, and Acrobata. The Leaf-eaters will also include the
very peculiar Sloth-like form of the Phascolarctos or Native
Bear.

The Sarcophaga, or Carnivorous Marsupials, should properly
be limited to the Dasyurus or Native Cat of Australia, two
species of Thylacinus or Tiger of Tasmania, found fossil in
Australia, and the Sarcophilus or Tasmanian Devil. But there
are also a number of smaller Carnivorous Marsupials through-
out Australia which ean scarcely be classed with these extremely
ferocious animals: these are Chetocercus, 1 species ; Phasco-
gale, two species ; Antechinus, about eight species ; Podabrus
six species, chiefly inhabitants of trees; and of non-arboreal
genera, Antechinomus, and the very remarkable West Australian
Anteater, J/yrmecobius.

One very anomalous Australian Marsupial remains to he
mentioned—‘ The Wombat.” There are four species known
to exist at the present day; they are root-eating animals of
rather large size, burrow deep in the ground, and are nocturnal
in their habits ; the abundant fossil remains of Diprotodon, an
allied genus, lead to the belief that the Wombats were once
more numerous and larger than they are now. They are placed
in the Marsupial Family of RuizopHaaca and the genus Phas-
colomys.

Class Aves,

The Birds of Australia are fairly numerous, and remarkable
for the beauty of their plumage. The isolated character of the
Fauna is less marked in this Class than in the Mammals, as
might be expected from their superior powers of locomotion,
but still it possesses a very distinctive character.

The most complete list of the Australian Birds is that of
E. P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E., published in 1877 in the Proceedings
of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. He gives there
the number of the described Birds of the country as 744, anda
few species added since brings the number up to 760, or about

289

one-sixteenth of the total number of known birds, estimated at
12,000 species.

The ACCIPITRES of Australia number about 40 species
out of a total of 600, chiefly of the Family Falcondide.
The Srricipm are not numerous, and the VULTURID# are
not represented at all. The most noticeable species in this
Order are of the sub-genera Gypoictimia and Lophoctinia.

The Order VOLITORES, or the FISSTROSTRES, is well
represented in some of its families; thus, the CAPRIMULGIDE
number nearly 20 species, chiefly of the Australian genus
Podargus, and the ALCEDINIDE# about 15 species, those of
the genus Dacelo—generally known as “ Laughing Jackasses,”
from their peculiar cry—being of large size and peculiar to the
Australian region. There are five species only of the Hirun-
DINID#, and one of the CypsELIDm. A species of Hurystomus
and a Jerops are also found in the country, both summer
visitants from New Guinea. The families Caprronipm,
Bucerotipe#, Troconipa, Trocuitipm, &e. are entirely
unknown.

The Order PICI is also unknown in Australia. The
SCANSORES are represented by the CucuLipa#, of which
Family there are 15 species, and some of the genera, such as
Scythrops, Eudynamys and Centropus, ave confined to the
Australian region. The Order PSITTACT is distinguished
for the variety and beauty of the Australian species. They
number 70 out of a total of 560 species, or one-eighth of
those of the whole world. Among the Cockatoos the genus
Calyptorhynchus, or the Black Cockatoos, are the most ‘char-
acteristic forms. Among the Parrots the most populous genera
are Platycercus, Psephotus, and /iphemia.

The Order PASSERES occupy in Australia, as in all the
rest of the world, the most important position as regards
numbers. Many families of them, familiar objects in other
parts of the world, are here wanting, and those which are
represented here are for the most part of distinct genera.

The NEcTaRINIDA count only 1 Dicewn and 1 Cinnyris.
The Mrripuacips, on the contrary, are a Family peculiar
to Australia, seeming to occupy the position of the Trochilide
in America and the Nectarimida: of Asia. They are very
numerous, consisting of 19 genera and nearly 200 species.
The genus Ptilotis is the most numerous and most typical of
the group.

The Cerruip# and Sirrrp# are represented bya few species
of Climacteris, Orthonyx, and Sittella. The Prrripm consist
of one genus only, Pitta; four species are Australian, the
others belong to the tropical regions north of Australia. Under
the Family of Or1toLipa may be classed a numver ot truly
Australian Genera, including the singular Bower Bird, several

290

special species, the Regent Bird, and Oreocincla and
Cinclosoma.

Among the large Family of AmprLip# there is but one
Australian genus, Pardalotus, but it constitutes a peculiar
Australian group. In the family DickuRip& the genus Artamus
furnishes eight species, and is almost entirely Australian.

The Lanrip#, CAMPHEPHAGID#, and MuscicaPID# are
rich in species of the genera Grauculus, Camphephaga, Pachy-
cephala, Colluricincla, Falcunculus, Manucodia, Rhipidura,
Seisura, Myiagra, Micreca, Monarcha, Gerygone, Smicornis,
Petroica, Melanodryas, Pecilodryas, Drymodes, Eopsoltria,
and Menura, the last the most remarkable of all Australian
genera. The weaker forms of the DENTIROSTRES, which may be
included in the Family Sytviip#, are also numerous, and the
genera are almost entirely Australian ; they include the genus
Malurus, Cisticola, Acanthia, Geobasilea, Ephthianura, &c.
Of the ALaupID# there are only two species known ; of the
STURNID# one only. The FrinGILLID#, the most numerous
Family in other parts of the world, are almost unknown ; the
few species there are belong to the Ploceide section and to the
genera Estrelda, Munia, Donacola, Emblema, Poephila. Of
the Corvip# there are but four species, and these are of mostly
strictly Australian genera. The lovely Family of the Para-
DISID does not, except in the instances of the three species of
Prilorhis (the Rifle Birds) reach so far south as Australia.

The Order COLUMBZE is rather richly represented as to
numbers, and remarkably so as to beauty of plumage. In the
north or tropical parts, the Polynesian group comprised in the
genus Ptilopis is represented by four species; a few large fruit
pigeons of varying genera are also found abundantly in Northern
Queensland, while the more temperate parts of Australia
possess a number of species of Ground Pigeons of the genera
Phaps, Geophaps, Lophophaps, Ocyphaps, Geophelia, &e.

In the next Order, the GALLIN 4, Australia shows a
greater departure from the rest of the world than in any other
Order of the Aves. There is really nothing in common with
any other country, except the possession of a few species of
Quails, and these mostly are only occasional birds of passage,
and come probably from Central Asia. The Prrrociipa,
the TETRAONIDH, with the exception just mentioned, the
PHASIANID#, and all the well known Gatiin of other
countries are entirely absent, and the Order is represented by a
family of extraordinary appearance—the Megapodide, or
Mound-builders. This family comprises three genera— Leipoa—
one species inhabiting the arid wastes of the interior; T’alegalla—
one species confined to the East Coast, as far south as New
South Wales; and Megapodius—two species, limited to the
extreme north. Of this last genus, species have been found on

291

many of the islands of the North Australian Coast and
Polynesia.

The Order GRALLA, or Waders, numbers about 80
species, but they do not differ so much from those of the
rest of the world as in the preceding Orders. The most
noticeable genera are Hsacus, Porphyrio, and Tribonyx.

The ANSERES, or Natatores, number about 150 species in
Australia, but present few local or distinctive characters. The
ANATID#& are represented by one Swan (a black one), and
about 20 species of Ducks. The genus Cercopsis is Australian,
and so is Anseranas. Biziura isalso a remarkable form. The
Gannets, Cormorants, Darter, and Pelican are, with the excep-
tion perhaps of the last, the same the wide world over. The
Frigate and the Tropic Bird aré found in the warm seas of the
north. The Procellaride ave numerous at sea, the Laride
and Sternide on the shore. Divers and Grebes are numerous,
and in the extreme south the Penguins make their appearance.
Indeed it may be said that all the Ocean Birds, trom the ALcIDz&
of the Antarctic Regions to the Pa: ropon Lip of the Tropics,
are to be found within the circuit of the Australian Seas.

The STRUTHIONES form an Order of which there are
few living species; and of the five known living genera—
Struthio, “Rhea, Dromaius, Casuarius, and Apteryx—two are
exclusively of the Australian Region. The genus Dromaius
(the Emu) consists of two species, one of Eastern and one of
Western Australia. The otber genus, Caswarius (the Casso-
wary), comprising one Australian species, is also found in
New Guinea and New Caledonia.

In the Third Class of the Vertebrata, the Reptilia, Australia
sustains in a marked manner its distinctive character. The
CHELONIA are, with the exception of the marine TEsTU-
pINz#, or Turtles, which are common to all the seas of the
Tropical Ocean, of strictly Australian species, and are found in
every river in the country; and though not so numerous in
species as the Order appears to be in America, yet when well
known they will be found to be much more numerous than is
at present supposed. Eight species only are recorded in
Kreff’s “ List of Australian Vertebrata,” published several
year's ago, belonging to the genera Chelodina, Chlamys, Hlseya,
all solely Australian,

The CROCODILIA are limited in Australia to two species,
so farasat presentknown. One of them, Crocodilus porosus, is
common about the mouths of all the rivers of Australia within
the line of the tropic, and indeed sometimes south of it. The
other, Tomistonia Krefftii, a Gavial, has not been seen except
in rivers in the vicinity of Rockingham Bay.

292

The Third Order of the recent Reptilia (for in this Class
there are whole Orders known only in the fossil state) is the
OPHIDIA. They are numerous in all parts of Australia,
but the tropical districts are much the most productive. In a
Census of the Snakes of Australia, by the Hon. W. Macleay,
published in the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales in 1884, the total number of species of the Order
in Australia is put down at 108, and of these 73 are venomous ;
and deducting the species of Hydrophide, which, being Pelagic
animals, are not limited to Australia, it leaves the number of
venomous Land Snakes of Australia at 58, a number far in
excess of those of India and America.

These are all Colubrine Snakes, of the Family ELapipa,
with the exception of one genus, Acanthophis (represented by
one species, known as the “ Death Adder”), which shows some
affinity to the Viprrip#. The genera of these venomous
Snakes (almost exclusively “Australian) are Dicmenia, Pseu-
donaja, Pseudechis, Brachysoma, Furina, Rhinclaps, Brac-
hyurophis, Petrodymon, Cacophis, Vermicella, Elapocranium,
Hoplocephalus, and Tropidechis.

There are 7 species of the TypHiopip# known, and 11
species of the Bo1pa#, of the genera Morclia, Liasis, Aspidiotes,
and Nardoa.

The CoLtusrips® are far from numerous. One species of
the genus Coronella has been described, one of Herbertophis, one
of Zamenophis, and two of Tropidonotus. Several species of
Dunproputs are found in the tropical forests of the north;
one species only extends into the temperate regions of New
South Wales.

Three species of the Drpsapipm have been noticed. The
extreme north-west of the country has supplied single species
of the genera Cerberus, Myron, and Fordonia, all of the family
Homatopstpz. The Croranip® are entirely unknown in
Australia, and the Virprrrp mare represented by only one species,
the “ Death Adder,” mentioned previously.

The SAURIA, or Lizards, are also numerous. The total
number of species of the Order in the world may amount to
900, and of these about 150 are Australian, or one-sixth of
the whole. The families AMPHISBENIDH, CHAMG@LEONIDA,
Jauvanipm, LacrrtTIpm, AMEINIDA, CERCOSAURID, CHAL-
crpip#, and ZoONuRID# are entirely absent from the country.

The GEISSOSAU RA are very numerous; indeed the families
GyYMNOPHTHALMID# and Scrncip# are chiefly Australian; the
snake-like genera Pygopus, Delma, Aprasia, and Lialis are
solely so. The same is the case with the Gymnophthalmie
genera, Cryptoblepharus, Moretria, Menelia, Miculia, and
Serista. The Australian genera of the Scincide are Hinulia,
Mocoa, Lygosoma, Tetradactylus, Hemiergis, Chelomeles,

293

Omolepida, Siaphos, Rhodona, Soridia, Trachydosaurus,
Cyclodus, Silubosaurus, Egernia, Tropidoleipsma.

The NYCTISAURA are also fairly numerous, and are
represented by the genera Acdura, Straphuira, Diplodactylus,
Peripia, Gehyra, Goniodactylus, and the very peculiar and
strictly Australian genus Phyllurus.

The tribe of the STROBILOSAURA is confined in Aus-
tralia to the family AGAmiIpm, and to the genera Tiaris,
Chelosauria, Gindalia, Physignathus, Chiamydosaurus, Lop-
hognathus, Diporophora, Grammatophora (many species), and
the very remarkable genus, Moloch.

The Class Agabhinia is limited in ee to the one
Order, the Barracuia SALIENTIA, or Tailless Amphibia.
The Cecilide and the Urodela are unknown. The number of
described species is about 50, and nearly half of these belong
to the family of Hylidae, or Tree Frogs, and none of the wenera
of that family are peculiar to the country.

The Ranrp#&, on the other hand, exhibit a decidedly local
character ; the genera JZyzophyes, Tymnodynastes, Cr yptolis,
Crinia, Hyperolia, Cheiroleptis, Heleioporous, Pseudophryne,
Notadon, and Myobatrachus being strictly Australian.

The Fifth Class of the Vertebrata, the Pisces, are very
numerous in Australia. They were catalogued by the Hon.
W. Macleay, F.L.S., at 1291 species in 1883, and as over 100
species have since been described by Chas. de Vi is, Director of
the Queensland Museum, they may now be estimated at 1400,
or one-seventh of the total number of species of fish on the
globe, which may be roughly taken at 10,000. There is, as
might be expected from the limitless nature of the element
they inhabit, less speciality among the Fishes than among the
Land heat ani c but still there is sufficient to give an easily
recognisable character to the Australian Fauna. The Fresh-
Ww ater Fishes, though not numerous, are solely, or almost solely,
of genera unknown elsewhere. The Fishes of the Sea Coast
are to a much less degree distinct from those of other places,
while the Ocean, or Deep-sea Fishes, seem to differ very little
from those of the rest of the world.

There are among this Class also, as with the Birds, wide
differences in the Fauna in different parts of Australia, arising
from climate, temperature, currents, and other causes; thus
the Fishes of the Victorian, South Australian, and Tasmanian
Coasts are almost entirely different from those of the warm
regions of the north, where the Polynesian type predominates ;
mixed towards the north-west with Indo-Malayan forms; while
the coast of New South Wales, with its warm current, forms

294

the meeting-ground of the Fishes of both zones. The Fishes
of the West Coast are but little known.

There are about 200 species of Percoid Fishes in Australia. Of
the group PERCINA, there are a few species of ates, which are
the best fishes of the Hast Coast and Victorian rivers of strictly
Australian genera—JMicroperca and Enoplosus. The SEr-
RANINA or Rock Cod groups are numerous, the genus Ser7anus
generally occupying the warmer seas, and Plect:opoma the tem-
perate ; JZesoprion is also numerously represented. There are
several other genera, but the most distinctive are J/yriodon and
Glaucosoma. ‘There are two species of Priacanthus in Aus-
tralian waters. The Apogonina are small fishes, and present
no forms of a marked local character. The genus Ambassis
is found in the north, but in other parts its place seems to be
occupied by Pseudo-ambassis, a genus only found in Australia;
Kdelia, Acanthoperca, and Mannoperca are also Australian
genera belonging to this group. Some species of the genera
Apogon and Apogonicithys are inhabitants of fresh water, and
Castelnan’s genus Gulliveria is entirely a river fish. The group
GRYSTINA consists, with a few exceptions, of freshwater fishes,
mostly of considerable size and great value. The chief excep-
tion to this rule is the genus Arripis, of which there are two
species ;-the one best known, Arvipis salar, the Salmon of the
Colonies, is a handsome fish of large size, which frequently
appears on the coast of New South Wales and Victoria in
large shoals, and is most destructive to other fish ; it is of little
value for food, and in form and habit resembles more one of
the raptorial Scombride than. a true perch. The Freshwater
genera of this group are Oligorus, the genus of the far-famed
“ Murray Cod,” of which some species are found in rivers on
the Eastern Coast, and also in salt water. Ctenolates, several
species, fine fish inhabiting the Murray system of rivers;
Murrayia, the same; Riverina, the same; Dules, northern
rivers; and Therapon, many species inhabiting all rivers, and
some species Marine Iishes.

The group PristipoMiNa contains a number of species of
the genera Pristtpoma, Dagrammo, Gerres, Scolopsis, Dentex,
Apharens, &e.; only two genera seem remarkable—Hypero-
glyphe and Histiophorus: the latter contains two species,
large fishes, and apparently very rare.

The SQUAMIPINNES are rare in the temperate parts of the
Australian seas; but in the tropical regions the genera
Chetodon, EHeniochus, Holacanthus, and Chelmo become
abundant. The genera Scorpis and Atypus placed in this
family are almost exclusively Australian forms. ‘The NaANDIDZz
are only represented by a very few species of Plesiops and
Trachinops, Australian forms, to which may be added the
genus Ruppellia of Castelnau. The true Nanprpm@ (fresh-

295

water fishes), are unknown. The MuLirp# numberabout 12
Species of the genera Upeneus, Upeioides, and Mulloides ;
they are most abundant in the warm seas.

The Sparip# are numerous. The section of these which
are vegetable feeders and have incisor teeth is largely repre-
sented by the genera Girella (Blackfish), Pachymetopon,
Tephreops, and Haplodactylus; those with molar teeth embrace
some of the most valuable food fishes of the country, including
species of Pagrus (the Schnapper), Chrysophkrys (the Black
Bream), Lethrinus, and Spherodon. The Cirrhitide, also
very valuable as food fishes, are represented by genera entirely,
oralmost entirely, Australian; these are Lavvis (the Trumpeters),
Chilodactylus (the Morwhangs), Nemodactylus, Dactylophora,
Psilocranium, and Mendosoma,—this last a Chilian genus.

The ScorP#NID# are more remarkable than numerous ;
Sebastes and Scorpe@ena are widely distributed genera, but the
others are for the most part confined to Australian waters, and
are some of them of peculiar forms. Among these are Glyp-
tanchen, Pteros, Centropogon (some of them river fish),
Holoxenus, Pentaroge (the Forty-skew), Agriopus, Aploactis,
and Synancidium.

The TEUTHIDIDA number about 10 species, with one or two
exceptions all habitants of the coral reefs of the north, and of
wide range. The Brerycips# are few; there is a fine Beryx
(the Nanygai), found on the East Coast. Three species of
Trachichthys (a very extraordinary form, peculiar to Australia
and New Zealand) are known. <fonocentris is said to have
been found, and the few species of AMyripristis and Holo-
centrum included in the list of Australian Fishes are all from
the tropical parts of the country.

There are five or six species of the Kurtipa#, of the genera
Pempheris, Neopempheris, and Kurtus. The Potynemips
are met with chiefly in the estuaries of the Queensland rivers,
and even in fresh water; there are in all six species known to
be inhabitants of Australia, and some of these attain a great
size,

Six or seven species of Scrmnipm are also found in
Australia. The Scizena of the Mediterranean is said to be
the same as the Australian Sciena Antarctica. Otolithus,
or Teraglin, is a well-known Fish in Sydney. The other
two genera, Corvina and Umbrina, seem to frequent the
estuaries and river mouths of Queensland. The XipHitpam
and TRICHIURID@ are represented, but being Fishes of
enormous range they present no Australian peculiarity.
The ACANTHURID#® are numerous, but inhabit chiefly
the coral seas of the North and for the most are identical
with the species of the Polynesian seas. The CARANGID™@ are
in Australia, as in some other parts of the world, a most

296

important family. They number about 40 Australian species,
chiefly of the genus Caran, and are most abundant in the
warm latitudes, while the genus Seriola, including the “ King
Fish” and “Samson Fish” of Sydney, and the “ Yellow Tail”
of Melbourne, fishes of very large size, are only found in the
temperate zones. The genus Neptonemus is the only one of
limited range, and that extends to New Zealand. The Nomeipa,
CoryPpH@NIDA, and Cyrtipa#, everywhere families of small
extent, are in Australia represented by two species each,
Nomens Gronovit and Platyslathens cultratum, a genus
limited to Norfolk Island and New Guinea, of the first of
these families; Coryphena punctulata, and Brama Rati of the
second, and Cytius Australis (John Dory) of the third. The
ScomBRID& ave all Ocean Fishes, and of unlimited range; they
are therefore all found, as might be expected, in one or another
part of the Australian seas. All, or nearly all, the genera are
represented, and a few new species have been described, but
there seem to be no marked or distinctive local characters. ‘The
TRACHINID® include some very remarkable Australian forms.
Among the group URanoscopina are the extraordinary
genera KKathetostoma and Leptescopus. Among the TRracu-
ININA are Percis, Sillago, Aphrites, and Bovichthys,—
almost exclusively Australian or South Pacific forms.
Opisthognathus is another curious genus abundant in these
seas, though not exclusively confined to them. The
BATRACHID® are represented by four species of the genus
Batrachus. Of the PLuprcuxatti there are 12 species of Anten-
narius, chiefly from the tropical regions of Queensland, and
three species of the curious Tasmanian genus Brachio-
nichthys. The Corrina are richly represented by the genus
Platycephalus (the Flatheads), which abound in all the Indian
seas. Twenty species are found in Australia, some of them
being among the most valuable food fishes of the country; the
other Australian Corrina are limited to a few species of
Trigla, Lepidotrigla, and Dactylopterus. The Gosiip are
numerous, but do not seem to differ much from those of other
parts of the world. The species are chiefly of the genera
Gobius, Apocryptes, Gobiosoma, Gobiodon, Periopthalmus,
Eleotris, and Callionymus; the only entirely Australian genus
is Avisteus, which Castelnau has placed with this family. It
is found inrivers only. The Brennipa@ are numerous and
some of them of eccentric appearance, the genus Patecus
most remarkably so. The genera richest in species are
Petroseirtes, Salarias, and Cristiceys. There are several other
genera, but with few species. The SpHYR@NID# are repre-
sented by two species of Sphyrena and a genus (strictly Aus-
tralian) possessing one species, Lanioperca mordax, generally
placed in this family.

297

The ATHERINID® seem to be abundant about the river
mouths in all parts of Australia, but only a small number have
been described, and these, with the exception of the genus
Nematocentris, present no remarkable features.

The Moatrrpm number about 25 species; they are to be
seen sometimes in enormous shoals, and are inhabitants of the
coasts, estuaries, and rivers. The species differ on different
parts of the Coast, but they are everywhere fishes of the finest
quality, and might be converted into a most valuable article of
export. The genera are Mugil, Agonostoma, and Myzcus, the
last two solely Australian.

The curious Gasterosteiform fishes, the FisruLARIDm®, are
represented by one Fistularia and one Aulostoma; the CEN-
TRISCcIDH by two species of Centriscus and two of Amphisile.
The GoxrosctD® possess two genera in Australia, the Tas-
manian genus Crepidogaster, of which there are two species,
and one species of Gobicsox.

The OpHrocEPHALID® are represented by one species only—
O. striatus, Bl. The Tracuypreripm® are seldom seen.
Regalecus gladius i is said to have been caught on the Tasmanian
Coast. Regalecus Jacksonensis has been described by Ramsay
from Port Jackson from one speciinen, and a specimen of
Trachypter us Alivelis Kner has been lately taken on the East
Coast of Tasmania. One species of the Noracanrut, Nota-
canthus sexspinis, has been taken in King George’s Sound.

The PomacnNTRIDas are numerous in the warm latitudes
of North Australia. Parma and Giliphydodon are the only
genera found in the temper eae regions.

The Laspripa must number quite 100 species in Australia.
The genera are for the most part identical with those of the
Indian Seas. There are 17 genera in all. The most numerous
in species of those inhabiting tropical seas are Cherops and
Pseudoscarus. The most populous genus of the Southern
Coasts is Labrichthys, which numbers nearly 40 species. A
very extraordinary genns— Siphonognathus—perhaps the most
marvellous looking fish in existence, is placed by Gunther in
this family, and in the group Opacina_ It is found on the
South Australian Coast.

The next Order of Fishes—the ANACANTHINI—are not
largely represented in Australia, but an Australian character is
distinet throughout. The Gapopsipm constitute a strictly
Australian family, having only one genus and one species. It
seems to form a link between the Acanthopteryginous fishes
and the Gadide. It is found in most of the rivers of New
South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania, and South Australia.

The Lycopipm are represented by a single species of a
single Australian genus, found in Northern Queensland. The
Gapip#, which oceupy such a prominent position in other

298

regions, both for their numbers and their value to the human
race, are here few in number and unimportant, being limited
to a few species of “otella, Physiculus, and Pseudophysis.
The Opnipipm are far from numerous, but are sufficiently
interesting. A species of Dinemolichthys comes from the
extreme North. A Genypterus (two feet long) is found in
Hobson’s Bay. Typhlonus and Aphyonus are genera found at
ereat depths (“Challenger”) on the North- east Coast, and
Fierasper and Congrogadus come from the coral reefs of the
North. The Macruripv@ of Australia consists of one species
of Macrurus and three of Coryphenoides, all from the South
Coast, one at a depth of 2000 fathoms (“Challenger.’’)

The PLevronncrrym of Australia number about 40 species.
They are probably much more numerous, as the use of the
trawl net, the only means of catching them, has never been
introduced into the country. The well-known genera and
species of this family in the European seas are represented i in
Australia by different genera for the most part, but there is
nothing conspicuously “distinctive. The Stnuripm are not
numerous. Several genera are found in the fresh waters of
the northern portion of Australia, and a fine species of Copido-
glanis is abundant in most of the inland rivers. The genus
© widoglunis is abundant on the Hast Coast. Species of Avius
are found among the coral reets.

The ScopELIDm are deep sea fishes, and probably widely
distributed. The genera chiefly represented in Australia are
Saurus and Saurida. The beautiful Aalopus (Sergeant
Baker) is not uncommon. Scopelus and Alawpidosaurus are
also found occasionally. Of the SromraTipm two species
have been fourd at depths of over 2000 fathoms, one on the
North-west, the others on the South Coast (“ Challenger.’ ’)

The oveat family of SALMONID# is entirely unknown in
Australia, with the exception of two very curious genera, each
of one species, found in the rivers of the colder 1 regions of the
south. These are the genera Prototoctres, a small fish found
in the Vi tepoue and Tasmanian rivers, and Retropinna, also
found in New Zealand rivers. The GAaLaxrpa constitute a
family remarkable in many respects. They are found only in
the rivers of the extreme south of South America, of the
Falkland Islands, of the South of New Zealand, of Tasmania,
of Victoria, and the rivers of New South Wales flowing from
the great mountain range of the country. The peculiar distri-
bution of these very peculiar fishes gives support to the belief
held by many scientific men that a ereat Antarctic Continent

at one time extended from America to Australia. About 20
species of the one genus G'alaxias have been described trom
Australia.

All tne genera of the Scomprescopim are found in

299

Australasia. One genus—Hemirhampus—containing several
species, all known as “Gar Fish,” is highly valued as an
edible fish. The large families of Cyprinrpm and Cyprino-
DONTID# are unrepresented in Australia. One species of the
GONORHYNCHID# 1s found on the Sonth Coast. In the northern
rivers of Queensland a large fish of a semi-Ganoid character is
found; it is the Burramundi of the Aborigines, and is of the
genus Osteoglossum, a genus known to exist also in rivers of
tropical America and the Hast Indies. It is one of the most
remarkable of Australian fishes.

The CLupErp® are rather numerous; about 25 species are
recorded in Macleay’s catalogue. They are chiefly of the
genera Hnagraulis and Clupea, and several of them frequent
fresh water. One species —Clupea sagax—almost identical
with the Enelish Pilchard, visits the coasts of Victoria and
New South Wales at certain seasons in vast shoals, but no
attempt has ever been made to catch and utilise them, A
species of the ALEPOCEPHALID@ was dredged by the “Chal-
lenger” naturalists from a depth of 1490 fathoms in North
Australian waters. The Symprancurp= of Australia consists
of one species of Symbranchus and two of Chilobranchus, a
genus peculiar to Australia. The Muranipm are abundant
in the seas and many of the rivers of the country. The genus
Murena is most numerous about the coral seas of the north.
“The two very remarkable, though very distinct forms, Lepto-
cephalus and Pegasus, generally ranked with the “TELEOsTET,”
are found in Australia.

The Order LOPHOBRANCHIT is nearly Australian ; that
is, out of a total for the world of about 100 species ‘there
are nearly 50 Australian. Most of the genera known in other
parts are represented, while there are several genera known
only from Australia.

The Order PLECTOGNATHLI is also of a decidedly
Australian character. The Bor eR ODERM1, out ofa total of about
100 species, number over 50 Australian, chiefly of the genus
Monacanthus and Ostracion; while the GyMNCDONTES, out
of a total of 80 species, number quite 30, and several of the
genera are solely Australian.

A species of Orthogariscus seems to attain an enormous size
in the Australian Ocean. ,

The Ganorpia, if represented at all, are represented by a
very anomalous fish, peculiar to the Burnett and Dawson
Rivers of Queensland. It is of the family Sirenoides, and is
the analogue of the Protopterus of the rivers of tropical Africa,
and of the Lepidosinen of the River Amazon of South America.
Mr. Krefft first discovered its affinity to the fossil genus
Ceratodus, of Agassiz, and named the genus Ceratodus Forsteri.
The Embryology and mode of reproduction of this curious fish

300

has been investigated lately by Mr. Caldwell, a distinguished
science student of Cambridge, and he has found its affinity in
these respects to the Newt extremely close.

One species of the CoIM#RID#, of the génus Callorhynchus
is feund in the cold seas of the south. The PLaciosroMaTAa
occupy a marked place in the Fauna of Australia. The
SnLACHOIDE!, or Sharks, number about 40 species, in a total of
about 126. All the main groups or families are imcluded in
the 40 species, and one family, consisting of the genus LHeter-
odontus, may be regarded as almost an Australian form. It
seems to have been common in the Jurassic period, but the
only species known at the present day are two species Aus-
tralian, one Californian, one Japanese, and one Galipago
Islands. Itis known in Australia as the “ Port Jackson Shark.”
A yvemarkable discovery has lately been made of a large
specimen of the Arctic Basking Shark (Selache maxima) on
the South Coast of Victoria, near Portland Bay.

The BaroipE! are not quite so proportionally numerous in
Australia, being only about 25 species in a total of 140, but
still a large proportion. All the families are represented, and
some of the species are of great size. A specimen of Ceratoptera
in the Australian Museum, Sydney, is of gigantic dimensions,

Of the Order MARSIPOBRANCHII, the Family
PETROMYZONIDZ is represented by a species of Mordacia, a
genus found also on the Chilian Coast, a species of Neomordacia
exclusively Australian, three species of Geotria, a genus also
found on the Chilian Coast, and one species of a strictly
Australian genus Yarra, all from fresh or brackish water on
the South Coast. One species of the Australian Amphiowus,
or Lancelot, may be readily obtained on almost all parts of the
Coast of Victoria and New South Wales by dredging at some
depth on a sandy bottom.

SUB-KINGDOM MOLLUSCA.

The Mollusca of the entire world must number nearly, if not
quite 30,000 fossil and recent species. The number of Austra-
lian species is about 5000. This is a large percentage (1-6th)
for Australia; but the climate, the large sea-frontage, the nature
of the coast-line, all combine to make Australia a favourable
resort for this sub-kingdom.

There is less, however, in the Mollusca than im any other sub-
kingdom of the Animalia of a peculiarly Australian character
to be observed,—in fact, except in one or two not very
important peculiarities, there is nothing to separate the region
from the rest of the world. Of the Class BRANCHIOPODA
there are only about 80 existing species. Of these eight are
Australian, one of the Craniip”, the rest TEREBRATULIDZ ;

six of them found in Port Jackson. The Class LAMELLI-

301

BRANCHIATA, which includes nearly all the Bivalves, is
‘said to number in all, Recent and Fossil, 14,000 species, and as
it is calculated that there are quite 2000 species of existing
species of this Class, it is evident that they must be proportionally
exceedingly numerous in Australia. Almost all the Families
are represented, those most conspicuously so being the
Prctinipg#z, AvicuLipz, Myritip#, Arcip# (including
the Australian genus T'rigonia), UNionipm, TELLINIDA,
SeLENIDA, and Macrripm. Of the Class PTEROPODA
nearly every Family is represented, but there are not more
than 15 Australian species known in all. The Class GASTRO-
PODA, everywhere numerous, quite keeps up its character in
that respect in Australia. The Order SCAPHOPODA
is represented by 15 species of the Dunratipm. The
Order OPISTHOBRANCHIA is well represented. Of
the Section ABRANcHIA there are six species. Of the
Nupisrancuia 125 species, of all the families. Of the INFERo-
BRANCHIA three species of Plyllidia ; and of the TECTOBRANCHIA
about 50 species, belonging to all the families. Of the next
Order of the Gastropods, the PPOROBRANCHIA, there are
little short of 1500 species in Australia against a total of 12,000. *
All the Families are to be found in Australia, but some in more
than average abundance. The VoLutTip® alone number 200
species, and Australia is considered the metropolis of the genus
VoLuTa; the Cyprinipm, Conrpm, TEREBRID®, and
Mouricip# are also very numerous. <A_ species of the
Lirrorinip# of the genus Raulinia is found alive in New
South Wales, while another species of the same genus is found
fossil in the Paris Basin. The last Order of the Gastropods,
the PULMENIFERA, are sufficiently numerous, but only two
of the five families are included in the Australian Fauna,—the
AURICULIDA, of which there are about 100 species, and the
HeLicip#, numbering in Australia nearly 400 species.
Australia is regarded as the true home of the genus Helix. Of
the small class of HETEROPODA, few in number everywhere,
there are in all eight Australian species, belonging to the genera
Janthina and Reclusia.

The CEPHALOPODA are abundant on the Australian
Coasts. There are two species of Nautilus, one of Spirula,
four of Sepia, two of Sepiola, ten of the Loliginide, three of
Octopus, and three of the Argonautide. The Class
TUNICATA are apparently very numerous, the AscrDIOIDIA
particularly, but they have never been much studied, and really
very little is known about them. Of the BIPHORA there
are four species of the Salpide.

The third Sub-kingdom of the Animalia, the A RT H R O-
P ODA is, as in all parts of the world, exceedingly numerous

302

in species. Pascoe calculates their numbers at ‘200,000. Of
the four classes into which, the Sub-kingdom is divided, the
Insecta are very much the most numerous, and the position
they occupy in the Australian Fauna will be best ascertained
by taking the different Orders im succession.

Though all or nearly all of the most important Families of
the various Orders are well represented, yet the genera are as
a rule so distinct from those of other parts of the world, that
anyone having the slightest acquaintance with Entomology
would at a mere glance recognise an Australian collection.

The Order COLEOPTERA is the most numerous and best
worked out in Australia of all the Orders of Insecta. The
numbers of this Order for the whole world are estimated at
80,000, and of these quite 10,000 may be quoted for Australia,
and it is probable that in a few years’ time thousands may be
added to that estimate.

The CicINDELID® are not very numerous, and the most
noticeable feature about them is the appearance of the African
genus Megacephala and the South American genus Tetracha..
The Family of the CARABIDE is a very large one, and presents

“marked peculiarities. The true CaraBipm, containing the
genera Carabus, Tefflus, Cychrus, Leistus, Nebria, Hlophrus,
Omophron, &c., are entirely unrepresented, except by two species
of Calosoma and the Australian genus Pamborus.

The TRUNCATIPENNES are also very numerous, but they
differ very much from the Truncatipennes of other countries.
A numerous group, the Helluwonide, are almost exclusively
Australian, as are also the genera Xanthophlea, Homothes,
Sarathrocrepis, Philophlens, Agonochila, Cataseopus, Sco-
podes, Silphomorpha, and Adelotopus.

The Morro group is fairly numerous, and includes the
largest known Carabideous insect ( Campylaenemis Schreetten. )
The Brparvivi are numerously represented in Australia by a
section of the Sub-Family of ScarrriDA@, originally all con-
tained in the Fabrician genus Carenum. It is now divided
into ten genera, and comprises over 200 species. The
Frronip#@ and Harpatip# are also numerous, but are, with
a few exceptions, very like insects of the same families else-
where. The BEmMBIDIIDs# seem to be few, but is not unlikely
that their small size may have caused them to escape the notice
of collectors. The Families DytTiscipm and GyrRINID# are
not numerously represented, and exhibit no _ peculiar
characteristics.

The Pa.Picornia are few in species, but all the families are
represented.

_ The STaPHYLINID# are remarkably few in number; the
PsELAPHIDa seem to be abundant. ‘The Clavicorn Beetles

are not very numerous, but most of the families have their

%

303

representatives—the Paussipm, in the genus Arthropterus,
40 species; the ScypMmNID# in the genera Scydmenus,
Heterognathus, &e., in all 16 species; the SILPHID#, in one
species of Ptomaphila and two of Choleva; and the Scapui-
DID#, by six species.

The HisteER1ID# number 25 species; the PHALACRID# one
species; the NitrpuLiIp# 30 species, chiefly of the genera
Brachypeplus and Carpophilus. The TroGosiTip# are repre-
sented by the curious genus Leperina. The PassALINi are
well represented; the Cotypiipm by Meryx, Deretraphus,
Bothrideres, and other genera, in all about 40 species.
The Cucusipm and all the other families are sparingly
represented. The Lucanip# are not numerous, the prevailing
forms being of the genera Ahyssonotus, Lamprima, Dorcus,
Lissotes, Figulus, &e.

The LaMELLICoRNIA are not numerous, but they possess in
a marked degree a distinct Australian character.. The country
is singularly deficient in the large Copripm, though there are
a good number of such genera as Onthophagus and the entirely
Australian genera Cephalodesmius and Tesserodon. The Sub-
Family CeToniip@ are few in species; they consist for the
most part of beautiful insects.of the almost entirely Australian
genus Schizorhina, though in the Northern districts the Indo-
Malayan genus Zomaptera makes its appearance. The
RuTELID# of other parts of the world are here represented
by the very showy genera Anoplognathus, Repsimus, and
Calloodes. The MELoLonTHIDs are very numerous, the most
characteristic Australian genera being Diphucephala, Phyllo-
tocus, Mechidius, Liparetrus, &e. The DyNasTID# are not
numerous, but there are a few large and remarkable species of
the family found in the country. The genera Bolhoceras, Tro,
and the remarkable Australian genus Cryptodus, abound in
species.

The Srernoxi are as abundant in Australia as inany part of
the world. The Buprestip# are enormously numerous, the
most characteristic Australian genus Stigmodera possessing over
220 described species. The THroscipm and KUCNEMIDZ& are
few in number. The Enarerrpm are very numerous, the
chief genera being Alaus, Tetralobus, and Monocrepidius.

Of the MALOCODERMES Australia possesses no
CEBRIONIDA#; several Rutpicrrip/# of the genera Rhipicera,
and Callirhipis ; two species of the DasciLLip& ; and of the
TELEPHORIDH a very limited number, chiefly of the genera
Metriorrhynchus, Telephorus, Laius, and Carphurus. The
CLERIDz number over 100 species, many of them of genera
almost entirely Australian. The other families of the Maloco-
dermes are very sparingly represented.

The TETRAMERA are abundant, but show a remark-

304

able absence of some of the most populous groups of
other parts of the world; thus the TENEBRIONIDZ in
Australia, though numerous enough, show few of the European,
American, and African Sub-Families, and are chiefly represented
by the genera Amarygnus, Adelium, Cephaleus, Heleus, and
genera allied to them. The genus Zopherosis is one of the
most remarkable of the Australian forms. . All the Trachelidous
families of the Heteromera are present, but some, as the
CANTHARIDE and MELANDRYIDA, very sparingly.

The TETRAMERA are very numerous. The Ruynco-
PHARA alone must number in Australia quite 2000 species; the
groups formed of the genera Leptops, Catasarcus, Amycterus,
Psalidura, Gonipterus, Rhinaria, and the host of genera
formed out of them, are among the many characteristic
Australian forms in this division of the Tetramera.

The XYLOPHAGA are few in number.

The LONGICORNIA, on the other hand, abound. About
550 species have been described, chiefly by Mr. Pascoe; the
genus Phoracantha among the CERAMBYCIDA, and Symphe-
letes and Penthea among the Lamiipa#, form the largest
Australian groups. The PuyropHoGa are extremely numerous
as a whole, particularly the families CRYPTOCEPHALID and
CHRYSOMELID#; in the latter family the genus Paropsis, an
Australian form, numbers over 200 species. The Eupopipz
are few, but include the noticeable genera Carpophagus and
Megamerus. The CasstpipH and Hispipm are very few in
number. The Harricip# and GALERUCID® are fairly
numerous. The Erotryitp# are limited to about 10 species,
mostly of the genus Hpiscapha. The Australian Trimerous
Beetles consist of a few of the APHIDIPHAGA, of the genus
Epilachna, and a very few of the Fungicola.

The next Order, the HYMENOPTERA, have not been so
much attended to as the Coleoptera, so that no estimate can be
formed of their numbers, but they are undoubtedly very numerous.
The Cynrpip#, CHALCIDIDE, PRoTOTRUPIDA, and ICHNEU-
MONIDZ are not only numerous, but they present some very
remarkable forms. The Formictp2 are still more abundant.
The Fossorzes are also very numerous, the genus 7'hynnus
constituting the most strictly Australian group. The APIDz
are not very numerous. The TENTHRIDINIDZ# are represented
only by the genera Perga and Nematus.

The Order ORTHOPTERA is, if not so numerous as the
other Orders, quite as remarkable. BuLatTTipm are numerous ;
the Mantip# and Puasmatipa# of Australia are remarkable
for their size and beauty. The GrYLLID# contain species of
very. singular forms, and the AcrRIDIIDm include some very
destructive species of dipoda or Locusts. The Eupiex-
OPTERA (Earwigs) are also numerous.

305

The NEUROPTERA and TRICHOPTERA have
been little studied in Australia, and, with the exception
of the large-sized species, are little known, but they are
certainly rather numerous on the whole, the EPHEMERID&®
being the least numerous, and the TERMITID& the most so.

The LEPIDOPTERA form everywhere a very populous
Order, and nowhere more so than in Australia. It is difficult
to guess even at their probable numbers; but Mr. Meyrick,
who has been engaged upon the Microlepidoptera for some
years, estimates their number at many thousand species.
The Diurnal Butterflies of Australia consist, according to
Masters’s Catalogue, of 200 species, but the greatest number
of these are from Northern Queensland, and are evidently
originally migrants from the Indo-Malayan region; among
these may be ranked the magnificent genus Ornithoptera, of
which four species or varieties are found in Australia.

The readiness with which some Butterflies change their
residence is exemplified by the passage of an American
Butterfly (Danais Erippus, Cram.), of late years from the
west coast of America to Australia, and its now complete
voluntary acclimatization in that country. Hurycus is the
only entirely Australian genus among the Papriionip# ; but
among the Day-flying Moths there are several, such as
Synemon, Huschemon, Damias, and Agarista. The SpuHin-
aipz, Bomsycipm, Noctrurpi#, and GrOMETRIDE are
numerous, handsome, and many of them of large size. The
MICROLEPIDOPTERA seem to be in incalculable numbers. Mr.
Meyrick calculates the GicrrHoripD# alone at 2000 species.

The DIPTERA 4s also an Order extremely rich in numbers,
but the smaller and more numerous of the Australian groups
have never been studied. Schiner, in “The Diptera of
the Novara,” estimates the Diptera of the world at 19,449
species, and of these he gives only 1056 to Australia. Three
times that number would probably be under the mark. The
CrECYDOMYIDA#, for instance, are very numerous in Australia,
and yet only three species have been described.

The Jasantpm, Asitipm, AcrocrERIDH, BomBYLIIDA,
and Muscip# are very. numerous, and present some local pecu-
liarities. SyrpHIv#, on the contrary, are rare, and the
CEsTRIDz are unknown.

The HEMIPTERA and HOMOPTERA are numerous,
and most of the families are represented. Of the first of these
Orders the Repuvi1pz# are the most largely distributed. The
Hemiptera are not only numerous but are most peculiar
and interesting; most of the families however, more particularly
the Coccipm and Psy.uipa#, are almost unknown.

The Class A R A C H NID /& are numerous proportionally
to the rest of the world. The PHALANGIIDZ are very few, but

306

the CHELIFERA and Scorpions abound; the Spiders are ex-
tremely numerous, and of many families, and the AcaRIDZz,
Ixopip#, TromBip#, GAMASID&, &c. abound throughout the
country. The Class MYRIOPODA comprises in Australia
numbers of JuLIDm, and an amazing number of species of
ScoLOPENDID&.

The CRUSTACEA, the last Class of the Anthropoda,
are, as far as the Malacostracea are concerned, well known.
Mr. Haswell, M.A.,B.Sc., having lately completed an excellent
catalogue of them. The number of species by that catalogue
is 5388, which, with others described since, will probably bring
the total to 600. Mr. Haswell has also lately published a
paper on the Pycnoconipz of Australia, about eight in
number.

The other Sub-classes of the Crustacea, the EnTomos-
TRACA, Eprzoa, and CiRREPEPIA, are undoubtedly numerous,
but they have been very little studied.

The VERMES, the fourth Sub-kingdom of Animals, are
in all their heterogeneous Classes well represented in Australia,
but with the exception of some groups of the ANNELID# and
Potyzoa, are very little known. Mr. Haswell has lately
described a number of the Australian forms of the Order
CumtTorpopa. The OLricocumTa are few in number, but
comprise one at least giant species. H1IRUDINID# are numerous.
The ScoLEcipA are probably as numerous in Australia as in
any part of the world, but no one has paid much attention to
them. All the Mammals, Birds, and Fishes seem to be well
stocked with them, all probably distinct species; but the genera
seem to be the same as in other places. All, or nearly all, the
Entozoa of man and the domestic animals are found in
Australia, but they probably came with the European.

The ROTIFERA are believed to abound. Sagitta is
found. :

The Fifth Sub-kingdom of Animalia, the EC HIN O-
DERMATA, are exclusively Marine Animals, and in a
country with an extensive seaboard and a favourable climate
like Australia, might be expected to hold a predominating
position, and they do so.

The vast mass of coral reefs and islands known as the
Barrier Reef, extending from the latitude of about 25°
to 8° south, or until it reaches New Guinea, skirting the
East Coast of Australia for over 1000 miles at a distance
varying from three to ten miles from the coast, enclosing
a smooth and warm sea, and receiving through numerous
passages the clear waters of the ocean without, offers for all
Marine Animals a haven of the most tempting character, and

307

the Echinodermata seem to have availed themselves of it
to an unprecedented extent. But the prevalence of Echinoderm
life is not confined to such favoured regions,—throughout
all the Australian seas it appears in various forms. The four
Classes CRINOIDEA, ECHINOIDEA, STELLARIA,
and HOLUTHUROIDEA are all very’ numerously
represented in proportion to their numbers throughout the rest
ot the world. Some of the species of one of these Classes, the
Ho.tutTuuripa#, furnish a valuable article of commerce to
China known as “trepang” or “béche-de-mer.”’

The Sub-kingdlom CCGELENTERATA is evidently
largely represented in Australia, but as yet but little has been
done in the examination of it. Dr. Von Lendenfeld has lately
been investigating the Class of Sponera, which he has found
so numerous and peculiar on the Australian Coasts as to neces-
sitate a change in nomenclature and classification.

The Order CALCAREA or CALCISPONGIA he has
found to number 53 species, and three of-the families—Homo-
DERMID&, LEucopsipm, and TricHonrpm—are peculiar to
Australia. The Mysosponai are few in number; but there
is an interesting genus, Basatus, peculiar to Australia.

The CERAOSPONGIA are found by Dr. Lendenfeld to
be richer in species in Australia than in the rest of the world
united.

The MONATICER also predominate in Australian
waters.

The HEXACTINELLID# and TETRACTINELLIDA
are few in species.

The MONACTIPHALEA are numerous enough, but not
proportionally so as compared with other parts of the world.

The Class ANTHOZOA is also well represented. Of the
Order ALCYONARIA, five PENNATULID® are found, and
GorGonrp# are abundant.

Of the ZOANTHARIA, the Actiniipm are chiefly found
in the cool waters of the temperate regions, the SCLERODER-
MATA in the tropical parts, the Mrprnporipa forming the
chief part of the extensive coral reefs which surround the
North Coast.

The Class HYDROZOA are, as a whole, also abundant.
The HYDROMEDUS of Australia number 243 species,
the Polyp-colonies, with chitinous skeletons, predominate; the
Australian SERTULARIDH and PLUMULARID# exceed in
number those of the rest of the world added together; the
ephemerous EvcapriLLip@ are peculiar to Australia. Large
TRACHOMEDUSZ# are comparatively rare.

The Hydra is found in Ausiralian rivers. The
SYPONOPHARA are rare, and show no peculiar forms.

308

Of the Order SCYPHOMEDUS only 26 Australian
species are known, but additional species may be expected
from better acquaintance with the productions of the seas on
the north coast. The very curious genus Pseudorhiza is
peculiar to Australia. The Ruizostomz constitute the chief
Australian group. The CrEnopHora are present in Australia,
but in very small numbers, as far as at present known. The
Orders HURYSTOMATA, SACCATA, and THINIATA
are each represented by one or two species. A very beautiful
Beroid has been described from Port Jackson.

The last Sub-kingdom of the Animalia, the PROTOZOA,
may be passed over: they are much the same everywhere.
The Australian representatives of the various classes comprising
the Sub-kingdom have never been investigated.

WILLIAM THOMAS STRUTT,
GOVERNMENT PRINTER, TASMANIA.

309

ECLIPSE OF MARCH 30-31, 1885.
By A. B. Biaas, Launceston
(Read April 14, 1885.)

Before giving my notes of the recent partial eclipse of
the moon, I wish to refer to the total lunar eclipse of last
October (not visible here). Reports from observers of that
event nearly all agree in laying stress upon one particular
characteristic, namely, the absence on that occasion of the
usual faint coppery illumination (caused by the refraction of
the sun’s rays into the earth’s shadow by our atmosphere),
by which the moon continues conspicuously visible through-
out the phase of totality. The darkened moon was also
unusually dark, and was by some described as invisible.

In consideration of the above circumstances, the recent
eclipse, although not total, was so nearly so that it was
looked forward to with particular interest, and I determined
to make the best of the opportunity, with special reference
to the moon’s appearance in shadow. Fortunately, the cir-
cumstances were most favourable, the moon being free from
clouds throughout. I commenced observing shortly after
midnight. The penumbra was then gradually creeping over
the south-east limb, though more apparent tothe naked eye
than in the telescope. The ruggedness of this portion of the
moon’s surface was at this time distinctly visible even in the
profile of the full orb (in the telescope, of course). At
Oh. 48min, this ruggedness vanished on the approach of the
shadow, and seven minutes later this portion of the outline
itself was lost. As the shadow advanced, that part within
the moon’s outline, adjacent to the point of intersection,
on each side appeared considerably lighter than the
general shadow, gradually deepening into the shadow
resting on the body of the moon. About lh. 10min.
about fifteen degrees of the moon’s outline on each side
was visible within the shadow. This increased, during the
middle of the eclipse, to what I judged to be about twenty-
five degrees, this portion of the edge appearing as a sharp
faint rim of light, gradually fading away into the shadow.
With the above exception, all within the shadow was utterly
obliterated—lost in the dead slaty tint of the sky. I could
not discover a single crater or feature after it was fairly
within the shadow, although on other occasions, even while
totally eclipsed, I have been able to distinguish clearly all
the principal features of the moon. There was not the slightest
trace of the coppery tint discernible throughout this eclipse.

The shadow advanced until at 2h. 20min. it bisected the
crater Plato, remaining stationary until 2h. 23}min. At 2h.
25min. Plato had emerged from shadow, and the middle of
the eclipse had passed.

B

310

FRESH CONTRIBUTION TO OUR KNOWLEDGE OF
THE CHARACTER AND THE RELATIONSHIP OF
THE UPPER PALHOZOIC AND MESOZOIC
FORMATIONS OF TASMANIA WITH THE AS-
SOCIATED DIABASIC ROCKS.

By Rosr. M. Jounston, F.L.S.
(Read April 14, 1885.)

Recently I have devoted a considerable potion of my time
to the renewed study of the relation of the prevailing
diabasic rocks of the Southern portion of Tasmania, for which
I have also recently had further opportunities afforded me by
Webster, who most kindly took;me in his yacht Ella to many
places of interest in the numerous bays, channels, and arms
of the sea towards the Southern part of the Derwent and
Huon.

The relations of the lower marine keds to the diabasic
ereenstone between Passage Point and Long Bay in the accom-
panying diagrams unmistakeably show that the greater mass of
the greenstone, as also shown by the recent bore test at the
Cascades, is older than the overlying mudstones which quietly
repose uponit, In one section, however, opposite Half-moon
Bay, both the older greenstone and the mudstones are
penetrated by an intrusive sheet of greenstone of later date.
After abruptly ascending through the older greenstone, the
later eruptive rock suddenly bends round, and forms a
horizontal sheet of considerable extent between, and exactly
parallel to the horizontal bedding of the mudstone and
limestone series. This is the best example with which I am
acquainted of the relation of the older and newer intrusive
rocks with the marine sedimentary formation of upper
paleozoic age.

T have also examined carefully the line of country
between Hobart, Richmond, Constitution Hill, and Spring
Hill. In many sections between the two latter places, the
upper coalmeasures repose quietly upon the underlying diabase.
The best example of this nature occurs in a cutting of the
main road near Lovely Banks, where the unaltered shales
and sandstones are seen to repose upon the diabase. The
only exception noticed by me in this district occurs at the
head of Spring Hill, where the later intrusive greenstone,
apparently identical in character with the older, bursts
through, dislocates, and overspreads certains beds of sand-
stone, which I believe to belong to the lower part of the coal
measures.

At a section immediately beyond Mr. Bisdee’s residence,
at the foot of Spring Hill, Mr. T. R. Atkinson and myself

311

discovered a very interesting series of finely laminated
carbonaceous shales, which proved to be rich in plant remains.
Various species of ferns of a newand interesting character
were obtained belonging to the genera Pecopteris, Thinnfeldia,
Odontopteris, Tzeniopteris. One splendid specimen, with
ovate lanceolate pinnules, which have peculiar laciniate
margins, is peculiarly interesting, and may prove to belong to
the genus Otopteris.

The distribution shows nothing but the remains of Phyllo-
theca and Zeugophyllites in certain beds and localities, while in
contiguous or closely related beds hardly any other forms
than those of Pecopteris, Thinnfeldia, and Teniopteris,
therefore great caution must be exercised for the present
in separating beds of this system upon the evidence of organic
remains only.

The restriction of particular forms to particular beds
may only indicate a slight local difference in vegetation
rather than difference in age or even horizon. However, on a
future occasion, I will deal more fully with this important
subject, for which Iam now provided with many rich and
interesting materials.

In conclusion, I draw attention to figures of some of the
new plant forms from Spring Hill, Porter Hill, and the
lower coal measures of the Mersey. The large imperfect
frond from the Porter Hill beds, cythere shales, appears to
belong either to the genus Cyclopteris or Gangamopteris.
The spathulate frond found associated with Glossopteris
Browniana from the lower coal measures of the Mersey is, I
believe, identical with Noeggerathiopsis media of New South
Wales.

The large equisetaceous impression from the same
place, at the Mersey, is closely allied, if not identical,
with a form of Schizoneura, figured by Feistmantel from the
Lower Gondwana series, India.

*JUNGERMANNIA RETICULATA.
By R. A. Basrow.
(Read April 14, 1885.)
The specimen now submitted for your observation under

the microscope was gathered from the Springs on the side of
Mount Wellington, on the 10th March last, close to a clear

“This genus is named in honour of Louis Jungermann, a German botanist.

312

but somewhat rapid stream. After a protracted examina-
tion of the specimen, in its dry state, when moistened, as an
opaque object, and as a transparent one mounted in glycerine
medium, it appears to be different to any species of Junger-
mannia yet identified in Tasmania, and unlike any
described in Flora Tasmania, It does, however, closely
resemble Jungermannia reticulata as described in the Hepa-
ticee of Campbell’s Islands, in No. 1, Vol. 1, of Flora Antare-
tica; the specimen is, therefore, rightly; or wrongly so
named. Both a siccate and a mounted specimen of the plant
have been submitted to Baron von Mueller, in order to
obtain his opinion of the correctness of its classification. He
referred me, in a long, kind, and encouraging reply, to the
treatises by specialists in this Library, and which, in the
meantime, I had carefully consulted, with the result just
recorded.

This Jungermannia grows as a low tuft, from 2in. to 3in.
wide, and close to the ground. The stems are much entangled,
and in general aspect are nearly black. As closely as I can
make out, the direction of the leaves succubous, and
there are remarkable auricular growths at their bases, in
form reminding one of the clubs in which gymnasts take
delight. These curious auricles appear also to proceed from
the stem, as wellas from the bases of the leaves, and probably
take the place of the stipule lobes, as has been suggested by
Sir J. Hooker with regard to similar appendages on
plants of this and other genera. The appearance of the
plant is beautiful under the microscope, and to those who
have not made Hepatice a special study, it is extraordinary,
especially as an opaque moist object, the club-shaped auricles
then appear to advantage. The areolation of the leaves is
very lax and pellucid, the cell-walls being clearly visible
with a low power; the stem leaves appear to be entire or
nearly so, and the upper ones are ciliated; the cilia are also
very distinct with a low power. The colour of the leaves is
from reddish-brown at the bases to yellowish green at the
apices.

a valt may be assumed that beetles, ants, and such-like
small creatures behold these minute forms as large growths,
in like manner as we behold the lovely Acacia or the sombre
Eucalyptus. To such small creatures the J. reticulata must
offer a charming retreat, screening them, as it does, from
the stronger light by its many-tinted diaphanous network of
cell-structure, and its ruby evascular stems. They must,
indeed, enjoy themselves, and live lives of pleasure as they
luxuriate

“Beneath Hepatic’s golden-pencilled shield,
Whose fronds of varied hue a close protection yield.”

313

NOTE REGARDING THE SILURIAN FOSSILS OF THE
GORDON LIMESTONES, WITH GENERIC DESCRIP-
TIONS, AND A SPECIFIC LIST OF THE ORGANISMS
ALREADY NAMED AND CLASSIFIED, BY VARIOUS
AUTHORS.

By Rost. M. Jounston, F.L.S.

[Read May 12, 1885.]

Over thirty years ago the late Dr. Milligan obtained a very
interesting series of Silurian Fossils from “the Gordon River,
in the vicinity of the Macquarie Harbour, which was subse-
quently lodged in the Suciety’s Museum. This collection was
supplemented by a suite of specimens obtained from the same
locality by Mr. C. Gould in the year 1862. Prior to the year
1866, Mr. Gould made a selection of the most typical speci-
mens, which he submitted to the judgment of Prof. M’Coy,
who, according to Mr. Gould’s account, ‘“‘ immediately identified
several of the species and most of the generic forms.” It is
most unfortunate that in the account referred to, Mr. Gould,
from want cf access to his notes, was unable to give a complete
list of the spécies so determined, and I have failed to find any
trace of such list elsewhere in any of our local records. Mr.
Gould, however, stated generally that the fossils belonged
principally to the family Orthoceratide, together with corals
Murchisonie, and species of Raphistoma, and that from such
evidence the position of the Gordon limestones was re-
ferred to, “the very base of the lower Silurian of Europe,
anterior to the described fossiliferous beds of Victoria, as mt
as to the Calymene, containing beds of the Eldon Valley,” i
Tasmania. In the year 1862, however, Mr. Gould gave a
_ more definite enumeration of the more characteristic fossils
then collected by him, as follows :—Orthoceratites, 2 sp.;
‘Intuites, 1 sp.; Halysites, 1 sp.; Favosites, 2 sp.; Raphistoma,
1 sp.; Orthis, 1 sp.; Rhynconella, 1 sp.; Huomphalus, 2 sp. ;
Murchisonia, 3 sp.; in all 14 species so enumerated.

It is interesting to note, from his remarks at the time, that
though the fossils are very abundant, and especially observable
in sections of the limestone rock exposed to the action of
running water, the different beds or zones in the formation
are not equally fossiliferous, and that certain species are more
or less limited in their distribution; corals abounding in
certain beds, and univalve shells and large chambered ortho-
cerata in others.

From that most valuable catalogue of Australian Fossils,
by Rob. Etheridge, jun., I find a further and more ex-
tended series of specimens from Tasmania West (no doubt
from the Gordon), was submitted to Prof. Salter prior to the

old

year 1868. I have not yet ascertained by whom or from
whence these fossils were transmitted to Mr. Salter, but it is
of importance to note that 28 species were named and classified
by him, and afterwards included in Bigsby’s Thesaurus Sil.,
1868. The following is a detailed list of the species, as
enumerated in this work, and in Mr. Htheridge’s catalogue :—
BRACHIOPODA.

Retzia mima Salfer (M.8.)
Moztvusca PROPER.
Cyrtodonta auriculata Salter (M.S.)
im compressa a
ii distorta =
- gibbosula i
- inflata ve
on obliquata sp
= pinguis sp
ah reversa 5
Tellinomya amyedala »
3 antipoda a
Bellerophon pugnus Cael
Eunema (?) emula 3
Helicotoma Milligani 3
Rs pusilla -
Holopaea mumia x
Hormotoma nerinzea 55
usitata a
Murchisonia Franklinii A
i mimetica ”
Raphistoma eterna *
Sealites Australis 5.
Trochonema Bigsbyana .
Lituites Gouldii -
Orthoceras antilope FA
aA Maurchisoni A
“3 Theca 25
Youngii <

Here, again, it is to be feared, from (M.S.) references
against each name, that the specific descriptions are not
recorded, and, consequertly, from this want we are unable to
determine to what extent the species still preserved in the
Society’s Museum are included in the list so named and
classified.

To add to our difficulty, there is no copy of Bigsby’s useful
workin the Society’s Library, a want which should, if
possible, be supplied.

It is clear, however, that the Society’s collection of fossil
Mollusca only contains a portion of the species classified by
Mr. Salter, and it is most probable that the latter includes

315

nearly all the species still remaining in the Society’s collection.

T also notice in the latter the following fossils, which do not

seem to be included in Salter’s list, namely :—Phragmo-

ceras, 1 sp.; Pleurotomaria, 2 sp.; Huomphalus, 1 or 2 sp.;

Orthis, 1 or 2 sp.; Rhynconella, 1 sp.; Corals, several species,

It is also worthy of record in this place that I have
obtained fragments of a limestone rock similar in character to
that of the Gordon and Point Hibbs from the New River,
immediately to the south of the Craycroft, among which
is the well preserved remains of a coral allied to the genus
Strombodes.

Before any more specimens are sent away from the
Society’s collection for description or identification, I submit
that it is most desirable to obtain detail descriptions of the
larger collections classified already in the hands of European
authorities or in European collections. With this end in view,
and to aid me in dealing more satisfactorily with this subject
in the work now under preparation by me for the Government
of Tasmania, I had some time ago requested Mr. Robert
Etheridge, jun., to furnish me, if possible, with full descrip-
tions and figures of the species already referred to as
containedin Bigsby’s Thesaurus Sil. When Mr. Etheridge
supplies this most necessary information, we will be all the
better prepared to select for further determination such
fossils still in the Society’s collection as may have not
been already described. To send away another typical
collection at present would deprive local workers of the only
source of reference available to them,and at the same time,
as regards the greater number of species, only duplicate
specimens already at the command of Eurepean authorities.

In the meantime, to facilitate reference to the species
contained in the Society’s collection, and to aid others who
may not be in possession of works of reference, I have in the
following part of my paper, with one or two exceptions, given
a full description of all the genera which have been referred
to in this paper as contained in the Silurian limestones of the
Gordon River, in Tasmania. Prof. McCoy may, if applied
to, be able to throw some light as regards the species identi-
fied by him in the collection submitted to his judgment by
Mr. Gould about the year 1866.

DEscRIPTION OF CERTAIN GENERA FOUND Fossil IN THE
Srrurtan Limestone oF THE WESTERN PART OF
TASMANIA.

Class Bracuropopa, (Spiriferid.e )

Retzia, King, 1850.

Bigsby’s Thes. Sil. 1868; Eth. Cat. Aust. Fossils,
Ps. Lry ons itp. oA
Shell punctuate, Terebratula shaped, beak truncated by a

316

round foramen, rendered complete by a distinct deltidium ;
hinge area small, triangular sharply defined; interior with
diverging shelly spires. (Silur-Trias.)

Retzia mima, Salter, M.S. Tasmania West.

Class Prtecypopa (Lamellibranchiata or Conchifera.)

Cyrtodonta Billings (Cypricardites, Conrad.)

Bigsby’s Thesaurus. Sil 1868. Hth. Cat. p. 23. Austr.
Fossils.

Shell ventricose, suborbicular or broad ovate in outline,
with an external flattened ligamental area; cardinal teeth
four to five; short oblique; lateral teeth two or more oblique ;
muscular impressions two (anterior one single ?) ; pallial line
simple. (Tryon.) d
. auriculata. Salter (MLS.) Tasmania, West.

. compressa.
. distorta.

. gibbulosa.
. inflata.

C
C
C
C. obliquata.
C
C
E

Qa

. penguis.
. reversa.
unema. Salter.
Bigby’s Thes. Sil. 1868; Hth. Cat. Austr. Fossils,
p. 24.
E. emula. Salter, M.S. Tasmania West.
Straparollus, Montfort, 1816.
EHuomphalus Sowb.,; Helicotoma, Salter.
Bigsby’s Thes. Sil, p. 868; Eth. Cat. Austr.
Fossils, p. 24. Tryon ii., p. 218.
Shell depressed; Whorls, angular or carinated ; aperture,
sub-quadrangular ; umbilicus wide, conical ; operculum
shelly, multi-spiral. (Tryon.) Lower Silurian to Trias.
United States, Europe, Australia.

S. emula. Salter (M.S.) Tasmania, West.
S. (Helicotoma). Milligani ,,
S pusilla cr rs

Raphistoma. Hall, 1847.
Bigsby’s Thes. Sil., 1868. Eth. Cat. Austr.
Fossils, p. 25. Tryon IL., p. 219.

Shell, lenticular, or orbicular; whorls, flattened, with a
carination above ; umbilicus, moderate; outer lip, with slight
sinus at the keel. (Tryon.)

RR. eterna. Salter (M.S.) Tasmania, West.

R. (Holopaea)

Scalites. (Conrad M.S.) Emmons, 1842.
Bigsby’s Thes. Sil.. 1868; Eth. Cat. Austr.
Fossils, p. 25. Tryon ii., p. 223.

317

Shell, turriculated; whorls, flattened above, angulated at
the shoulder and convex below; outer lip, sinuous;
umbilicus, none, or very small. Silurian. United States,
Australia. (Tryon.)

S..(Holopea). Mumia. Salter (M.S.) Tasmania, West:

S. Australis, ditto bs

CLASS GASTEROPODA.

Bellerophon, De Montfort, 1808.

Microceras. Hall; Bigsby’s Thes. Sil., 1868,
Hth. Cat. Aust. Fossils, p. 24. Tryon IL., p 322.

Shell, symmetrically convoluted, globular, or discoidal;
strong, few-whorled; whorls often sculptured; dorsally keeled ;
aperture, sinuated, and deeply notched on the dorsal side.

Cambrian to Carboniferous; North America, Europe,
Australia, India. (Tryon.)

B. pugnus. Salter (M.S.) Tasmania, West.

Trochonema. Salter, 1859.

Trochonemopsis, Meek; Bigsby’s Thes. Sil., 1869.
Eth. Cat. Aust. Fossils, p. 25. Tryon IL, p. 309.

Shell, delphinula-like, with wide umbilicus. (Tryon.) Sil.
Europe, America, Australasia.

Hormotoma. Falter, 1859.

Bigsby’s Thes. Sil., 1863. Eth. Cat. Aust. Fossils, p. 25.
: Lower Sil.

H. nerinzwa. Salter (M.S.) ‘Tasmania, West.
Murchisonia, D Archiac and De Vernewil, 1841.

Bigsby’s Thes. Sil., 1868. Eth. Cat. Aust. Fossils, p. 25-

Shell, elongated ; many whorled; whorls, variously sculp-
tured, and zoned, like Pleurotomaria; aperture, slightly
channeled in front; outer lip, deeply notched. I. Silurian to
Permian ; North America, Europe, Australasia. (Tryon.)

M. Franklin. Salter (M.S.) Gordon Limestone, Tas.

M. mimetica. i“ . £ sa

Tellinomya, Hall, 1847.

Ctenodonta, Salter, 1851.
Tryon il., p. 260; Bigsby’s Thes. Sil. 1868, p. 144.
Eth. Cat. Austr. Foss. p. 25.

Shell elongately oval, sub equilateral, smooth, or finely
concentrically striate; valves moderately convex; hinge re-
presented by two diverging comb-like denticulated margins,
without a special hinge area between them and the beak, and
below the latter, not interrupted by a pit; ligament apparently
external, posterior to the beak. (Tryon.)

318

Silurian—Carboniferous. Hurope, Bolivia, Australia.
T. amygdala, Salter, (M.S.) Tasmania, West.
T. antipoda, Salter, (M.S8.) Tasmania, West.

Class CEPHALOPODA.

Lituites, Breynius, 1732.

Bigsby’s Thes. Sil. 1869; Hth. Cat. Aust. Fossils, p.
26; Tryon i, p. 56.

Shell planorbiform, the whorls close or separate ; the last
chamber produced in a straight or outwardly curved line;
lateral margins of the aperture extended and curved towards
the interior of the shell, contracting the aperture into two
distinct orifices.

Silurian. North America, Europe, Australasia. (Tryon.)

L. Gouldi.

Orthoceras. Breynius, 1732.
Bigby’s Thes. Sil. 1868; Eth. Cat. Aust. Fossils, p.
26; Tryon i., p. 51.
Shell straight, aperture sometimes contracted. (Tryon.)
L, Silurian to Triassic. N. America, Hurope, Australasia.

O. antilope. Salter. M.S. Gordon Limestone, Tas.
O. Murchisoni. mS 3 i.
O. Theca. i - *
O. Youngi. . iM a

Phragmoceras. Brod. 1839.
Tryon i1., p. 55. ,
Shell compressed on the sides, curved ; aperture contracted
in the middle; last chamber large; siphuncle dorsal, with
radiations ; septa simple.
Silurian to Devonian. Europe, N. America, Australasia.
One sp. in the Museum of the Tasmanian Royal Society.

TASMANIAN MOSSES, THETR IDENTIFICATION, &c.,
By R. A. Bastow.
[Read May 12, 1885.]

The Mosses of this and the neighbouring colonies are, like
the fauna, singular and peculiar, presenting genera and species
analogous in many respects to those of the British Isles, and
yet many of them have some peculiarity of structure render-
ing them unique. In “ Hooker’s Flora Tasmaniz”’ we have a
great number of Tasmanian Mosses carefully described, and
beautiful drawings of many of them are therein contained.

319

In turning over the plates of Mosses in that large and mag-
nificent work, it will be seen that the plants vary in colour
from the palest green, as in some Hypna, to almost black, as
in Andrecea, and after a little thorough Moss hunting, we are
able to form a fair idea of the genus to which the tuft belongs
by its colour, its habit, and its locality. For instance, the
sombre-looking Andrecea Petrophila loves the bleak rock, the
feathery Hypnum selects to slumber in the sylvan shade,
whilst the scarlet frmged Splachnum may rarely be found,
except on decayed animal substances.

But closer observation than the above mentioned is required
in order to precisely identify the genus to which a Moss
Plant belongs, and this leads me to call your attention to the
key to genera of Mosses of Tasmania now submitted to
your notice. It will be observed that I have therein followed
the principle that “the characters must all be derived from
the number, form, proportion, and situation of the organs of
fructification,’ and in so doing I only follow in the wake of
eminent muscologists, such as Hedwig, Hooker, Schimper,
Muller, Wilson, and Mitten.

In this key the Mosses are in the first place divided into
terminal fruiting and lateral fruiting plants; this division at
once ridding us of a host of genera as we proceed to identify.
When a Moss has been carefully classed, as, for example, a
laterally fruiting Moss, then the microscope must be brought
into requisition to decide the remaining characters. They are
as follows :—

The capsule, or theca of a Moss Plant, is supported on a
pedicel or footstalk, called the seta. This isin some genera
very long, and in others very short, and frequently forms a
specific as well as a generic character.

The supported capsule varys in size and form, and is com-
posed externally and internally of strongly marked parts.
The capsules of Bartramia, or Apple Moss, are generally
spherical ; the Phascum capsule is ovate and bursts irregularly
when ripe; Campylopus gracefully bends its neck and buries
its oblong urn amongst its foliage; Tortula is elongated, and
twisted in parts, whilst the robust Polytrichum is erect and
quadrangular.

The capsules of many are furrowed, others are spotted,
whilst the Hypna, and other genera growing in shaded nooks,
are more frequently of slight fabric and smooth.

This graceful form of fruit is protected by a calyptra, or veil,
im some genera dimidiate, and in others mitriform. From the
character of the veil important generic distinctions are derived.
If we gently raise the veil,the operculum becomes at once visible,
and forms a tiny but perfect close fitting lid to the capsule.
It is very long beaked in some genera, and scarcely convex in

320

others; and forms another generic character. But the most
interesting part of the capsule is the beautiful appendage,
styled the peristome. It is a fringe of scarlet, pale yellow,
purple, or intermediate shade. according to the genus to
which the plant belongs. The peristome is divided into 8,
16, 32, or 64 segments or teeth. These numbers never
deviate, a certain number of teeth are invariably found
in a certain genus, they are always regular in number,
and thus we have agaia strong characters for distinguishing
genera.

In many of the Mosses the peristome is double, the inner
one being much paler in colour than the outer, and in some
few genera cilia may be found interposited with the teeth of
the inner peristome. ‘These are all abiding characters, and
with the forms and arrangement of the leaves and habits of
the plants, arranged, illustrated, and generically described as
they are in the key before us, will be found sufficient in most
cases to identify the genus to which the plant belongs.

May we be allowed to enter a plea for the Mosses of
Tasmania which we so ruthlessly uproot from our garden
walks and trample down by the road side; their forms are
exquisite, their habits are in the charming corners and glades,
as well as on the face of the mountain crag, their study is
pure and refining, and there remains an insight to the student
of contrivance, system, wisdom, Infinite Wisdom, and a source
of infinite admiration.

NEW SPECIES OF TASMANIAN MARINE SHELLS,
By W. F. Perrerp.
[Read May 12, 1885.]

1. PECTEN AKTINOS, n. sp.

Shell of moderate thickness, irregularly, elongately, and
somewhat obliquely orbicular, depressed, marked with ir-
recular prominent lines of growth, ornamented with
numerous—fourteen to eighteen—radiating perceptibly im-
bricated riblets, which are alternatley large and small,
and again covered with smaller lire; cellular structure, |
distinctly visible under the lens, towards the base;
ears unequal, moderately prominent; colour, pink to bright
rose, with irregular light or dark bands, and again peculiarly
marked with numerous small sharply angular patches of white
to pink, shaded with deep brownish-red; interior, shining

321

pinkish-white, with exterior colouration faintly showing
through.

Long.—42 mill.

Lat.—36__,,

Alt.—15__,,

Habitat.—North- West Coast.

Though very distinct from the other Tasmanian forms,
this species shows an approach to the common P. asperrimus
Lam, but may be at once recognised by its form, smaller size,
and very different colouration. It appears to be of rare
occurrence, for, although I have seen numerous valves, but
two perfect examples have come under my notice. It is
probably a deep water form.

2. DIAPHANNA NIVEA, 0. sp.

Shell, globose, very thin, semi-transparent, milky-white,
shining; whorls, 4; spire, small, scarcely projecting,
longitudinally streaked with fine lines of growth; aperture,
narrowly ovate, inflated.

Long.—14 mill.
Lat.—7 ,,

Habitat.—Near River Leven (Miss Lodder). An unique

example of a new genus to our Marine Molluscan fauna.

3. CASSIS TUMIDA, 0. sp.

Shell, thick, white, dull, globose, marked with a few
prominent lines of growth; whorls, 5; rounded, minutely,
regularly, transversely lirate; spire, small, short, rather
acute, apical whorls, smooth, suture emarginate; callus
deposit, thin, striate, and shining; aperture ovate, inflated ;
outer lip, sub-reflexed, and slightly prominently thickened
cutside.

Long.—30 mill.
Lat.—18__,,

Habitat.--Near River Leven (Miss Lodder). A single

specimen collected of this small but distinct specie.

322

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF FOSSIL
LEAVES FROM THE TERTIARY DEPOSITS OF
MOUNT BISCHOFF BELONGING TO THE GENERA
EUCALYPTUS, LAURUS, QUERCUS, CYCADITES,
Etc.

Br Rost. M. Jounston, F.L:S.
[Read June 9, 1885.]

To Mr. Sprent, who is now taking a very active part in arous-
ing the interest of Surveyors, and others throughout the
island, in all matters connected with local geology, I am
indebted for the opportunity afforded me for the examination
of a very valuable collection of Fossil Leaf impressions
collected by Mr. Kayser, the very able manager of the
Mount Bischoff Tin Mining Company’s works at Mount
Bischoff. The fossil impressions are very numerous and
well defined, in a somewhat greyish sandstone, whose position,
I learn from Mr. Kayser, underlies that recent basaltic sheet,
which, with associated tuffs, occupies a considerable portion
of the country in and around Mount Bischoff, and also
extends more or less uninterruptedly over a considerable
portion of the Surrey and Hampshire Hills, and towards Hmu
Bay, where a fine exposed headland exhibits basaltic columns,
remarkable for their prismatic form and regularity. These
tertiary beds repose upon or flank the tin-bearing eurite
porphyries and the older associated slates, which, with their
detritus, form the principal elevated boss of Mount Bischoff.
The mount in itself is not very conspicuous at a distance, as
it rises from the great elevated undulating plateau, stretching
throughout a very considerable portion of the west and
north-west part of the island. The level of this plateau
maintains a general altitude above the sea of from 1,500 to
to 2,000 feet all along the western flanks of the greater inland
greenstone plateau of the Lake Country, and for a consider-
able extent towards the northern and western coast line,
towards which it ultimately slopes more or less gradually.

The leaf beds at Mount Bischoff, therefore, are at a very
much higher level than those with which we are already
familiar in the Tamar and Derwent Basins, which latter range
in altitude from sea level to 600 feet. The collection made
by Mr. Kayser is a very interesting one, as not only do all
the forms discovered appear to belong to new species, but in
some cases to genera not before discovered fossil in Tasmania.
The prevailing form appears to be a species of Oak, allied to
Quercus drymejoides HKttingshausen, found at Dalton, near
Gunning, New South Wales. One of the most striking and
beautiful forms, however, is a species of Laurus, 7 inches
long and 2 inches wide, which I have described and named
L. Sprentii, in honour of Mr. C. Sprent, Deputy Surveyor-

323

General, whose kindly help in matters relating to the study
of the Geology of Tasmania I take this opportunity of
eratefully acknowledging. Another form, a species of
Eucalyptus, is of singular interest, as it is undoubtedly the
first fossil indication which I have yet seen in Tasmania of
a representative of our existing gum trees, which so peculiarly
characterise the existing vegetation of this island. The
fossil Eucalyptus is very distinct from E. Pluti M’Coy, found
similarly in Victoria. The Mount Bischoff form I have
named E. Kayseri, in honour of the discoverer. Many of
the plant remains are imperfect, although I can with certainty
make out 15 or 16 distinct new species, the greater number
of which has been figured by me for this paper.

Figures, in the meantime, for comparative purposes, are the
best guides.

There are not sufficient characters to enable me with con-
fidence to referthe most ofthe forms to known genera, although
I have satisfied myself that some of them can with safety be
referred to the genera Eucalyptus, Quercus, Laurus, Cycadites,
and Ulmus, while others closely approach forms occurring in
similar rock under the basalt at Breadalbane and at One Tree
Point, which have been referred to the genera Lomatia, Cera-
topetalum, and Ficonium, by Baron Von Ettingshausen. The
determination of these doubtful forms I intend to submit to
Baron Von Ettingshausen and to Baron Sir Ferd. Von Mueller,
who have already elaborated a great number of our Fossil
Tertiary vegetable remains.

The prevalence of the Oak, Laurel, and Elm, associated
with the Gum tree in this tertiary deposit at Mount Bischoff,
is of the greatest interest, as it substantiates the opinions
advanced by Baron Von Ettingshausen, and mentioned with
approval by Baron Sir Ferd. Von Mueller, viz., “that the
whole: existing vegetation of the world can in its development
be traced to an universal flora in bygone geologic ages,”
and, therefore, such evidence is in perfect accord with the
evolution hypothesis. It is, nevertheless, somewhat strange
to find that a great number of the prevailing forms in our
tertiary deposits (Oak, Birch, Elm, Alder, and Beech), should
show a closer alliance to the existing flora of Europe than to
the existing flora of Tasmania.

So far as it appears the Tertiary Flora of Tasmania is
extremely rich and varied, and its development is worthy of
our closest attention.

Eucalyptus Kayseri, n.s. Fig. 4.

Leaf lanceolate acuminate, slightly bent, and very attenuate
towards the acute apex; base rounded and tapering, about 47
inches long and 21 millimetres wide; substance evidently thin;

324

mid-rib well marked; lateral veins numerous and very delicate,
sub-parallel, almost horizontal near mid-rib, the most prominent
becoming very indistinct and curving upwards at junction
with intra-marginal vein, the least prominent usually anas-
tomising before reaching the same vein; intra-marginal
vein delicate, wavy, following moderately close to the edge.
This form is easily distinguished by its most delicate, close,
and almost horizontal veins, and by its extremely acuminate
apex. Named in honour of Mr, Kayser, the discoverer of
many new fossil leaf forms at Mount Bischoff. Found in
Tertiary Sandstones, underlying basalt, Mount Bischoff.

Laurus Sprentii, ns. Fig. 1.

Leaf coriaceous, rigid, oblong, about 7 inches long. and 2
inches wide below the middle ; base imperfect, but evidently
acutely tapering ; apex somewhat mucronate ; margin simple,
very slightly and irregularly undulating; mid-rib strong;
lateral ribs (eight pairs), somewhat thick near mid-rib, first
three sub-equal, upper pairs lessening; lateral ribs
emerge at an angle of 70 to 80 degrees, gradually be-
coming extremely fine as they gently curve upwards and out-
wards towards margin, into which they run at a very acute
-angle ; tertiary veins inconspicuous. From base to Ist
secondary vein, 25 mil.; Ist to 2nd, 16 mil.; 2nd to 3rd,
25 mil.; 3rd to 4th, 19 mil; 4th to 5th, 13 mil.; 5th to 6th,
12 mil.; 6th to 7th, 14 mil.; 7th to 8th, 10 mil. Nervules
very indistinct, evidently forming a fine oblong reticulation
transverse to secondary veins.

Cycadites microphylla, n.s. Fig. 8.

Leaf imperfect, simply pinnate ; pinnee, with scarcely visible
mid-rib, very minute, flat,linear-subulate, inserted obliquely
on the margin of rhacis, at an angle of about 25 degrees,
contracted at the base, faleate obtuse or pungent pointed,
about 12 millimetres long, and 2 broad at base,

Quercus Bischoffensis, u.s. Fig. 5 6.

Leaf ovate-acuminate,; mid-rib and secondary nerves
valid, raised, the latter (about 14 pairs) regular, simple,
emerging from mid-rib at an angle of from 45 to 50 degrees,
and scarcely curved as they proceed directly upwards and
outwards to margin, where each nerve terminates in the
sinus or apex of a minute serrature; margin minutely and
somewhat irregularly serrated, from two to four serratures
between the extremities of secondary nerves. Mature
specimens about 55in. long and 2in. broad.

This handsome form occurs in the greatest abundance in
tertiary sandstone of Mount Bischoff. It is distinguished
from Q. drymejoides, Httingshausen, which it resembles in

325

some respects, by its more ovate shape and its peculiarly
serrated margin.

Ulmus Tasmanicus, ns. Fig. 7.

Leaf ovate-lanceolate ; base somewhat imperfect in the only
specimen obtained, but evidently rounded ; mid-rib strong
towards base, and rapidly diminishing towards acuminate
apex, where it is extremely delicate though sharply raised ;
secondary nerves simple or furcate (about 12 pairs) emerging
from mid-rib at an angle of about 60 degrees, and proceeding
upwards and outwards more or less irregularly straight or
curved, terminating in a marginal tooth or serrature ; margin
somewhat coarsely and irregularly serrate, one or two serratures
between extremities of secondary nerves. Viewed from the
exposed lower surface of leaf, the left side has the fourth and
sixth, and the right side the fifth, seventh, and eighth
secondary nerves, furcate: Tertiary nerves at right angles to
the secondary rare and very delicate, losing themselves in an
extremely fine reticulation.

Length, about 5in.; greatest breadth, about 1fin.; distance
between each of the lowest four secondary nerves at base
about 12 milimetres, the spaces gradually lessening upwards.
Tertiary Sandstone, Mount Bischoff.

Although it is somewhat hazardous to determine the true
position of a plant in the absence of fruit, I have referred
the above leaf to the genus Ulmus, on account of the very
characteristic form and neuration. I have frequently observed
winged seed-impressions very like that of the Elm at One
Tree Point.

Figs. 2, 3, 9, 10, 11 represent leaf impressions found
associated with those described from the Tertiary Sandstones,
Mount Bischoff, but whose position is as yet undetermined.

THE TASMANIAN EARTH TREMORS, 1883-4.5.
By A. B. Biaes.
(Read 9th June, 1885.)

The minute earth-shocks which have, during the past two
years, been adding a new chapter to the history of our
island, have been to me from the first a special subject of
observation and study. The principal points which I set
myself, if possil le, to ascertain, were—First.—To arrive at an
estimate of the actual magnitude of the surface-motion of
the earth ; and second.—To gain some idea of the position of
the source, or focus, of the disturbance. I soon found, how-
ever, that the subject was much more difficult than I anti-

C

326

cipated, from (a) the extreme minuteness of the actual! earth
movement, and (b) the large discrepancies in the reports from
different localities, both as to the time and the direction of
the shocks.

I have referred to the minuteness of these shocks. As the
result of my experiments in the way of measurement I am
satisfied that a greatly exaggerated notion of their magnitude
generally prevails. To correct this notion, I offer a brief
description of some of the apparatus which I have employed
in the detection and measurement of the tremors. I at
first tried some of the most approved forms of seismometer,
amongst others the crossed U tubes of mercury—also a
plate of glass, smoked on its upper surface, resting on three
marbles, free to roll on a level glass slab. A pin point rested
lightly on the smoked surface. This has recorded only once.
I also tried a saucer of mercury, covered with a layer of
treacle. Of the above, and other forms of apparatus
unsuccessfully tried, a fuller description is given in my
original MS. in the Society’s library. The negative evidence
furnished. by these failures has, however, an important bearing
upon the question. The fact that a small wooden style about
din. in length, stocd on one end, reduced to a base of
jig. in diameter, has been overturned by only a few of
the strongest shocks, speaks volumes.

It was evident that, for positive results, I must contrive
something far more sensitive than the foregoing.

The following apparatus, which I now employ, I have found
fairly successful :-— ;

For Time Signal.—A. free pendulum is suspended by copper
wire, the end projecting below the bob and passing through a
loop of platinum wire, this loop being only just large
enough to allow the pendulum wire to pass through freely,
without touching. The loop and pendulum wire each form
part of an electric circuit. The least oscillation of the
pendulum brings it into contact with the loop, thereby closing
the circuit. This rigs an electric bell, and at the same
instant breaks the current which drives an electric clock,
thereby showing the time of shock.

So sensitive is this apparatus, that, although fixed against
a solid brick wall, it will respond to a moderate push against
the wall with the hand. Of course this is affected only by
horizontal movements. The pendulum is about 10in. in
length. I at first tried a much longer one, about 7ft. or 8ft.,
but this seldom acted, in fact only indicated the very strongest
tremors.

My signal apparatus for vertical earth movement consists
of a delicate coiled spring of great elasticity, suspending a
small weight through which the spring wire passes, the end

YeRTicAL SEISMOMETER

(@2)

Ee GOUed spring. suspended at @,
ronds Crer.._pivoted at b. and connected
with sprig wire atl,
Pron. LUV, Lhrovghend of lever the point
Testiig against glass.............6.
TT side turned orer av edges
for glass (G) to slide in.

yo

a i
Ties

5

i

327

of the wire being almost in contact with the surface of
mercury contained in a smail metallic cup. The least vertical
jar brings the lower point of the spring into contact with the
mercury, thus completing an electric current and recording
the signal. Although I adjust this so that I can scarcely see
space between the end of the wire and its reflected image in
the mercury, many sensible tremors occur which it fails to
register. I find by experiment that tne floor of the room
near the wall responds to a foot-fall through a space six
times that for which the instrument is set as above, the floor
being a good solid one; the actual measures of adjustment
being ‘005in. for tremors, and ‘03in. for floor.

I have now to describe what may be more properly
designated as my seismometers. For horizontal earth-move-
ment I have a free pendulum, with a bob of about 4b.
weight. Projecting perpendicularly under the bob is a
fine tube, in which slides a pin, point downwards. The
point of the pin rests, by its own weight, upon the
smoked surface of a piece of glass, which is elevated to
the pin by three screws underneath. Any oscillation of the
pendulum, or rather of the glass itself (as it is really the
tablet, and not the style, that partakes of the earth motion) will
of course record itself on the glass. The marks are afterwards
measured by micrometer and the direction noted. By far
the largest reading of this instrument was recorded on 13th
July, last year; namely, 0°28in. (whole oscillation), the
next largest being 0'09in. on 7th December, 1883.

My vertical seismometer is on the same principle as the
electric vertical signal (described before) namely, a weight
suspended by a coiled spring. Between the spring and the
weight is a horizontal lever, attached at one-fifth of its length
from the pivotted end; the free end carrying a pin point
which traverses the surface of a piece of smoked glass. The
motion is thus multiplied 5 times. The highest reading of
this instrument occurred on the same date as that of the
other, being 0-15in., on 13th July, 1884. (This to be
divided by 5 for actual motion).

The transit instrument should be a most delicate indicator
of any permament displacement. I have, from time to time,
had to make minute readjustments, necessitated probably by
the operation of the tremors. The cause is, however, uncer-
tain, and the indications extremely minute.

The Rev. Canon Brownrigg, by a fortunate chance, obtained
an optical observation of one of these tremors in the telescope.
He was observing a star, when he noticed that the image
began to dance in the field of view. He was puzzled as to
what had shaken the telescope, until, on going into the house,
he learned that a shock had occurred at about the time he

328

was observing. By a necessarily rough judgment, the angular
motion as compared with the angular value of the field-bar,.
would be about 1 minute of are. This is as if a flag-pole 20ft.
in height vibrated through a space of =z1n. at the top.

Now, in apparent opposition to the conclusion to be drawn
from the foregoing as to the minuteness of the shocks, we
have certain well avouched facts. I first take the somewhat
startling circumstance reported in the Launceston papers by
Mr. Geo. T. Hudson, as observed by him during the strong
tremor of 13th December, 1883. He says:—“ Our attention
was directed particularly to the mud-flat” (in the river)
: “which was a state of rapid agitation, moving ap-
parently up anc down in a most remarkable and alarming
manner, the motion apparently coming from beneath, and from
N.W. to. S.E. The rapid motion continued for fully one
minute, and then gradually lessened, until it finally
ceased. The wave motion was exceedingly severe, the tide
being very low, ete.” It is not surprising that such a sight as
this should impress the beholder with the idea that it must
be caused by some very violent agitation. I think, however,
that it may be explained without any such inference. The
tide was low, the mud-flat was still wet and glistening, and
of course it reflected vividly the rays of sunlight. Under
these circumstances the smallest motion of the surface would
be immensely magnified, the magnification increasing with the
distance from which it was viewed, in addition to the fact
that the deviation of the reflected ray would be doubled by
reflection. On this very occasion I was with a party taking
tea, in a summer-house in a garden almost adjoining the spot
from which Mr. Hudson viewed the phenomenon, and yet the
tremor passed totally unperceived by any of us.

The shake of 13th July, 1884, was unquestionably by far
the greatest shock of the whole series, and the only one that
I know of that furnished any permanent and unquestionable
exhibition of its violence. The principal tokens it left
behind, in Launceston, were the throwing down a finial from
the top of one of St. Andrew’s Church spires, and the dis-
placement of the masonry of another by about an inch, the
throwing down of the newly-erected chimney of a bakery,
also the top brick or tile of the chimney of Mr. Lay’s house.
All these effects however, may, I think, be accounted for
without supposing anything more than a very minute
shaking. (See M.S.)

On the day following, I visited some of the china and glass
warehouses, where I saw goods so piled that I should have
thought that merely walking heavily across the shop would
cause a smash; yet I> was told that nothing had been dis-
turbed. In fact, I was informed at Mr. Hubbard’s establish-

329

ment, that the rumbling of the carts along the street caused
more commotion amongst the crockery than the generality of
the tremors. :

T have dwelt at considerable length upon this branch of
the subject, namely, the extreme actual minuteness of the
earth-movement, besause [ have to combat an almost
universal impression that is directly opposed to my deduc-
tions. The question will naturally arise—How are we to
account for this impression? I am inclined to think these
tremors are vibrational—our nerve-system is peculiarly
sensitive to vibrations. The vibration of a great organ pipe
may be feltas well as heard. A tap with a walking stick
upon the end of a 20ft. log will be distinctly felt by a person
sitting on the other end. I have, while reclining on a spring
sofa, felt the vibration from a passing cart during its passage
along the whole length of the block.

Mr. Jackson, machinist, of Patterson-street, Launceston,
informs me that he spent some years in Japan, having left only
recently, where he was employed mechanically in the con-
struction of Mr. Milne’s successful seismometers. He assures
me that our tremors are very insignificant in comparison with
those prevalent in Japan, our strongest shocks only being
comparable to their weak ones.

With regard to the position of the focus, I assumed that there
were two modes of arriving at a solution of the question, the
one being a careful analysis of the lines of direction, and the
other a comparison of the times at which the shock was felt in
different localities. The first method, however, was found
to fail in practice, probably owing chiefly to the fact that
the molecular motion of a body in vibration is distinct and
different from the actual wave progression. The second
mode was rendered difficult and uncertain by the fact that
the time quotations were evidently in many cases inaccurate
and inconsistent.

Undoubtedly the tremor of 18th July, last year was, as I
have said, by far the greatest of the series, and, from she
wide range over which it was felt, was the first to furnish
sufficient data from which to form anything like an approxi-
mate estimate of the position of its focus. I made a very
careful analysis of the time records of this wave, which was
published in the Launceston Examiner of 22nd July. The
principle which I applied to this investigation I more parti-
cularly specified in a subsequent communication to the same
paper, dated September 2, 1884, as follows:—I assumed
that the earth-wave,‘ should progress in amore or less irregular
expanding circle, having the focus of disturbance in the
centre ; consequently there should be points situated all round

330

the circle where the tremor should be felt at the same
instant, just as a ripple from a stone thrown into a pond
progresses all round from the centre outwards.” Of course,
difference of conductivity in different strata would tend to
distort, more or less, the supposed circle; still, overlong dis-
tances, I think we may fairly assume a pretty nearly equal
average in different directions.

In applying this principle, it was necessary to first
“ smooth” the time curves, by averaging the different time
reports from contiguous localities (I had 54 to work upon).
I now quote from the article referred to (22 July):—

“Tt would appear that the wave first struck the coast
line of N.S. Wales, from Sydney to Eden, nearly simul-
taneously, at 2 p.m. (1°44 p.m. our time). It next reaches
Ringarooma at 1:55. A nearly synchronous line next passes
through Wilson’s Promontory, George Town, Launceston,
Midland, Hobart, and the Huon, at 1°57. Lastly, it reaches
Bischoff at 2-1. Now, the nearest focus ican find for these
synchronous curves is about the Hast Coast of New Zealand.
Setting one leg of a pair of compasses upon Mount Hgmont,
the other leg would strike these curves with considerable
accuracy. These curves are separated by a distance of about
260 miles (roughly) from inner to outer. An earthwave has
been estimated to travel at from 1200 to 1800 miles per hour.
The shock reached Sydney 17 minutes before it reached
Bischoff. This, at 20 miles per minute, would give 340 miles.
But I think we have good reason for estimating the progress
of the wave at a much slower rate, imasmuch as nearly alk
reports agree in describing the sound as preceding the shock,
showing that the earth wave was slower than the sound wave.
Taking this circumstance into account, I think the time
taken in passing from curve to curve is not inconsistent with
the foregoing hypothesis.”

In this analysis I am, of course, not responsible for the
correctness of the data, only for the conclusions deduced
therefrom.

Next in importance, both as to strength of shock, and also
with regard to the area over which it is traceable with
reasonable precision, is that of 19th September last. Apply-
ing the same principles of investigation as before, it would
appear that this wave first reached the N. Hast Coast at
about 8°30 p.m.; then Launceston at 8374; Longford,
Corners, Campbell Town, and Ross, at 8:38; and Prahran
and Cape Schanck, at 8°39 (our time). A synchronous curve
of 8:39 would pass through Prahran, Cape Schanck, and
George Town,—a little west of Launceston, by Campbell
Town, and somewhat east of Hobart. The focus of such a

331

curve would be about 500 miles east of Cape Howe. (See
my notes, Launceston Examiner, 2nd October).

So far then as the time record of these two great shocks may
be relied on, they agree in indicating a focus far away to the
eastward, and that the supposition that these emanated from
anywhere near the Straits Islands is quite untenable.

Although, as I think, the conclusion at which I have arrived
with reference to these particular shocks is inevitable from
their time record, I by no means contend for a general
application of that conclusion to the whole series. I have
long felt a strong leaning to the probability that the home
of a great proportion of these shocks is somewhere in the
vicinity of the N.E. of Tasmania. But I am inclined to think
it not only possible, but even probable, that they do not
necessarily spring from any one point in particular. It is
noteworthy that indications of direction have been extremely
varied and perplexing. For some time after the commence-
ment of these tremors, the prevailing direction appeared to
be from somewhere near North-West, suggesting Sunda as
their source. The time record, especially from August to
the beginning of December, 1883, showed a prevailing
progression towards the Hast and South, the shocks most
frequently reaching Launceston before the Hast Coast and
Hobart. Then there appeared a general change of direction,
and from about April or May, 1884, as a general rule, they
struck the N.E. Coast first. In my published meteorological
remarks for May, 1884, I wrote as follows :—‘“ I have observed
during the past two or three months a marked change in the
character of these tremors, inasmuch as they now appear to
proceed from no direction in particular, and frequently give
indications of a twisting motion.” This would appear to indi-
cate the transition stage.

Mr. Arthur Green, from whom I have received valuable
assistance, has an ingenious and effective little pendulum
seismometer, whose indications were frequently confirmatory
of the above-mentioned peculiarity of motion. Its tracings
about the time mentioned above often exhibited a more or less
circular figure, as if actuated by simultaneous transverse
forces. The shock of 2lst March last exhibited a some-
what similar characteristic. My seismometer (horizontal)
record was a circular mark of about ,, inch diameter, which
a magnifier showed to be crossed and re-crossed in all
directions.

On the question as to the origin of these tremors, it
appears to me that three hypotheses present themselves for
consideration :—

1. The operation of local volcanic forces—that is, that the
source is under our feet.

332

2. The vibrations from some distant centre, or centres, of
voleanie activity.

3. Minor forces, comparatively local, excited into sympathetic
activity, by some distant or general disturbance.

The first of these, I think, we may dismiss. As I remarked
in discussing the 183th July tremor, ‘immediately over the
focus of the disturbance the motion would be vertical, the
earth-wave becoming more and more inclined as it recedes
from that point.

Now, my seismometer readings indicate great inclination, or
very minute vertical motion in comparison with the horizontal.
This has been the general indication of my seismometers.

The second hypothesis is rather favoured by the records of
the great shocks 13th July, and 19th September ; but, against
that, we have no knowledge of any sudden or violent con-
vulsion in the direction indicated. Still, that there are forces
at work in that direction is evidenced by the boiling springs,
as well as at least one active voleano in New Zealand. It is,
I think, not improbable that deep subterranean action of no
ereat violence might propagate its vibrations to a long
distance.

The third hypothesis fits in with the fact, which should not
be overlooked, that during the whole period of these tremors,
the entire globe has been ina state of abnormal disquiet.
Within the period, there have been terrible earthquakes at
Ischia and Sunda, besides lesser in Persia, Asia Minor,
Spain, England and other places; also numerous volcanoes
abnormally active, and new ones breaking out in all directions
from Iceland and Alaska northwards, to New Zealand at
least southwards. (Those at the extreme south we do not
know about.) If the origin of our tremors were some fixed
centre, I think we should not have had so much trouble in
determining its position. After making all allowance for
errors in time, I think the indications go to show that the
minor tremors at least proceed from various directions. This
again favours the third hypothesis.

If we might admit the probability of our being affected
by shocks from the antipodes, it would almost seem as if our
tremors had some indirect connection with earthquakes that
have occurred the other side of the world. For comparison,
I give below the dates of earthquakes in other places, with
the nearest period of special activity in Tasmania :—

On 28th July, 1883, occurred the earthquake of Naples,
and on 80th we had several tremors during the day, some of
them felt generally throughout the island.

On the 26th August was the outbreak at Sunda.
We had an increase on 28th, culminating on 30th.

333

October 19th.—Asia Minor. Maximum in Tasmania on
26th, 27th, 28th. (Nothing very special.)

December 22.—Severe shock at Lisbon. 24th.—Launces-
ton (several tremors), and New Zealand.

February 10, 1884.- -Asiatic Turkey (severe). Tasmania,
for several consecutive days, both before and after, culmi-
nating in a violent one on the 14th, with several minor shocks
same day. |

April 22.— England. Tasmania, all through the month;
strong ones on 12th, 14th, 24th, 25th, and 26th ; and on 27th
my electric signal was going repeatedly, almost continuously.

May 19.—Persia.— Severe. _Tasmania.—Repeated and
almost continuous signals on 21st, 22nd, and 2érd.

January 26, 1885.—Alhama (Spain).—‘ Severe.” “ Tre-
mendous report. One person killed.”

27, 28.—Southern Syria.

27.— Valparaiso (morning).—Severe and long.

31.—Algiers—Hight houses destroyed.

30-31.—Tasmania (midnight).—Strong, after a month or
more of comparative quietness.

It will be seen by the foregoing list that a considerable
interval elapses between the earthquakes elsewhere and their
apparent effect upon us, far too long to admit of the
supposition that it 1s the direct wave that reaches us. But
may we not reasonably conceive of intermediate sources
of energy (whatever may be their nature, for I am not going
to commit myself to any volcanic theory in particular) which
require only the slightest jar to disturb into operation, such,
for instance, as fissures ready to collapse, or internal reser-
voirs of water, or gases, just ready to burst their bounds? I
simply throw out these suggestions for what they are worth;
I will not presume to dogmatise.

From the circumstance that very few of these shakings are
felt down in the mines, the opinion has been pretty widely
entertained, that they are merely superficial. I cannot accept
this inference. In the mines the men are engaged about their
work on solid ground with nothing but solid rock or earth
around them—nothing to clatter or shake, or to give any
indication of slight movement. On the contrary, above
ground we are probably comfortably reclining, in the quiet
of evening (when a great proportion of these tremors are
noticed) perhaps on a spring sofa, ina more or less shaky
tenement, and surrounded with glassware and nick-nacks that
vibrate and respond to the slightest motion. No wonder,
therefore, that minute shakings, totally unperceived by workers
underground, are obstrusively apparent to us.

It has been observed that earth-shocks have frequently been

304:

associated with sudden and sometimes violent barometrical
disturbance, from which I have been led to examine our own
barometrical readings in connection with our periods of
special telluric disturbance. JI have failed however to discover
any relationship between them. ‘These periods appear to be
associated indifferently with high or low, rising or falling
barometer.

I have on my notes several other points which I believe
would have been of interest, but I must forego them, as I
fear this paper will be deemed too long already.

I would take this opportunity of thanking my numerous
correspondents, who have from time to time assisted me by
their communications.

NOTES ON JEAN JULIEN HOUTEN DE
LaBILLARDIERE.
By Baron F. Von Mvetisrr, K.C.M.G.
(Read 14th July, 1885.)

Jean Julien Houton de LaBillardiere, born in Alengon
(Orne), 28th October, 1755; died in Paris, 8th January,
1834. He graduated in medicine in the University of Mont-
pellier, but subsequently devoted his studies almost exclu-
sively to botany. For this purpose he traversed first the
European Alps, and travelled, then, through some portion of
Britain. In 1786 and 1788 he was sent by Louis XVI. on a
botanic exploration of Syria, which brought him also to the
Lebanon. The literary result of this journey was his
work, “ Icones plantarum Syrie rariores,”’ the first part of
which appeared in 1791. When in 1792 the first search
expedition was sent out under Admiral d’Entrecasteaux to
ascertain the fate of Count La Pérouse and his crew, M. de
LaBillardiere became botanist of the expedition, and had
thus the splendid opportunity of rendering known much of
the vast vegetation of South-west Australia (King George’s
Sound having only in the year before been discovered by
Captain Vancouver), and aiso of the southern part of Tas-
mania, he being the first to explore phytologially the region
where now the town of Hobart stands, although Bruni Island
was visited during Cook’s second and third expeditions in
1773 and 1777 already. At the war time LaBillardiere’s
collections were confiscated in Java; but on his return to
Francewere restored to him through the influence of Sir Joseph

335

Banks, an act of generosity on which particular stress was laid
in the necrology of Banks in the French Academy. The results
of LaBillardiere’s researches during D’ Entrecasteaux’s expe-
dition are largely contained in the two folio volumes, “‘ Novae
Hollandize plantarum specimen,’ 1804-6; in the “ Relation
du voyage a la recherche de La Perouse,” 1799, of which soon
subsequently an English translation appeared. Further, in
the illustrated quarto publication, “ Sextum Austro-Cale-
donium”’ (1824-5), his three weeks’ stay in New Caledonia
during D’Entrecasteaux’s voyage affording La Billardiere the
opportunity to shed almost the first scientific light on the
largely endemic vegetation of that island, but very little
having been elucidated of that flora by the two Forsters
previously.

Sir James Smith having already, in 1793, dedicated the
genus Billardiere to the botanical companion of D’Entre-
casteaux, it being founded on the widely distributed south-
east Australian Billardiere scandens, to which, curiously
enough, LaBillardiere was able to add in Tasmania the
graceful and elegant B. longi flora De Candolle, described a
third in 1824, Bentham a fourth in 18638, while in late years
four species more were added to the genus by myself. (See
Census of Australian plants, p. 7.) It seems, however, not
likely that the genus will receive further additions to its
eight now known species.

DESCRIPTION OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF TERTIARY
FOSSIL PLANTS BELONGING TO THE GENERA
KUCALYPTUS and TAXITES.

By Rogzert M. Jounston, F.L.S.

[Read August 10, 1885.]

Among a very interesting collection of Fossil Plants, now
in the Royal Society’s Museum, I have discovered a new
species of Kucalyptus. This collection contains numerous
impressions of leaves belonging to the genera Laurus, Cinna-
momum, Fagus, Magnolia, and others more difficult to
determine. The general character of these remains (at one
time carefully numbered) as well as the species Cinnamomum
polymorphoides, McCoy indicate that they probably belong
to the same horizon as the lower zone of the Launceston
Tertiary Basin.

336

The locality whence they were obtained, however, is not
knownto me, although I had made enquiries of the late Messrs.
R. Gunn, and Roblin, and algo of Mr. T. Stephens, and others
who might be expected to throw light uponthe matter. Iam
inclined to the opinion that they were collected by the late Dr.
Milligan from the Tertiary Leaf Beds at Macquarie Harbour.
A fresh collection from this place might satisfactorily set this
doubt at rest.

The species of Tawites with fragmentary coniferous and
other plant impressions, too imperfect for determination, was
kindly forwarded to me by G. Thureau, F'.G.S., Inspector of
Mines, who collected them in clayey beds underlying and
intercalated between the basalt sheets at Mount Bischoff.
Mr. Thureau states that these clays overlie and are intimately
associated with the tin drift deposits at this place, and he
thinks that the clay sediments were derived from the volcanic
tuffs and other ejecta.

The species of Hucalyptus I have named in honour of Dr.
Milligan, who was the first local worker in Tastnania who con-
tributed largely to our knowledge of Tasmanian geology. The
species of Taxites I have named in honour of Mr. Thureau,
who has afforded us, in his many official reports, much valu-
able information regarding the mineralogy and stratigraphy
of the important mining localities.

The following is a description of the species referred to :-—
Taxites. Brogniart.

Leaves imear, narrow, or sub-falcate, obtuse, coriaceous,
fleshy, with a median rib ending in a minute mucrone, flat,
furnished with a half twisted pedicel which is briefly de-
current.

Taaites Thureaui, nov. sp.

Branchlets narrow, leaflets numerous, linear, somewhat
falcate, alternate, bilaterally and closely disposed, emerging
from the axis of branchlet at an acute angle; extremites pointed
and slightly incurved; decurrent pedicels nearly as broad as
leaves, and forming an imbricated appearance along the axis
of branchlets which is very fine; branchlets terminating in
imbricated broad scaly heads, probably containing the fruit.
Leaflet 2 millimetres long. Breadth across branchlet measur-
ing from tip to tip of bilateral leaflets 10 millimetres.

Locality—Tertiary leaf Beds, Mount Bischoff.
Eucalyptus Milligani, nov. sp. :

Leaves ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, mucronate acute, with
very numerous fine transverse parallel veins, the intramarginal
one scarcely distant from the edge. The lateral parallel veins
emerge and radiate gently outwards and upwards. ‘This

337

species more closely approaches the existing Eucalyptus ficifolia
of Western Australia than to existing species in Tasmania, or
to the described fossil species H. Kayseri, mihi, and H. Pluti
M‘Coy. Large specimens 9 inches long when perfect, and 2%
inches broad at greatest diameter.

Supposed locality—Tertiary Leaf Beds, Macquarie Harbour.

MOSS FLOWERS, SPLIT-MOSS, BOG-MOSS, AND
EARTH-MOSS.
By R. A. Bastow,
[Read August 10, 1885. ]
Moss Flowers.

In a paper on Mosses, read before this Society on the 12th
of last May, the more easily distinguished generic characters
of that natural order were described, and amongst them the
peristomes or fringes of teeth surrounding the mouths of the
fruit capsules, which deck their summits as with jewelled
crowns. The inflorescence of these tiny plants was not re-
ferred to at that time; nevertheless, a brief description
thereof is essential to the study of bryology, and it may
interest the Fellows of the Royal Society.

The male inflorescence consists of antheridia, minute oblong
bodies intermixed with a number of jointed filaments, or
paraphyses. These are enclosed by leaves, and altogether form
a small bud-like flower (flos gemmaceus, Mitt.), or they are some-
times surrounded by short spreading leaves, and, consequently,
with the antheridia visible from above (los discoideus, Mitt.).
Some species of these latter flowers cannot fail to attract the
attention of the most casual observer, appearing, as they do,
to the unassisted vision, even at the distance of two or three
yards, as glittering green or reddish stars dotted about on
the darker green velvety masses of moss that cushion the
moist and clayey bank.

The female inflorescence consists of archegonia, small bodies
of an oblong form and swollen at the base. Individually, they
are not unlike a flask in appearance, the upper portion or neck
being in some respects analogous to the style and stigma in a
phanerogamous plant. These are also mixed with jointed
filaments or paraphyses, and in some species they may be
found with antheridia in the same flower, they are then
synoicous.

308

In order to minutely examine the antheridia and archegonia,
they should be denuded of the perigonal leaves as closely as
possible by means of a pair of a tweezers; they may then be
laid on a glass slide with a drop of water and be finely
divided with a sharp knife, they should afterwards be spread
out a little with a needle point and be covered with a thin
covering class. They should first be examined with a half-
inch objective, and again with an eighth of an inch objective.

The archegonia never develope into fruit unless they are in
the neighbourhood of antheridia, any botanist paying
attention to the growth of mosses will be able to produce
instances to prove that dioicous mosses (mosses that have the
male and female inflorescence on separate plants), im whose
neighbourhood no male plants of the same species occur,
produce perfect archegonia, but never fruit. Fertilization
must take place before fruit can be developed. The contents
of the antheridia being probably of vital importance to the
commencement of growth of the germen in the archegonia,
they become interesting objects for imvestigation with the
microscope. When thus examined it is observed that as the
antheridia become ripe they open at the upper extremity, and
from thence flows a granular substance composed of
innumerable cells. If one of these cells is closely examined,
an antherozoid will be observed coiled up in its centre; each
of the innumerable cells contain each an antherozoid, these
become free in a short time and roll about the field of vision
by means of cilia, sometimes for three or four hwurs. Similar
moving bodies may be observed in the paraphyses.

Unger, Pritchard, Griffiths, Mitten, Hofmeister, and others
have borne testimony in their several works to this singular
phenomenon. Hofmeister, in his work on the Higher Crypto-
gams, p. 156, says: “I have not succeeded in finding sperma-
tozoa (antherozoids) in the central cell of the archegonium of
mosses, near the germinal vesicle as I have in ferns. I have,
however, seen in Funaria, a moving spermatozoon, which has
penetrated through the third part of the length of the neck
of an archegonium which was ready for impregnation.”

When the archegonium has been fertilised, the interior
seed-vessel rapidly advances in growth, and the young seta,
or fruit stalk, may be seen to be developed at the base, its
summit gradually forcing the seed-vessel upwards. As the
young capsule rises, the strain on the outer coating of the
archegonium is so great as to rupture it transversely, the
upper part adhering to the young capsule in its ascension, and
forming the beautiful object known as the veil or calyptra
which adorns the ripe capsule.

In thus briefly glancing at their life history, how strange it
is that this lovely though lowly order of plants should produce,

339

shall we say animalcul, and that when, by insects or by the
gentle breeze, these are carried to the ripe archegonia, each
organism should develope into, not one, but a multitude of
eges or spores, and each egg or spore, under favourable con-
ditions, capable of developing into a perfect plant. The
note which the Poet Laureate strikes, elicits a sympathetic
vibration as he pens in song :—
“ Flower in the crannied wall,

I pluck you out of the crannies ;

Hold you here in my hand,

Little flower, root and all.

And if I could understand

What you are, roots and all, and all in all,

I should know what God and man is.”

Sus-orDER 1. ANDREmACEm. Split Mosses.
Genus 1. Andreza.

The golden margined' and black-brown centred tuft of
Andrea, the only genus in the sub-order Andrezacee, affects
not “‘ the mossy fountains sedgy sids,” nor yet “the limpid
bubbling rill,” disdainful of such poetic corners, it aspires to
great altitudes, and finding a congenial home on the face
of the ancient storm-worn escarpment, there it luxuriates
and aiétains perfection. Bridel, in his ‘ Muscologia Universa,”
informs us that is found on the Alps at the line of perpetual
snow, and that it is rarely found on low elevations or on
plains. Mitten, in the 12th Vol. of the Journal of the
Linneen Society, definez its habitat at an elevation of from
11,000 to 14,UVU0 feet above the sea for the continent of South
America; and Hobkirk, in his Synopsis of British Mosses,
places it at Alpine and sub-Alpine heights. It has, however,
been obtained within one mile of Hobart, and R. M. John-
ston, Esq., has observed it near the sea level on the northern
shores of Tasmania.

If we proceed along the quarry road which skirts the
southern base of Knocklofty, the first great moss-covered
and lime-stained crags that arrest our attention on the right,
are clothed in parts with fruited tufts of this genus. These,
with Bartramia and Fruilania, give richly varied tints to the
face of the cliff.

This singular genus is the connecting link of the two
natural orders Musci and Hepatice, and is therefore very
interesting. The capsule is small and erect, and bursts
by four or more vertical slits when it is ripe. In this
character it closely resembles a Jungermannia, but in other
respects it is truly a moss.

There are only five species described in Flora Tasmaniz as
native of this Island, and the number has not been increased
in Mitten’s recent catalogue of Australian mosses; but it is
highly probable that other species will be found on the slopes

310

of our lofty ranges. The beautiful Andreza Wilsoni may
yet be discovered for Tasmania, and this would indeed be a
reward forall the fatigue endured by the young botanist i in
search of new species.

SuUB-ORDER 2. SpHAGNACE®. Bog Mosses.
Genus 2. Sphagnum.

The name of this genus, the only genus in the Sub-order,
was used by Pliny to designate the lemon-coloured tufts of
Usnea (Lichen) that mantled the trunks and branches of
trees in Italian forests, a growth by no means unfamiliar to
us in Tasmania at the present day. According to Bridel,
Dillenius first gave this name to the bog mosses, and
Linneeus and Hedwig perpetuated it. Sphagnum may be
found all the world over; in Lapland, the careful mother
gathers and weaves the snowy tufts into a comfortable bed
for her baby, it is so soft and spongy, so beautiful and pure,
and when lined with eider down as it often is, it is a
comfortable and cosy nest for the as vet unhardened
inhabitant of that bitterly coid country.

The Sphagnum bogs cover extensive areas in Great Britain,
and one of the greatest difficulties that George Stephenson
had to encounter in making the Lancashire and Yorkshire
Railway was the great bog known as Chat Moss. The
Sphagnum plants in that bog reach down to an enormous
depth.

When the Sphagnum bog becomes filled up and consolidated
it forms peat, a substance as useful to the Skye-crofter or
to the isolated inhabitants of England, Ireland, and Wales as
wood or coal is to the Hobartian.

In the economy of nature the Sphagnum bog plays no un-
important part; the waterlogged depression is its home, there
it luxuriates and multiplies, levying new substance from the
surrounding light and air; the depression in the fulness of
time becomes filled up, and in its turn is ready to yield to the
husbandman produce for his toil. There are seven species
of this genus described in Flora Tasmaniz ; to these may be
added other two species, viz: S. Nove Zealandie (Mitten),
from Mitten’s recent catalogue, and S. Moss-manianum
(C. Muller). A specimen of this last may be seen in Mr.
Archer’s collection of mosses in the Royal Society’s possession,
Patches of this moss may be found at the top of Mount
Wellington and near the Springs. Mr. Abbott, of the Royal
Society’s gardens obtains large quantities near Brown’s River ;
itis so plentiful there that the carts back into the bogs
almost to the depths of the wheels, and the sphagnum is
forked into the cart as though it were hay, it is then sent
away to fulfil some useful purpose.

341

The species are distinguished by the thickness of the
cortical layer surrounding the stem; this is in some species
constituted of five layers of cells, in others of three layers,
and in yet others of one layer only. This specific character,
in conjunction with the form of the leaf, is sufficient to
identify the few species as yet known in Tasmania. The
capsule is nearly globose and is sessile on the seta or fruit
stalk, and the mouth of the capsule is destitute of peristome
or teeth. It is, notwithstanding, an elegant form, and can
be easily examined with a pocket lens. The leaves are re-
markable for their singular cellular structure, and each cell
contains a formation which Robert M. Stark in his “ British
Mosses ” designates “a spiral fibre.”

Sus-OrRDER 3. BRYACEA.
Section 1.. Fruit terminal.

Tribe 1. PsHascmw. Earth Mosses—Genus 3.—Phascum.
The plants of this genus arethesmallest of all mosses, and
probably the smallest of all flowering plants, some of the
species not exceeding the size of an ordinary pin’s head, roots,
stem, leaves, and fruit included. All are perfect after their
kind, and as varied and beautiful as flowering plants of larger
growth and more easily observed.

These tiny plants must be looked for on the beds of dried
up pools and on clayey or chalky banks; it will even be
necessary to kneel down with pocket lens in hand and care-
fully examine the surface of the soil to detect the presence
of some species. The capsule of Phascum bursts irregularly
when ripe, and in this character it differs from all other
mosses. The brightly coloured capsule, the intensely green
leaves, the flowers, and the markea cellular structure
combine to make this plant an interesting object for dark
ground illumination with the microscope, one which may
justly lead us to reflect on the mystic Vital Force, that of one
primordial cell, developes, in its own peculiar way, and by
two generations, into a minute but perfect Phascum plant ;
and of another to all appearance exactly similar cell, in its
own peculiar but very diverse way, into a giant Pine or
Eucalyptus.

342

DESCRIPTION OF TWO APPARENTLY NEW
SPECIES OF GENUS ANCILLARIA. ZAM.

By W. F. Perrerp, C.M.Z.S.
[Read September 7, 1885. |

AncILuARIA Fusirormis, n. sp. Shell fusiform, somewhat
thin, white to pale chestnut, shining; spire produced milky-
white with thin layer of callous, spirally striated above and
below the suture, which is margined below with a broad zone
of the same appearance, bounded with a distinct spiral line ;
base of body-whorl milky-white, bilined; columella thinly
callous, extending on to body-whorl, obliquely striated at
base; aperture elongately orate; outer lip thin.

Long. 20; lat. 9 mil. Apert. long. 10; lat. 4 mil.

Hasirat.—Swan Island, Bass’ Straits.

This shell is much smaller and more fusiform than its
nearest ally A. Marginata Lam or its var. Tasmanica T. Woods;
it also differs in colour and general structure. So far I have
only obtained it from the locality given, but in all probability
its range extends to the other islands in the vicinity or even
to the mainland. The examples are not in very good con-
dition, but quite sufficient to show its distinct specific
characters from the more widely distributed and abundant
form. Like the olives, all the species are much of the same
structure, but, unlike that genus, they are very constant in
specific characters.

ANCILLARIA Oxptusa,n. sp. Shell ovate, thick, shining,
white to pale fulvous ; whorls about 5; svire short, rounded,
lined, covered with a thick callous deposit, apex obtuse,
blunt ; body-whorl margined above and below with a broad
milky zone, and lined at the base; columella with a thick
layer of enamel extending on to the body-whorl, perceptibly
wriukled and twisted at the canal; outer lip thin, acute.

Long. 17; lat. 8 mil. Apert. long. 105; lat. 4 mil.

Hasrrat.—North-West Coast.

This is comparatively a small stout form, with a short
swollen and rounded spire, caused by its rather thick deposit
ofenamel. It is very distinct from the preceding specie, and
equally constant in form, colour, and general structure. I
submitted examples to Professor Tate’s critical examination,
atid his opinion is that it is quite separate from our other
species. From its small size it has probably been passed
over asa stunted var. of A. marginata. Like many of our
more recently discovered species it appears to be local
in habitat, although not by any means rare, in favourable
localities, between Tamar Heads and Table Cape.

1.
p
_ a

343

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS REGARDING THE
CLASSIFICATION OF THE UPPER PALAOZOIC
AND MESOZOIC ROCKS OF TASMANTA, TOGETHER
WITH A FULL DESCRIPTION OF ALL THE
KNOWN TASMANIAN COAL PLANTS, INCLUDING
A CONSIDERABLE NUMBER OF NEW SPECIES.

By Rost. M. Jounston, F.L.S., Erc.
[Read September 9th, 1885. ]

CaRBONIFEROUS System (Up. Pal.)

By common consent the name given to this system, in
Europe especially, applies to a vast series of rocks, well
represented in every division of the globe, composed
principally cf alternating beds of sandstone, shale, fireclay,
ironstone, coal, and limestone. In Europe and America the
beds of the system pass imsensibly into the underlying
Devonian, although its principal members are most markedly
distinguished from the latter by its peculiarly rich and
characteristic vegetable deposits. It is to this profusion of
vegetable remains that the system owes its name. Although
in Europe the upper limits of the Carboniferous system can,
with some degree of satisfaction, be separated from the
lower limits of the succeeding system, known as the Permian,
or Dyas, which according to artificial classification is
deemed to close the Paleozoic age, it is not as yet always
possible in other countries, especially in Australasia, to find
special stratigraphic or organic characters, whereby the
divisions between the two periods can even be most distantly
approximated. The two systems for the purposes of this
paper are therefore grouped as one under the term
Carboniferous system.

The difficulties of any attempt to define the equivalents of
the Carboniferous and Permian systems in Australasia may
perhaps be unfelt or overlooked to a great extent by many
Paleontologists, whose observations are often based upon
collections made in the field by other ha: ds, but it is other-
wise with the field geologist, who must needs correlate locally
stratigraphy with paleontology, and therefore cannot so
easily ignore the evidences of the former when dealing with
the latter. The field worker, therefore, finds much greater
difficulty than the Paleontologist, as such, in any attempt to
break into minor systematic sub-divisions, the various
formations of any local group which seem to run insensibly
into each other. Divisions of systems are, at the best,
artifis.. and imaginary as regards the whole succession of

344

rocks on the earth’s surface—a fact which is too often over-
looked—and they are only of local value where the breaks
or limits of characteristic life and stratigraphical connection
can be seen to coincide.

Conclusions from Paleontology, based upon the association
of typical organisms with typical rocks in one part of the
earths surface, certainly form a strong presumption in favour
of their application in a distant part of the earth where such
combined associations seem to harmonise, and no doubt in
a large measure this holds good, but they are also apt, by force
of preconception, to mislead the Palzontologist where the
evidences of Stratigraphy are obscure or in conflict. Nothing
has so strongly demonstrated the value of Jukes’ cautions as
a field geologist, in the consideration of such matters, as the
discovery of the existence in Australia cf a land flora of
European Mesozoic aspect, interstratified with a marine fauna
of a distinctly marked European Paleozoic facies. It is not
without advantage that mistakes were made by/Paleontologists
over this question, for it has profitably warned us that, in all
such matters, we are too apt to crystalise opinion ; to fall back
upon an old locally useful generalisation, rather than be at
the trouble to readjust the true relations of fresh facts
and fresh combinations in areas far removed from the centre
where the first generalisation was formed, and where, probably,
it still holds good. Much unnecessary warmth of controversy
between able and well-informed authorities might have been
obviated hitherto if questions regarding centres of origin
had received due attention in a broad and philosophical spirit
when discussing the new facts and relations in Stratigraphy
and Paleontology, which at first sight seemed to be evidences
of “ conflicting testimonies of the rocks.” It cannot be too
frequently asserted that the associated facts of stratigraphic
and organic relation in one part of the world can never be
severed or successfully subordinated by generalisations or
deductions, however skilfully made, from dissimiliarly
associated facts or relation in another distant part of the
world ; and it is this conviction, enforced by the difficulties of
local experience in the investigation of Tasmanian geology,
extending now over a period of 15 years, which induces me
to concur with Mr. Jukes (p. 22, “Sketch of the Physical
Structure of Australia, 1850”) in the statement that,
before we can rest satisfied with “existing classification of
the rocks of Carboniferous, Permian, or Mesozoic age, we must
study more thoroughly many questions, such as the
original centre of production of the animals (or plants), and
the time necessary for their migration and general spreading
over the globe. Whether they might not have become ex-
tinct at the spot where they first began to exist before they

345

could spread in vast numbers over the opposite hemisphere.”

“ Questions like these have yet to be answered before we
can determine whether or no strict synchronism (or homo-
taxial relation for that matter) can be deduced from the fact
of the fossils in opposite hemispheres being representative of,
or even, if it turns out so, identical with each other. At all
events, we must not trust too implicitly to single or isolated
facts. We must get the series of formations in each case and
compare them with each other, and endeavour to trace out
some common starting point of time before we shall be able
to draw clear geological horizons, establish definite chrono-
logical epochs common to the whole earth.”

With these observations of so thoughtful a geologist
as the late Mr. Jukes I am still in complete accord, not-
withstanding the valuable contributions made to our
knowledge since that time by the combined labours of men
of such genius and skill as McCoy, De Koninck, Etting-
shausen, Miieller, Feistmantel, Tenison-Woods, Tate, R.
Etheridge, jun., and many more.

It does not follow that because Glossopteris and other
fossil genera of Mesozoic facies have been demonstrated (by
W. B. Clark, Daintree, Feistmantel, and other authorites) to
have their beginning in Australasia in the Paleozoic age,
that these alone are to be regarded as having made their
appearance in Australasian rocks anterior to their appearance
in India and Europe. From evidences available there is a
presumption that other typical genera may also have
appeared in Australasian rocks anterior to the period, in
which they or their congeners make their appearance
in the rocks of countries widely separated from Australia ;
and hence we cannot as yet confidently accept classifications
recently proposed by some authors who divide with too much
artificial precision many closely related formations in Austral-
asia whose stratigraphic relationships are still too obscure or
uncertain to warrant the finer subdivisions of the Paleontolo-
gist. Paleontology divorced from facts of local Stratigraphy
s unsatisfactory. Huxley forcibly observes (“‘ Lay Sermons,”
p- 234) “There seems, then, no escape from the admission
that neither Physical Geology nor Paleontology possesses any

‘method by which the absolute synchronism of two strata can

be demonstrated. All that Geology can prove is local order
of succession.’ It cannot be overlooked also that the
materials upon which the Paleontologist works are often de-
ceptive and unsatisfactory. There is not the connection
between essential parts of classification nor the means of
frequent verification, as in the study of living plants and
animals, which also has its difficulties, and hence it too
frequently happens that a great number of the generic and

346

specific creations of Palzeontologists are of necessity artificial,
as they are formed upon trivial characters which, on fuller
knowledge regarding fruit and other essentials, may to a large
extent prove to be individual variation rather than distinctly
specific. Professor W. C. Williamson, in his opening address
to the Geological Section of the British Association at South-
port, in 1883, has strongly commented upon dangers to true
and natural classification from this source. In his remarks,
under the section F'Erns, he states (see p. 524, “‘ Nature,” Sept.,
1883) “The older taxonomic of Paleozoic Fern-life is with
few exceptions, of little scientific value. Hooker and others
have uttered in vain wise protests against the system that
has been pursued. Small fragments have had generic and
specific names assigned to them with supreme indifference to
the study of morphological variability amongst living types.
The undifferentiated tip of a terminal pinnule has had its
special name, whilst the more developed structures, forming
the lower part of the frond, have supplied two or three species.
Then the distinct forms of the fertile fonds may have
furnished additional oves whilst a further cause of confusion
is seen in the wide difference existing between a young half-
developed seedling and the same plant at an advanced stage
of growth.”

Since these observations were written Professor F. W.
Hutton has contributed a most interesting article bearing upon
subject (‘‘ Geological Nomenclature,” pp. 59-61, Geol. Mag.,
1885) in which he very ably supports similar ideas. He
states that it is quite impossible to squeeze the rock systems
of other regions into those found in the Huropean. They
will not fit, and he therefore justly contends that all desig-
nations of sub-divisions of systems in Hurope, as well as else-
where, should have a local application only, and that in
tabular or other comparisons the several local sub-divisions of
a great system or era, such as the Paleozoic, should simply be
treated as independent local groupings of the local sequence,
against, or between which, may be approximately related
the equivalent or complementary systems of distant
regions. The necessity for these distinctions, although
recognised by Dr. Geikie (pp. 634636, ‘Text Book
of Geology”), is not sufficiently appreciated by him
as regards the world-wide application of European sub-
divisions of great systems. For he still believes that regional
names (Huropean statedly), whatever may have been their
origin, are upou the whole best adapted for general use ; and
accordingly he cites Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, Permian,
and Jurassic as types of this class of divisional names as
having been adopted all over the globe,

Undoubtedly, so far as the three first-named systems are

347

concerned, his remarks are perfectly true, but as regards the
two latter there are difficulties in the way of their being
adopted in Australasia. Professor Hutton again aptly observes
(Geol. Mag., Feb., 1885, p. 60). “We can always speak
of the ‘Paleozoic’ or the ‘Mesozoic’ rocks of a
country with all the accuracy required when using such
terms, while we cannot always du the same _ with
sufficient accuracy when referring to rocks belonging
to the shorter periods or epochs. For example,’ he goes on
to say, “I can speak of the Mesozoic rocks of New
Zealand because the term is wide and makes no pretension to
accuracy, but I cannot speak of Jurassic cr Cretaceous rocks of
New Zealand with any approach to accuracy, although our
present immethodical nomenclature often compels me to
do so.”

These difficulties have also been pointed out by W. T.
Blanford, F.R.S. (in “ Classification of Sedimentary Strata,”
pp. 318-9, Geol Mag., July, 1884). He expressly states that,
“so far as the Geology of India has been studied, it appears
doubtful whether the sedimentary formations of that country
can be accurately classified by means of the European sub-
divisions. The difficulty, it is true, is partly due.to the
paucity of fossils in Indian rocks, but partly also to the cir-
eumstance that the breaks in the sequence do not correspond
with those especially remarkable in Europe.’ He elsewhere
remarks that the same objection applies to other parts of
the world.

If the stratigraphic breaks in India do not harmonise with
those of Europe, what likelihood is there in finding corres-
ponding breaks in the rocks of Australasia? I have, there-
fore, advanced good reasons for the course adopted by me
hereafter in refraining to refer local rocks to sub-divisions of
the Mesozoic Period, and also for merging the Carboniferous
and Permian locally into one group, in harmony with the
known facts of stratigraphy.

The Carboniferous System in Tasmania, as thus defined,
is marked, stratigraphically and organically, in its lower
limits by an important break, so far as its relation with the
uppermost members of the clay-slates of Lower Paleozoic
age can be ascertained. Whether the Upper Devonian of
Europe can in Tasmania be separated from the continuous
Upper Paleozoic rocks, and the Lower Devonian from the
Upper Silurian slates is a matter which has yet to be decided.

Mr. Gould considered that the soft clay-slates of Fingal
immediately and unconformably overlying similar clay-slates,
but presenting special characters, and similarly related to the
lower members of the carboniferous marine beds above, were
the highest members of the Lower Paleozoic rocks known to

348

him. No fossils, however, were found in them by him, and he
classed them as the uppermost members of the Silurian age,
provisionally as follows. (See p. 29, ‘‘ Proceedings Royal
Society of Tasmania, 1866.”)

1. Fingal Beds......Clay-slates, sand-stones, and grits.

Mudstones | Calymene, i Thin quartz
2. Hidon Valley} and Orthis, reeis not
Clay-slates. | Cardiola, ete | abundant.

Limestones
Slates

3. Gordon Beds Limestones
Conglomerates
Quartzose Sandstone

It is singular thatina piece of the uppermost clay-slates
sent to me some years ago, I discovered a very well
preserved species of Anodonta, on breaking up _ the
specimen, also fragmentary impressions of the bark of
some forms of vegetation. The species of Anodonta (which
I shall for reference sake here call A. Gouldii, in honour of
Mr. Charles Gould, who, perhaps, more than other person,
contributed to our knowledge of the earlier rocks of
Tasmania) is almost identical with the well known Anodonta
Jukesii, one of the most characteristic fossils, if not the only
fresh-water lammelibranch of the Lower Devonian rocks of
Treland.

The organisms, therefore, point clearly to a fresh-water
origin, and the stratigraphical break above and below, also
falls exactly into the position of Devonian rocks, as defined
by Jukes in the following terms (p. 491, “ Text Book’) :—

“ All rocks which were formed after the uppermost of those
which can be called Silurian, and before the lowest of any
which can be called Carboniferous, may be classed as Devonian
rocks, and looked upon as records of Devonian time.” ‘The
Upper Fingal clay and arenacious slates exactly fit into this
definition, and the fresh-water organisms, A. Gouldii, and the
vegetable impression strongly incline me to regard these
slates as Devonian.

Here stratigraphy and paleontology are in harmony. The
evidences collected by me from various parts of the island,
respecting the sequence of the Carboniferous rocks of 'Tas-
mania, are so numerous that it would be beyond the purposes
of this sketch to attempt to cite them in detail.

The characteristic rocks of the Carboniferous System in
Australia and Tasmania consist primarily of thin regular
bands of siliceous conglomerates, blue slaty shales, limestones,
argillo-caleareous and argillo-arenaceous rocks of a yellow or
white appearance, with intercalated bands near its uppermost

i 349

limits, composed of fine greyish laminated shales, bituminous
shales and thin coal seams. The members are, for the most
part, extremely rich in fossils, of which the following is a list
of the more typical forms :—

PuantaE, Glossopteris Browniana, Brong; Gangamopteris
spathulata, McCoy ; Tasmanites punctatus, Newton; Noeggera-
thiopsis spathulata, Dana; Vertebraria australis, M’Coy ;
Cordaites sp.; Schizoneura, sp.; Silicificd trunks of Conifers
in profusion, etc.

Crustacea, Cythere Tasmanica, mihi.

Potyzoa, Fenestella internata, Lonsdale ; T. plebeia, M‘Coy;
Protoretepora ampla, Lonsdale; Stenopora Tasmaniensis.

Bracuropopa.—Leptena, sp.; Orthis Mitchelini, L’ Eveillé ;
Orthotetes crenistria, Phillips ; Productus brachythyerus, G.
Sowerby ; P. cora, D’Orbigny ; P. fimbriatus, J. de C. Sowerby ;
P. fragilis, Dana; P. murchisonianus, De Koninck; P.
punctatus, Martin; P. pustulosus, Phillip; P. scrabiculus,
Martin; P. semireticulatus (?), Martin; P. subquadratus,
Morris; P. wndatus, Defrance; Rhynconella pleurodon ;
Strophalosia Clarkei, De Koninck; S. Jukesii, Etheridge, Jun.;
Spirifera convoluta, Phill.; 8. crassicostuta, Jukes; S. Darwinit,
Morris; S. glabra, Martin; S. lata, M‘Coy; 8S. oviforniis,
M‘Coy; S. Stokesii, King; 8S. Strezeleckii, De Koninck; S.
Tasmaniensis, Morris; S. trigonalis (?), Martin ; 8. vespertilio,
G. Sowerby ; Terebratula sacculus, Martin.

Motuvscea, proper—Allorisma curvatum, Morris; Aviculo-
pecten Fitioni, Morris; A. Hardyi, De Koninck; A. Illawarensis,
Morris; A. limeformis, Morris; <A. ptychotis, M‘Coy; A.
squamuliferus, Morris; A. Tasmaniensis, M‘Coy (m.s.); A.
tesselatus, Phillips ; Cardiamorpha striatella (?), De Koninck ;
Edmondia striatocostata, M‘Coy ; Hurydesma sacculus, M‘Cov ;
Modiolo crassissima (?), M‘Coy ; Modiolopsis, sp ; Notomya, sp ;
Orthonata compressa, Morris; Pachydomus carinatus, Morris; P.
globosus, J. de C. Sowerby ; P. ovalis, M’Coy ; P pusillus (2),
M’Coy ;-Pterinea macroptera, Morris ; Pteronites latus, M’Coy ;
Sanguinolites Etheridgei, De Koninck; Tellinomya Clarkei, De
Konineck; Bellerophon convolutus, De Koninck; Capulus,
sp.; Euomphalus catillus, Martin; EH. Bigsbyi, De Koninck ;
E. minimus (?), M’Coy ; Pleurotomaria, Morrisiana M’Coy ; P.
Woodsti, Johnston; Connularia sp.; Theca lanceolata, Morris ;
Cameroceras Phillipsit (7), De Koninck ; Goniatites microm-
phalus, Morris.

To these might be added many more examples now await-
ing determination in my collection. In the greater number
of cases it will be observed that the species are identical
with those given in similar formations in New South Wales,

350

where owing to the energy of the late Rev. W. B. Clarke, and
to the skill of De Koninck, the fossils of that country have
been worked out more fully and systematically.
As regards New South Wales, De Koninck tablulates 316
species of fossils, as follows :—
Genera. Species.

Upper Silurian 43 62
Devonian 38 74
Carboniferous 13 180

Total 154 316

Of the fauna, 81 species at least are common to the
Paleozoic formations of Europe, while many of the typical
plants of the Carboniferous coal measures of Australasia are
at least generically identical with those found in India in
rocks of supposed Mesozoic age.

The various members of the Carboniferous System in
Tasmania, are more or less horizontally disposed, although
greatly dislocated by more recent intrusions of greenstone
and secular upheaval, and subsequently subjected to great
long continued denudation. The varying altitudes at which
apparently the same members are found, together with the
valleys of erosionso common throxghout the country,show the
vastness of the dynamical agencies which have operated upon
them since their deposition.

Generally its members are so intimately associated with the
older and newer diabasic greenstones that they cannot very
well be considered apart in any attempt to describe them. It
will be observed from the Geological sketch, recently prepared
by Mr. Sprent and myself, that the diabasic greenstones form
the elevated plateaus and mountains, as well as the principal
minor dividing ranges throughout a great part of the
Midland, Northern, Hastern, and South-Eastern parts of the
island, and that they may be said to be comparatively, if not
wholly, absent from the extreme western part, where the
older Silurian and Metamorphic rocks prevail with their
associated granites and porphyries.

The great central greenstone plateau of the Lake Country,
in its Northern part especially, preserves a general rugged or
undulating level of about 4,000 feet altitude, and its higher
bosses and peaks, and its valleys do not vary much more
than 1,000 feet above or below this uniform level. From the
Picton to Gad’s Hill, a distance northerly of over 100 miles
its westerly limit may be roughly traced, forming a bold and
widely undulating margin relative to the western country,
whose immediate general upland surface ranges between 2,000
and 3,000 feet above sea level. This margin is markedly

351

broken by the elevated outlying spur forming the Eldon
Range near Lake St. Clair. From Gad’s Hill in a south-
easterly direction to the Table Mountain, a distance of not
less than 90 miles, its similarly indented margin presents a
still bolder character as it approaches and contrasts with the
lower fertile plains and valleys of the Meander and South
Esk, which seldom exceeds an altitude from 600 to 700 feet
above sea level. At the great Northern and Southern water
divide, in the neighbourhood of the Table Mountain, it
suddenly recedes and contracts, forming a large bight in
the direction of the Upper Derwent tributaries, notably
the rivers Nive and Ouse, from which its level tends
to fall, and its marginal boundaries, though frequently
rising into high mountain ridges towards Mount Wellington,
no longer maintains the uniform boldness of outline which
characterises it in its northerly aspect.

With the exception of Ben Lomond, which attains an
altitude of 5,010 feet, the remaining isolated or ramifying
ereenstone dividing ranges, distributed throughout the basin
of the Tamar, Derwent, and Coal River, and along the broken
or deeply indented coast line of the East, are tame in
character when compared with the elevated far-extending
tiers of the Great Central Plateau.

Nearly everywhere along and against this plateau, and the
greenstone crests of Ben Lomond, Mount Dromedary, Mount
Nicholas, Eldon Range, Mount Gell, Grass Tree Hill, Consti-
tution Hill, and most of the more elevated South-Eastern
dividing ranges, the various members of the Carboniferous
and Mesozoic rocks are seen to repose invariably almost in an
horizontal position, or, at most, with a very slight dip towards
or away from them. This general character is_ best
appreciated by following the dark-grey color bands of the
Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic rocks as described in the
sketch map referred to.

In my opinion it would seem probable that the greater
part of the greenstone rocks were erupted prior to the
deposition even of the lower members of the Carboniferous
mudstones, andat a time when, from secular causes, the older
rocks of the South-Eastern and Central parts of the island,
after long suberial exposure, were slowly being submerged
below the level of the Upper Paleozoic sea. So far as
existing evidences show, it seems to me that this depression
must have occurred towards the close of the Devonian, or at the
commencement of the Carboniferous, period. Strzelecki, who
was the first observer who graphically described these rocks,
thought that the main masses of greenstone forming the
Western and such mountain chains as Mount Wellington and
Ben Lomond, were erupted subsequent to the deposition of the

352

Mesozoic rocks, and that the former were intruded through
the latter and formed vast sheets, which, as overspreading
caps, protected them in a large measure from the great denu-
dation which undoubtedly occurred subsequently and of
which there is the most abundant evidence throughout the
plains and valleys lying within the limits of the Upper
Paleozoic and Mesozoic Systems.

Dr. Milligan and Chas. Gould also followed Strzelecki in
this opinion, as all of these writers in their ideal sections
picture the sedimentary formations as dipping continuously
under the elevated greenstone mountains and tiers, against
which they have already been describedas abutting more or less
horizontally. Jukes, however, was doubtful of this relation-
ship, and discussed the probability of certain greenstone
masses being of older date than the sedimentary rocks.
In the latter case we would have to assume that the narrow
lineal strips of Carboniferous sedimentary rocks, as also the
overlying coal measures, with their denuded and precipitous
faces, flanking the main greenstone tiers and mountain ranges
are, with the wasted members of the lower valleys and plains,
only the mere remnant ofa once greatly extended sedimentary
formation, which, by long-continued action of subzerial erosive
agencies, were cut and wasted away in the formation of later
deposits, and whatever elevation and dislocation has taken
place locally subsequent to their deposition the earlier eruptive
greenstone upon which they flank or rest may also have been
similarly affected by them. The consequences of this
assumption would therefore lead one to infer that the vertical
faces at the higher levels abutting against the greenstone
slopes are mainly the result of denudation rather than
dislocation. Nodoubt, repeated general elevation movements
in later times may account for some of the examples. At any
rate, the greater elevation would intensify the erosive agencies.
This assumption, althougii seriously affecting our prospects as
regards the extension of our coal seams beneath the tiers in
various parts of the island, has been demonstrated to be
perfectly true so far as the greenstone and sedimentary rocks
on the flanks of Mount Wellington are concerned. A section
at the Cascades on the flank of Mount Wellington was
practically tested by the Government during the previous
year for the purpose of determining whether the Lower Coal
measures as represented inthe Mersey Basin, existed beneath
the fossiliferous marine mudstones and limestones which
occur at the place named, and which appear to dip gently in
the direction of Mount Wellington. After the diamond-drill
penetrated through 600 feet of alternating layers of cal-
careous mudstones and limestones, without discovering the

existence of the lower coal measures, it pierced immediately.

303

some feet into the massive diabasic greenstone, similar in
character to that forming the cap of Mount Wellington. It
is further of significance that the absence of ary appearance
of change of the mudstones at point of contact, and the
porphyritic and coarse crystalisation of the upper surface of
the greenstone as compared with that where the greatest
depth was reached indicate that the mass of greenstone was
not a later lateral thrust along the plane of the bedding of
the mudstone, but in all probability the mudstones were
originally deposited against and upon the greenstones of
Mount Wellington soon after their eruption.

In various places along the Coast line of the Lower
Derwent, as I have already shown, many natural sections
_ occur where the fossiliferous mudstones, unaltered at point of
contact, without doubt, repose quietly in horizontal beds,
which naturally fill up the uneven surface of the underlying
older greenstone I have already exhibited a sketch of a
very fine section, which continually shows this relation for
several miles between Blackman’s Bay and Passage Point.
One section in particular not only shows in an unmistakable
manner that the fossiliferous mudstones are more recent than
the main mass of the older greenstone upon which they rest,
but that both are older than a minor dyke or sheet of green-
stone of a somewhat similar character to the older. This in-
trusive greenstone, after bursting vertically through the
older greenstone and the lower beds of sedimentary lime-
stone, suddenly bends back and forms a sheet about seven
feet thick, running parallel and intercalated between the
stratified planes of the marine mudstones and limestones. At
Constitution Hill and Lovely Banks, towards the central
part of the island, there are also two or three fine sections in
the cuttings of the Main Road, clearly showing the Mesozoic
sedimentary rocks reposing upon the older greenstone. On
the other hand a splendid section at the head of Spring Hill
as clearly shows that a massive greenstone (not basalt) has
been erupted later than the carbonaceous sandstones of Meso-
zoic age, as the greenstone mass forming the ridge at this place
can be seen to have intruded through the former, dislocating
the sedimentary rocks, and spreading over them in great
massive caps. Itisclear therefore that there are greenstones
anterior to the lowest members of the Carboniferous System,
and similar intrusive rocks of later date than certain of the
members belonging to the Mesozoic Coal Measures.

I am however, at present, if anything, inclined to the
opinion that the massive greenstones occupying the more
elevated mountain ranges as well as the greater part of the
dividing ranges within the system, have all been erupted
prior to the deposit even of lower members of the Carbon-

35 |

iferous System, and that only certain minor ridges, like that
at Spring Hill, represent diabasic greenstones of a later date.
There is little difficulty in distinguishing these Upper
Palaeozoic and Mesozoic greenstones from the sheets of
basalt, which, with their associated tufts, so frequently over-
spread the Tertiary lignites and leaf beds, and which
probably mark the close of the Tertiary Paleogene period in
Tasmania.

The rocks of the Carboniferous System invariably present a
very uniform character throughout the southern part of Tas-
mania. In the Basin of the Mersey there is greater variation,
caused by a temporary local elevation and subsequent de-
pression of the floor of an old arm of the Upper Paleozoic
sea, between which elevation and depression sedimentary,
deposits of carbonaceous matter of considerable thickness
were formed, derived from a luxuriant land vegetation con-
sisting of Club mosses, from which the spores of Tasmanites
punctatus were no doubt derived. Ferns and Equisetaces
were also abundant, as indicated by the remains of Glossop-
teris Gangamopteris and Schizoneura.

The bituminous Tasmanite shales were deposited in an
arm of the sea, not in fresh water, as shown by the abundance
of the remains of marine mollusca found in the Tasmanite
notably Aviculopecten squamuliferus, A. Fittoni, Pleurotomaria,
Woodsti, Pachydomous, Pterinea lata, s.p. and several other
forms common to the marine beds above and below the
Mersey Coal Measures.

Until very recently, I was in doubt whether the marine
mudstones and limestones in the neighbourhood of Hobart,
and in the South generally, represented the lower marine
beds only, or whether they represented in one continuous
series the upper and lower marine beds as developed in the
Mersey Basin. The possible existence of the Lower Coal
Measures underlying the marine mudstones made this a very
important question, and it was this consideration which
induced the Government to make the test at the Cascades
already described, but which demonstrated the fact that no
coal existed beneath the mudstones at this point. Before this
practical test, little value could be attached to conclusions
formed upon the partial evidence of marine fossil organisms
alone, because a considerable per-centage of the species of the
the marine organisms common to the mudstone series over-
lying the Mersey Coal Measures was also common to the
underlying or lower marine beds, and also to the Tasmanite
eroup. Among the fossils common to these deposits are the
well-known forms:—Spirifera Tasmaniensis, S. Darwinit
Terebratula sacculus, Productus brachythyerus, Pterinea lata,
Sanguinolites Htheridget, Pecten Fittoni, P. squamuliferus, P-

355

Illawarra, Pleurotomaria Morrisiana, P. Woodsii, Tellinomya
Clarkei, Theca lanceolatu, and many others. With such
equivocal information the evidences based upon a few marine
organisms taken by themselves were of little value. Some,
however, thought that the test of the diamond-drill, showing
the absence of coal seams, indicated that the lower marine
group alone were represented in the neighbourhood of
Hobart. With this view, I was not prepared to concur as
may be learned from the following remarks made at the time
before the members cf this Society :—

“ Tf, therefore, it be allowed that the Mersey and Southern
and Eastern coal deposits represent different horizons, the
evidences from marine organisms, taken by themselves with
our present knowledge, are absolutely valueless, at any rate
neutral. Itis from an examination of the plant remains,
associated with the respective coal measures, that we have
any grounds for separating them into different groups, as
representing different periods. Thus the prevailing plant
remains of the Coal Measures of the Mersey, which are the
equivalents of the Stony Creek, Anvil Creek, and other coal
seams in New south Wales, are Glossopteris Browniana ;
equisetaceous stalks, broadiy and flatly ribbed, allied to
the genus Schizoneura ; a curious orbicular form allied to
Actinopteris ; and numerous impressions of a form closely
allied to Noeggerathiopsis media. On the other hand, the
Midland, Southern, and Eastern coal measures of Tasmania
have generally as prevailing forms Alethopteris Australis, P.
odontopteroides, Phyllotheca Hookeri, Phyllotheca vramosa,
Sphenopteris alata, Zeugophyllites elongatus, and C'lossopteris
linearis, and, therefore, the beds may, without doubt, as
already shown by Feistmantel, Rev. W. B. Clarke, R.
Etheridge, juur., and others, be regarded as the equivalents
ofthe Upper Coal Measures of New South Wales. Regarded
from an evolutionist’s point of view, it is very difficult to
recognise any break, stratigraphic, or organic, between the
upper and lo ver mudstone series of Australia, so far as the
marine organisms of undoubted Paleozoic facies gave any
evidence. If these subdivision were to be classed as Upper
Paleozoic, and the Upper Coal Measures, according to various
authorities, as Permian, Oolitic, Dias, or Mesozoic, the separ-
ation must be doubtful and purely one of local convenience.
I am not prepared to concur in regarding the sandy and cal-
careous fossiliferous rocks occurring in the neighbour-
hood of Hobart, and in other localities in the South
and East, wholly as the equivalents of the Lower Marine
Beds of New South Wales, for it was not only conceivable
but, unfortunately, probable that the Southern Marine
beds of Tasmania were formed in situations more remotely

306

removed from the oscillation of the land which pro-
duced the conditions favourable to the deposits of the
Lower Coal Measures in such places as the Don, Mersey,
Stony Creek, and Anvil Creek basins; that while these
carbonaceous deposits intercalcating and interrupting the
series of marine beds were being formed in situations
adjacent to the shores of the old Palsozoic mainland, the
marine areas, more remote from the land, still continued to
deposit their marine sediments with an uninterrupted chain
of marine organic life; and it is quite conceivable, and,
indeed, in harmony with existing evidence, that the Southern
and Hastern Marine Beds of Tasmania cover in one unbroken
series the whole period represented in Australia and in
Northern Tasmania by the Lower Marine Beds, Lower Coal
Measures, and Upper Marine Beds; and that the final
oscillation of land, producing conditions favourable to the
deposits of the Upper Coal Measures of Australia and
Tasmania, was the only one which extended as far as the
South and Hast of Tasmania.”

The suggestion that ihe marine beds in the neighbourhood
of Hobart cover in one unbroken series, the whole period
represented elsewhere by the Lower Marine Beds the Lower
Coal Measure, and the Upper Marine Beds, has since been
amply confirmed by my discovery of the Cythere and
Gangamopteris beds at Porter Hill, near Hobart. The beds
at this place. unmistakably show a gradual transition upwards,
without stratigraphical break of any kind, from the common
limestones restricted to marine organisms to fine sandy shales
where the marine organisms have altogether disappeared
with the exception of a minute ostracod. These upper beds
are replete with plant remains of ferns, chiefly belonging
to the genus Gangamopteris. The fossiliferous marine
limestones and mudstones replete with the common forms
belonging to the genera Stenopora. Protoretepora, Fenestella,
Spirifera, Strophalosia, Terebratula, etc., are followed by thin
passage beds of alternating soft dark-brown sandstones, and
friable shales where most of the common lower forms disappear
with the exception of Spirifera Tasmaniensis and S. Darwinii.

In these shales a species of Cythere swarms in the greatest
number, together with species belonging to the genera
Modiolopsis, Lellinomya, and Theca. In the same beds, also,
the plant remains referred to begin to make their appearance,
and in the uppermost shales the plant remains and an oc-
casional Cythere, together with the articulated spines, probably
of a species of Ichthyodorulites, alone are to be found. There
is httle doubt, therefore, that these upper beds are the equiva-
lents of the Tasmanite stage or of the Upper Marine Beds of
the Mersey.

357

The finest sections of the Marine Beds of the system are
exposed at Maria Island, although anyone may get a very full
acquaintance of all the known characteristic fossils and rocks,
in the many exposed sections along the Huon Road, One Tree
Point, and Shot Tower, in the vicinity of Hobart.

Generally, then, we may consider that the Carboniferous
Marine Beds formed the sediment or floor of a strait or frith
of the ancient Upper Paleozoic sea. So far as I can read
existing evidences, it would seem most probable that, during
this period, Tasmania was represented by three principal
islands, and several detached groups of smaller islets. The
largest of the former probably represented a narrow and
irregular strip of land running obliquely and continuously
North and South between the extremes of the granite head-
lands of the Hummock Island in the North East, to the bold
schistose rocks towards South Cape. Towards the centre of
the present land limits of Tasmania, and scarcely separate
from the narrow strip of land to the West, what now forms
the great inland greenstone plateau of the Lake Country
probably formed an elevated island mass of considerable
extent. Towards the North Hast and East the granites and
metamorphic portion of the Furneaux Group, Portland,
Ringarooma, Schoutens, together with the massive greenstone
in the neighbourhood, Fingal, Swansea, Tasman and
Forester’s Peninsula, South Bruni, must have formed a some-
what irregular detached chain where not broken by the minor
or isolated masses which must have formed rocky islands, such
as Ben Lomond, Mount Victoria, Tower Hill, Mouut Nicholas,
Eastern Tier, Black Tier, Mount Dromedary, Grass Tree Hill,
Constitution Hill. The interspaces of the shallow elongate
basin, now forming the major part of cultivated settlements,
was occupied by the Upper Paleozoic sea, which would seem
to have formed a comparatively broad strait between the
the easterly detached chain of islets, and the two principal
islands to the West, which were themselves divided by a very
linear strip of water. Itis hazardous to assume what may have
been the altitude of the island masses relatively to this old sea
level. But there is some ground for the opinion that the great
central greenstone island, especially in its northerly limits,
rose abruptly from the old sea level, and presented a bold
escarpment of from two or three thousand feet altitude. The
sediments of this old sea forming the greater part of our
Carboniferous rocks, are new often found flanking the
mountain-tiers, as at Mount Wellington, at altitudes of from
2,000 to 2,500 above the existing sea level. With the over-
lying Mesozoie Coal Measures, they everywhere give evidence
of having been frequently disturbed by forces of upheaval or
depression, and their members have been vastly denuded

E

358

throughout the limits of the basin, whose limits have been
thus roughly sketched.
MESOZOIC ROCKS.

The Mesozoic Period has been aptly termed the “ Age of
Cycads,” because of the abundance of plants of this type «f
the Mesozoic age. With the exception of the Mersey Coal
Measures, it has now generally been admitted that the
various coal seams, and associated shales, and variegated
sandstones overlying the Upper Marine Beds of Carboniferous
age in Tasmania, belonging to the Mesozoic Period. These
rocks are mainly distributed throughout the Midland and
South-eastern parts of the island, although the existence of
coal at a great height, near the Eldon Range, on Coal Hill,
with remains of the variegated sandstones flanking all the
great western tiers, associated with the Carboniferous rocks,
indicate that the numbers of the Mesozoic rocks were pro-
bably at one time conterminous with those of the Carbon-
iferous rocks,

With the exception already named, therefore, the dark-
grey shading of the sketch map, and perhaps a considerable
portion concealed under the Launceston Tertiary’s Basin
colored yellow, make up the whole area within which the
several basins of the Mesozoic rocks occur.

In a general way the existing evidence tends to show thaé,
as the floor of the ancient Upper Paleozoic sea was gradually
being elevated above its waters at the close of the
Carboniferous period, seolian, atmospheric, and organic
agencies immediately began to operate upon it in carving out
valleys and river-channels, and in filling its many cup-
shaped basins and irregular hollows with lakes and sediments.
It is mainly from such waste, and by such agencies, modified
by igneous intrusions, that the sediments and materials of
the lower rocks of the Mesozoic period were deposited in
Tasmania.

So far as my observations go, there is every reason
to believe that the larger part of its surface, including
that portion of the Upper Paleeozoic rock underlying the Ter-
tiary lake deposits (coloured yellow), has been permanently
elevated above sea level since the close of the Upper Paleozoic
age—that is, since the Upper Marine Beds, with their charac-
teristic spirifers, fenestelle, stenopore, etc., were elevated
above the waters of the sea at the close of the Paleeozore
Period in Tasmania.

If this be admitted—which can hardly be doubted—it fol-
lows that there should be found throughout the area now
occupied by Secondary and Tertiary “rocks a connected,
although, perhaps necessarily, a greatly broken and wasted,
representation of all the original rocks of the two great

: 359

<divisions. Itis not likely that the fluviatile and suberial

agencies, however prolonged or intense, would altogether
destroy the older deposits in the formation of the later
rocks; and it is reasonable to assume, where there are no

sudden breaks, such as occur elsewhere, by the sudden alter-

nation of Marine and Terrestrial formations, that the
transition, as even now indicated by the fossil flora, would
be very gradual in the limited basins where sediments
were deposited, which, probably, were again and again partly
re-distributed, as successive formations in gradually lessening
areas. Nor can it be reasonably expected, where such separate
minor basins are so intimately related to each other, that
marked breaks in the chain of organic life, should be apparent,

and therefore it would be extremely hazardous to assume

that the identity of even one or two species in separate basins
was sufficient evidence to mark synchronism between them,

especially so where the associated prevailing forms of the one

basin differ materially from the other. On the other hand,
different conditions, such as soil or altitude, might account
for a considerable amount of difference between two widely
separate basins, although the evidence in this latter direction
wonld not be quite satisfactory where the two separate basins
were only separated by a line from slightly unconformable
beds in juxtaposition.

From considerations such as these, and while willing to
recognise the fact that all the European subdivisions, may
be represented by equivalents in Tasmanian Rocks, I
still think it would be altogether unscientific to expect
that the many little groups of our Mesozoic rocks, as
a whole, will show the faintest correspondenc with
the ternary sub-groups (Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous),
as such. To attempt to make corresponding divisions in
Tasmania, with our present knowledge respecting stratigraphy
and paleontology, would be purely artificial and altogether
misleading. In the meantime, I am of opinion that the
stratigraphic and organic characteristics of each separate
basin or group of rocks should first be carefully and fully
marked and related to each other. Until some satisfactory
limits have been determined, I think you will agree with me
that it would be rash to refer the various local basins of
Mesozoic age under any of the great sub-division groups of
Europe. In harmony with these observations and as a
practical contribution to the materials necessary to aid in the
proper classification and correlation of our Mesozoic rocks, L
have prepared a table, showing the distribution of all the
Tasmanian plants of the system known to me, in which are
included a considerable number of forms not hitherto known

as occurring in Tasmanian rocks.

eee ee for es pee illus es the views

Le

by me regan ang the classification of stratified

361

“TASMANIAN FOSSIL PLANTS OF THE UPPER PALAOZOIC¢
* AND MESOZOIC COAL MEASURES.

* .
: TASMANIA (MESOZOIC) Ur. NiSe Re
an TGA e - Par,| WALES) TORIA..
ZB
= 2
| s
; a 5|&
; Lon * ie alg < wo
DESCRIPTION. q I ie = i Ss re
Zz (FA) |e 5/2 | Z\8
| a|.| (S|l#le| |e] (2Zls|_(S/8) leizigigie
: ls| |S = FlolalaZ
E\EISIS|AAlS als) (EE /2(S=| .|SiS Sisley
SISOS a a|HiSl| sSlelol ales Blo
s S\S/E(a|2/8 |S /S|4 iz (Elo ia B/S /aiRI8
B/B\S/Z/SISlE/ElS\S/-(cISii8 ZIZIRIEICIS
. B\S|SIS/SESIR(SIZIale/6|2 (S| elsla1E| ales
a eRe heer rir
EQUISETACES.
Phyllotheca Australis, Brong ... +. +)x | * s[eee[ees worl [xe Jeaeleoe |e
a TAMosa, M’COY we ave ae lx | x lace cee] eve | ove lac
is Hookert, M’COy co wee one|x [x |x leew leee[ene |e eve[ooely
Vertebraria Australis, M’Coy... ss. oe |eee|er? on : x |x
FILICES.
~ Sphenopteris lobifolia, MOrvis ... ss. es|x |eee|see|eee|--e[eee|eee|ere]ere|ere fore fore ]ors [ene |aee| eve] ene
“A alata, Brong cee cee can fe [tet leeefecstocelooel Jeveloee aeelecelece|see| eee] eas | ace) eee [se
oe elongata, CAYY «so se sole |x serfese[s, [eeeleaeleeelonel
plumosa, Brong Sie aes ae [eweleeelene|ece|eceleee sles serleee|eeeleeel ees [ae
é Trichomanides Ettingshauseni, Johnston seeleee seelees|eeeleee|ene|eeeleee| oo feweleeefens fag
Cyclopteris cuneata, Carr ... ... wea see ]ace : Ped) Ceo) ere) cre sar] ee [aceleee[eeel
Gangamopteris angustifolia, M’ Coy Telleaa ee Rveleeel| Weal set senliess) oe Pe er Peal Sey esos
Rhacopteris Feistmantelii, Johnston — ...|++ Jere ee] oe tee) a Jeeelens lene leee seeds
oA intermedia, Feist. Ree: adefesstexs see eee ” sree
inaequilatera, Goepp ... eee|eee - se fooe|ee sel
Thinnjeldia obtusifolia ** Johnston ...|x |-- x leeefore|es ”
“e, superba ** Johnston ... ...|+++}+
as trilobita, Johnston 2... ae. | eee] oe oo
ra media ** Woods sao ase vec| enforce corloce|coaleee|so-leee|cee[ecs]ece|aas|sc |eos| en
odontopteroides, Morris ece|eeslees penileen| se) facelaealaxe|lans)onsi|eesseails ts
Pecopteris tenwi folic, M’COY wee se wne{reefere lane feee|ees[oee]one lene] eee oe :
caudata JOHNSON ... vee eee| eee lee eepifaee'|| nile ifs] selse Hine
Alethopteris Australis MOry oe cee caelie [oor feeefeee fered fs x [eres i
DLaeniopteris Tasmanica, Johnston — ...|---}+ sfewe lee] eeelae [ow Leer! eee ols
Morrisiana, Johnston — ...|++-|-+ Bee|| ces) ecaleee [== |een|meateoe tans | ey [se
a Glossopteris Browniand, Brong ce ce.{eee|ree|-ce[eee|ore[oee| oo [eee fore Rew |ieas |easi|eotlace aeatee
a5 Vinearis, M’COy ss. vee see|eeelere|eee| oe [oes [one eee] coe lene | ene
ampla eae eles |leas ec Peat |feie'si|| anos) israel les Fen coe io ge hag [eee] ave) ae
Gangaimopteri is spathulata, ny Coy. Be es Cee morales foseleealeoul ese |leoulhallessl Beelenelieeiiccer | bea | eal en
Obliq™uar, M‘COy eee caa| w [re Jensen [eee [ere]eee [ens] eee|see[oes [ewe /ere|oee |:
‘Sagenopteris Tasmanica, Feist 0. ae [ee
LYCOPODIACE.
‘Tasmanites punctatus, Newton... o.| «+fee}-+ Jee] Be ec) orl eral eee cast ceed
Lepidostrobus Miielleri, Johnston... ...|+++|+++)x
CYCADACE. BEA) Spal ico eed ro. sa . see] oeely
Podozamites Sp... w. cence Mceel sy fecal ent
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morr. nes) Lee be | Aco) ed See (Saal Coat becl sos breed abe)
Noggerathiopsis spathulata, Dana... sit 5 Bose acy | ensil easter Meee
RRO ROGALCS: Se cast) ass) osc, ase) eee cas) eeefesallese <6 ace /ecl eco kes ces icecliecd
‘Coniferous Trunks of Trees ... «only x |x x

** Considered to be merely varieties of the protean T. Odontopteroides. Morris.

362

LOCAL DISTRIBUTION.

The foregoing table will be useful to students who may be
interested in the distribution of the Fossil Plants of the
Upper and Lower Coal Measures of Tasmania.

Further particulars are given in the following summary :—

I.—Lowerr Coat Muasvres. (Uprrer Pauzozoric.)
MERSEY COAL BASIN.

Don and Mersey Coal Measures.

Glossopteris Browniana, Brong., abundant.

Gangamopteris spathulata, M’Coy, abundant.

Gangamopteris angustifolia, M’Coy, abundant.

Gangamopteris obliqua, M’Coy, abundant.

Noeggerathiopsis media (?), common.

Noeggerathiopsis spathulata, common.

Schizoneura, sp. (2), rare.

Curious orbicular scale with marginal rim, and orna-
mented with curved furcate vein-like septz as in
Actinopteris, rare.

Carpolithes (?) Tasmanicus, mihi, abundant.

Tasmamte Beds.

Tasmanites punctatus, Newton, prolific.

Mersey Upper Marine Beds.

Gangamopteris angustifolia (7), M‘Coy, rare.

Porter Hill Beds. Hobart.

Gangamopteris ampla (?), abundant.

Cyclopterts cuneata, Carr., rare.

Hquisetaceous, stems abundant.

The apex of a pinnule was also obtained in these beds,
which probably belongs to the genus Pecopteris. The Upper
Marine Beds, at Porter Hill are remarkable as showing
connection with the Lower Marine Beds in a complete.
unbroken series.

I1.—Urrer Coat Mzasurzes. (Mzsozorc.)

New Town Coal Basin.
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, abundant.
Phyllotheca Hookeri, M‘Coy, abundant.
Alethopteris Australis, Morris, abundant.
Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, var., obtusifolia, Morris,

common.

Sphenopteris alata, Brong., prevailing form.
Sphenopteris plumosa, Brong., common.
Sphenopteris lobifolia, Morris, common.
Sphenopteris elongata, Carr., common.
Sagenopteris (7%), rare.

No species of Glossopteris or ‘l'seniopteris observed.

Richmond Coal Basin.
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, common.
Phyllotheca Hooker, MW Coy, abundant.
Sphenopteris elongata, Carr., abundant.

363

Jerusalem Coal Basin.
Lepidostrobus Muellerii, Johnston, one specimen.
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, abundant.
Phyllotheca Hookeri, M‘Coy, abundant.
Phyllotheca Australis, Brong., abundant.
Alethopteris Australis, abundant.

Spring Bay Coal Beds.
Phyllotheca Australis, Morris, common.
Sphenopteris elongata, Carr., common.
Thinnfeldia superba, Johnston, common.
Thinnfeldia trilobita, Johnston, common.
Pecopteris caudata (2), Johnston, common.
Alethopteris Australis, Morris, common.

Impression Bay and Coal Mine Beds, Tasman’s Peninsula.
Phyllotheca Australis, Brong., common.
Sphenopteris alata (?), Brong., common.
Alethopteris Australis, Morris, common.

Ben Lomond Coal Beds.
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, abundant.
Alethopteris Australis, Morris, abundant.

No other form could be obtained in the shales where these
two forms are so abundant.

Mount Nicholas Coal Beds. (Killymoon seam.)
Glossopteris linearis (7) M‘Coy, common.
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, abundant.

Seymour Coal Measures.

Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, abundant.
Alethopteris Australis, Morris, abundant.
Occur in the same way as at Ben Lomond.

Campania Sandstones and Shales.

Phyllotheca Hookeri, M‘Cey, abundant.

Lepidostrobus Muelleri, Johnston, one specimen.

Minute, concentrically striated, winged scales, abundant.
Gravelly Beach—Rosevear Sandstones. Tamar.

Phyllotheca Australis (?), common.

Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Morris, common.

Silicified trunks of coniferous trees, abundant.
Constitution Hill Beds.

Broad, variable, coarsely marked stems of Phyllotheca

Australis, and Phyllotheca Hookeri

Very abundant in many places in the sections along the
main road. The absence of all other forms is very remark-
able in these beds.

pee, Hill Beds.

Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, Morris, var. obtusifolia,
prevailing form. Abundant.

Thinnfeldia odontopteroides, var. media, common.
Sphenopteris elongata, Carr., not uncommon.
Trichomanides Ettingshauseni, Johnston, not uncommon.
Tzniopteris Tasmanica, Johnston, common.
Rhacopteris Feistmantelii, Johnston, common,

364

The absence of Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, Alethopteris ,

Australis, Morris, and of the various species of Sphenopteris
and Phyllotheca is here worthy of special notice, so far as
the beds containing the above species are concerned. This is
specially remarkable as Strezelecki positively states ( p. 128
“Physical Description of N.S.W. and V.D.L.’’) that in a section
of a well sunk at the locality of London Inn, near to the beds
referred to, he discovered Alethopteris Australis and
Zeugophytlites overlying a seam of coal.

York Plains Coal Beds.

Zeugophyllites, elongatus, Morris, abundant.
Phyllotheca, Australis, Brong., common.
Phyllotheca, ramosa, M’Coy, common.
Phyllotheca, Hookeri, M’Coy, abundant.
Thinnfeldia obtusifolia, abundant.
Alethopteris Australis Morris, very abundant.
Pecopteris caudata (2), Johnston, common.
Sphenopteris sp , common.

Longford Coal Beds (Mason’s Seam).
Zeugophyllites elongatus, Morris, abundant.
Phyllotheca Hookeri, M’Coy, common.
Alethopteris Australis, Morris, common.
Pecopteris caudata, Johnston, common.
Teniopteris Morrisiana, Johnston, rare.

PLANTAE.
Cuass Acrogrens. (Al Lycopodales.)
Ord. Marsileaceae (?).

VERTEBRARIA (Royle).

Gen. Char.—Stem slender, surrounded by densely aggre-
gated whorls of verticillate, cuneiform leaves, having a
dichotomous neuration.

VERTEBRARIA AUSTRALIS (M‘Coy).

Sp. chav.—Leaves constantly eight in each whorl.

Localities.—TasMAnta (2). N.S. Wates—Mulimbimba.

References.—M ‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 147, t.
f. 1; ibid, Proc. Roy. Soc., V.D. Land, 1851, I., p. 304, t. 9, f.
R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 101.

HQuISsETUM.

Fructificationes in spicam ovato-oblongam digeste. Singula
orbiculata basi dehiscens pluribus valvulis, apice plano peltato
connexis.

The definition of Schimper (Paleontologie vegetale, vol i.,
p. 259), remedies this:—It is Fructus spicaeformis cylindraceus
oblongus, sew ovatus, sporangiorum receptaculis peltoidis.
Folia in vaginam connata. (Tenison-Woods).

PHYLLOTHECA.

Gen. Ohar.—Stem slender, jointed, simple, or branched ;

branches springing from above the joints, not arranged in

9,
1

2

+
'
:
“I
.
4

365

the same plane; surface smooth or longitudinally sulcated ;
articulations surrounded by sheaths, the free edge of which
terminates in long narrow leaves, having a more or less dis-
tinct midrib. Inflorescence arranged in whorls near the
extremity of certain branches.

PuytiorHeca AvsTRALIS (Br.)

Stem simple, smooth, or slightly striated; sheaths tight,
shorter than the internodes, terminated by narrow leaves,
double the length of the sheaths, without distinct midrib.

Localities — TASMANIA— Upper Coal Measures (Mesozoic).
Jerusalem, Constitution Hill, Spring Bay, Gravelly Beach,
Tamar(?) York Plains. N.S. Wates—Anvil Creek, Newcastle,
Clarke’s Hill, Wianamatta. Victorta—Cape Paterson.

References.— Brongniart Prodrome, 1828, p. 152; Morris,
Strezelecki’s Phys. Descrip. N.S.W. and V.D. Land, 1845; Lindley
and Hutton, Foss. Flora, 1833—35 II. p. 89 ; M’Coy, Annals, Nat.
Hist., 1847, XX., p. 196 ; Ibid, Proc., Roy. Soc. V. D. Land, p. 312;
Schimper, T'raité Pal. Veg., 1869, I., p. 289 ; Tenison Woods. Proc.
Lin. Soe. N. 8. Wales, 1883, vol. VIIL, pt. 1, p. 69-73; R. Etheridge,
Jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 98.

PHYLLOTHECA RAMOSA (M’Coy).

Stem branched, smooth, or slightly striated ; sheaths half
the length of the internodes ; leaves thin, linear, flat, twice to
three times the length of the sheath, with a very fine indis-
tinct midrib.

Localities. —T AsMAN1tA-—Upper Coal Measures (Mesozoic), Rich-
mond, ‘Spring Bay, York Plains, Jerusalem. N.S. WaLes—
Mulimbimba.

References.—M’Coy Annals Nat. Hist, 1847., XX., p. 156, t. 11,
figs 2 and 3 ; ibid Proc. R. Soc. V.D. Land, 1851, I., p. 312, t. 11,
figs 2 and 3; Schimper Traite de Pal. Veg., 1869, I, p. 289;
Tenison-Woods Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1883, vol. VIIL, pt. 1,
p. 72-73 ; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 99.

PuytuorHEeca Hooxerr (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char.—Stem simple, coarsely sulcated and ridged
longitudinally ; sheaths very large, loose, subinfundibuliform,
each sheath extending from one articulation to the next, so as
to conceal the stem; leaves about twice the length of the
‘sheaths, thick, narrow, and with a strong prominent midrib.

Localities —TaAsMANIA—Upper Coal Measures (Mesozoic), New
"Town, Richmond, Jerusalem, Longford, York Plains, Constitution
Hill, Impression Bay, Hamilton. N. 8. Wares—Mulimbimba,
Clark’s Hill, Arowa.

References—M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 157, t. IL
figs. 4-7 ; ibid, Proc. R. Soc., V.D. Land, 1851, p. 313 ; Schimper,
Traite Pal. Veg., 1, 1869, 1, p. 289 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin.
Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883. Vol. VIIL, pt. 1, p. 72-74; R. Etheridge,
jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 99.

366

SPHENOPTERIDEZ.

Including Sphenopteris, Hymenophyllum, Eremopteris,
Coniopteris, Steffensia, Trichomanides.

Fronds petiolate, simple or divided, pinnate, bi-tri-
pinnatifid. Pinnules connate or lobate. Lobes dentate or
subdivided. Costa fine and delicate, often bifid or free at
the top; veins diverging above, or produced to the sinus of
the lobes or teeth. Venules either indistinct or only
proceeding from the lower part of the secondary nerves.

SPHENOPTERIS LOBIFOLIA (Morris).

Frond bipinnate ; pinne, somewhat linear, elongate, alter-
nate; pinnule membranous, those of the lower pinuz equal,
ovate oblong, contracted at the base, approximate, with three
nearly equal rounded lobes on each side, and a terminal
obtuse one; the veins proceeding into each lobe, divide near
the mid rib, the upper one being furcate; the pinnule
towards the apex of the frond are rather sharply three-lobed
and decurrent, the veins becoming furcate in each lobe.

Localities.—Tasmanta—New Town, York Plains, Longford (?),
N.S. Wates—Newcastle, Mulimbimba.

References.— Morris, Strezelecki’s Phys. Descrip. N.S. Wales and
V.D. Land, 1845, p. 246, t. 7, f.3; M‘Coy, Annals, Nat. Hist.,
1847, xx., p. 149 ; ibid, Proc. Soc. V.D. Land, 1851, 1a 306 :
Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1883, vol. viil., pt. 1,
p. 88; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 100.

SPHENOPTERIS ALATA (Brong.).

Frond tripinnate, rachis winged, pinne pinnate, above
pinnatifid, with decurrent sessile pinnules, lower pinnatifid,
with three to six bluntly toothed segments, upper ones
inciso-dentate, veins either simple or forked, diverging
slightly into each lobe from the costa at an acute angle.
& Localities.—-TASMANIA—New Town, Longford (2), N.S. WALES;
—Mulimbimba.

References.—Brongmiart ( Pecopteris), Hist. Vég. Foss., 1828, 1,
Dp. 361, t, 1275 ( Sphenoptert ws var. exilis) Morris, Strezelecki’s
Phys. Descrip. N.S. Wales and V.D. Land, 1845, p. 246, t. 7, £4;
M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, xx., p. 149 ; ibid, Proc. R. Soc., Ay
VED: Land, iTS ILS! Te 306 ; Schimper Traité de’ Pal. Vég., 1869,.
ip: 4s "Tenison- “Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, vol.
vil, pt. ab 1) Os let Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. F ossils, 1878,
Pp. 99.

SPHENOPTERIS ELONGATA (Carr).

Frond dichotomously divided, each division irregularly
pinnate ; pinne simple, bi-furcate or irregularly pinnate ;
segments narrow, linear, slightly tapermg upwards to the
somewhat blunt apex, the costa sending out simple veins
which run along the middle of each segment.

It is doubtful whether the Tasmanian variable form, the
rhachis of which, sometimes scarcely a millimetre in width,

367

is not specifically distinct from S. elongata. The former is very
distantly and sparingly branched.

Localities.—TasMAnta — New Town, Richmond, Spring Hill,
Jerusalem, York Plains, Spring Bay, Mt. Nicholas (?). QUEENSLAND
—Tivoli mines.

References.—Carruthers, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1872, XXVIIT.,
p. 355, t. 27, f. 1; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales,
1883, Vol. VIII. pt. 1, p. 92; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust.
Fossils, 1878, p. 99.

SPHENOPTERIS HASTATA (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char.—Bipinnate ; pinne long, acutely lanceolate, with
a broad alate margin ; pinnules elliptical, obscurely
undulato-dentate, having obsolete lobes on each side ; nerves
bipinnate, two branches reaching each Jobe of the margin.

Localities.—_TAasMANtA— Upper Coal Measures (Mesozoic), New
Town (?). N.S. WaLes—Mulimbimba.

References.—M ‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 149, t. 10,
f.1; ibid, Proc. Roy. Soc., V.D Land, 1851, I. pp. 306-307, t. 10
f.1; Schimper, Traité de Pal. Vég., 1869, I. p. 410; Tenison-
Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, Vol. VIII, pt. I, p. 90;
R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 100.

SPHENOPTERIS GERMANUS (M‘Coy).

Bipinnate ; pinne oblique, alternate elongate, ovate, with
@ narrow membranous margin; pinnules oval, deeply
pinnatifid ; lobes very oblique, elliptical, generally three on
each side, and the apex of the pinnules three lobed ; nerves
bipinnate, three branches reaching the margin of zach lobe.

Localities —TAasMAntTA (2). N.S. Wates—Mulimbimba.

References.—M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 150, t. 10,
f.2; ibid, Proc. R. Soc., V.D. Land, 1851, I, p. 307 ; Schimper,
Traité de Pal. Vée., 1869, L, p. 411 ; Tenison-Woods, Proce. Lin.
Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIIL, pt. 1, p. 91 ; R. Etheridge, jun.,
Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 100.

SPHENOPTERIS PLUMOSA (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char. — Bipinnate ; pinne curved, elongate, narrow,
plumose, with a scarcely alate margin to the rachis; pinnules
close, oblique, ovate, pointed, deeply cleft into about four
oblique mucronate lobes on each side, exclusive of the largely
trilobed apex ; nerves strong, much branched, so that about
six branches reach the margin of each of the lobes of the
lower side, and seven to each of those of the upper margin.

Localities. — TAsmMANIA — New Town (%). N.S. Wates—
Mulimbimba. Vicrorra—Wild Dog Creek, Apollo Bay.

References.—M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 150, t. 1 ,.
ftp. Proc. KR. Soc, V.l. Wand, 1851; 1., p: 307, t: 10, £34
Schimper, Traité de Pal. Vég., 1869, I., p. 411 ; Tenison-Woods,
Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIII, pt. 1, p. 91; R.
Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 100.

368

SPHENOPTERIS FLEXUOSA (M’Coy).

Sp. Char.—Bipinnate ; pinne very long, with a strongly
flexuous naked rhachis; pinnules large, moderately oblique,
unequal, ovate, sides cut into two very large obtusely rounded
lobes on each side; apex trilobed ; nerves strong, much
branched, seven branches reaching the margin of each lateral
lobe, and three going into each of the three lobes of the
apex.

Pe aii © DiS ee Town (7). New Souta WAaLEs—
Mulimbimba.

References.—M’Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 150, t. 9,
{4° ibid Proce. R. Soc. V.. Mand, 1eois Tp. 8074 tone
Schimper Traité de Pal. Vég., 1869, IL, p. 411; Tenison-Woods,
Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1888, vol. VIII, pt. 1, p. 91; R.
Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 99.

TRICHOMANIDES. (Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc, New
South Wales, p. 94.)

Frond simple or divided, bi, or tri-pinnate, primary rachis
narrow, or terete, sori unknown.

TRICHOMANIDES, HittrnsHAUSENI. Nov. Sp.

Frond pinnate; (or bi-pmnate ?) pinne delicate, membranous
narrow, with closely adpressed, simple distant alternate
pinnules, similar in character to winged rhachis; pinnules
simple, linear, sub-decurrent towards winged base, slightly
diverging towards bluntly pointed apices. A simple nerve
traverses branches and simple pinnule as in the existing
Hymenophyllum rarum Br. Length of pinna, 3 inches;
length of pinnules from junction of median nerve to apex, 15
millimetres ; breadth of pinnule, 13 millimetres.

This form is very distinct from Sphenopteris elongata, Carr.,
which also occurs in the Spring Hill beds, and with which it
has some points of resemblance.

RHACOPTERIS, SCHIMPER.

Frond pinnate, rachis rigid, grooved in the middle. Pinnz
elongate, broadly linear. Pinnules sub-horizontal, somewhat
remote, contiguous or sub-imbricate, spreading, oblong
rhomboidal, more or less deeply incised and flabellate ; lobes
narrow, straight or slightly removed.—Obs.—The incisions are
in the direction of the veins, and each ligule comprises one or
two branches. The name refers to the incision of the
pinnules. The genus hitherto was supposed to be confined
to the Devonian or Lower Carboniferous.

RHACOPTERIS (?) FErstmantTeLit. Nov. Sp.

Frond coriaceous imparipinnate, handsome ; rhachis strong ;
pinne sub-opposite, variable, distant, symmetrical or un-
symmetrical, lingulate or obovate lanceolate, curved or spread-
ing, greatly contracted at attachment to rhachis; terminal
pinnule erect, inequilateral, with a rounded lobe on one side

369

at base, somewhat falciform; apex generally more rounded
than the terminations of lateral pinne ; neuration parallel
and crowded at contracted or petiolate attachment,
thence gently spreading and forking, the lateral nerves,
terminating in dentate or curiously recurved and variable
laciniate segments, which are more strikingly developed
at base of lateral pinne; the central nerves reach
the extreme termination of pinne; nerves form a somewhat
coarse linear grooving on surface of pinne, but do not
anastamose. Not uncommon in shaly beds at Spring Hill,
Tasmania.

I have placed this singularly handsome form under the
genus Rhacopteris, although the form of its neuration is very
suggestive of alliance with certain forms of Otozamites.
See O. imbricatus, Feistm. The rhachis, though strong
and rigid, with a broad shallow groove on one side, lacks
the prominent mesial angle which characterises R. inter-
media, Feistm, and the more closely related R. septentrionalis,
Feistm. It almost invariably happens also that, unlike
the latter, the most pronounced recurved segment is
the lower one of any marginal group; the segments are
smaller and finer as a rule towards the apex of each pinna
where they usually are simply dentate. It is here again
noteworthy that the European members of this singular genus
is confined to the Devonian and Lower Carboniferous rocks,
a fact which should not be overlooked in attempts made to
correlate the widely separate groups of Upper Pal. and
Mesozoic rocks of Australasia,

R. In#QuiLaTERA (Goeppert).

Frond upper side broadly rounded, truncate at the base
at aright angle. Petiole, short, straight, decurrent. Veins
united at the base, spreading widely and dichotomously
divided.

Localities —TASMANIA —(Not known. See &. Fetstmantelii).
N.S. Wares-—Arowa, Smith’s Creek.

References.—Goeppert (Cyclopteris), Flora, A. Silur-Devon., p.
72, Vol. XXXVIL., pp. 6, 7, and 8; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin.
Soc., N. S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIIL, pt. 1., p. 98 ; Feistmantel, Foss,
Flora. of E. Austral. and Tasmania, Geol. Mag., Nov., 1879, p. 489.

R. usTERMEDIA (Feistmantel).

Rhachis thick, with a prominent mesial angle, pinnules
alternate, pedunculate, oblong, rhomboid, incised into cuneate
segments, the centre longest, incisions scarcely marked above.
Margins of the segments denticulate, veins numerous, forking,
radiating in the segments. In the form of the rhachis this
resembles very much R&. transitionis and R. machanechi, Stur.

Localities —TasManta—(Not known, See &. Leistmanteliz).
N.S. WaLes—Port Stephens (Stroud).

370

References.—Feistmantel, Pal. Bertriige Cassel., 1878, pt. IIL,
p. 75, t. 11; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc, N.S. Wales, 1883,
Vol. VIL, p. 98; Feistmantel, Foss. Flora. of E. Austral. and
Tasmania, Geol. Mag., Nov., 1879, p. 490.

R. SEPTENTRIONALIS (Feistmantel).

Rhachis as in the last species, pinnule sub-alternate, with
short petioles, sub-erect, oblong near the rhachis, deeply lobed,
and thence sub-flabelliform, lobes sub-rhomboid, deeply
incised, segments rounded above. Veins indistinct.

Localities —TasMANIA—(Not known. See &. Leistmantelir).
N.S. WALEes—Smith’s Creek (Stroud).

References. —Feistmantel, Pal. Bertrage Cassel, 1878, pt. IIL, p.
147 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VILL,
0. 98.

: CycLopTEeRis (Brongniart).

Frond simple, pedicellate, flabelliform or reniform, sym-
metrical, membranaceous; margin sub-entire, crenulate or
fringed; veins arising from the base, forking frequently,
radiating, slender, all reaching the margin. (Tenison- Woods).

CycLOPTERIS CUNEATA (Carruthers).

Form of the entire frond unknown; pinne entire, large
cuneate, narrowed at the base, with the distal margins
rounded; veins delicate, once or twice dichotomously divided,
sometimes anastomosing once in their length in the middle of
the pinne.

Localities._-TASMANIA—Porter’s Hill, Hobart (?).* QUEENSLAND-—
Tivoli Coal Mines.

References.—Carruthers, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1872, XX VIII.
p. 355, t. 27,f. 5; Feistmantel Records Geol. Survey, India,
1876, IX., pt. 4, p. 123,

THINNFELDIA (Httingshausen).

Fronds pinnate, segments or pinne oblong, ovate lanceolate,
decurrent, and confluent at the base, coriaceous ; costa divided
into many veins, venules and veinlets, before reaching the
apex; velns emerging ata slight angle, diverging in ascending,
and often forking, venules or veinlets reaching the margin.
Stomata in both sides of the lobes. Obs.—The frond is generally
dichotomous, and is with the leaves of a thick and fleshy
habit. It belongsin Europe to the lower Lias and Rhaetic
formations.

THINNFELDIA (PECOPTERIS), OponToPTEROIDES (Morris).
Frond pinnatifidly bipinnate, or flabellate (2) ; pine,

linear, elongate, acuminate; pinnule opposite, approximate,

adnate, ovate obtuse, entire ; veins nearly obliterated. |

* May only be a curiously cut fragment of a species of Gangamopteris. ~

371

Localities..— TASMANIA — Jerusalem, Whale’s Head. New
SoutH Wates—Clark’s Hill, Hawkesbury Sandstones. QuEENS-
LAND—Ipswich, Tivoli Mines.

References.—Morris. Strezelecki’s Phys. Descrip. N.S. Wales
and V.D. Land, 1845, p. 2, 49, t. 6, f. 2-4. M’Coy (Gleichenites)
Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 147; Schimper, Traité dé Pal.
Vég., 1869, I., p. 488 ; Feistmantel, Records Geol. Survey, India,
1876, [X., pt. 4. pp. 123-124 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.
Wales, vol. VIII. pt. 1, pp. 106-107; R. Etheridge, junr., Cat.
Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 98.

THINNFELDIA ODONTOPTEROIDES (Morris),
Var. obtusifolia (Johnston).

Frond bipinnate; pinne simple or dichotomous; rhachis
strong and grooved, not winged; pinnules sub-opposite scarcely
oblique, connate at the base, obtuse, broader than long, lower
ones frequently emarginate ; upper margin emerging obliquely
or at right angles to rhachis and roundly tapering downward
towards lower margin, adhering base broadest ; lower pinnules
free and relatively more square, emarginate, and shorter than
the somewhat continuous or pinnatifid segments at the
extremities of pinne ; the two inner pinnules at base of
furcate pinne are slightly imbricate; pinne usually from
three to five inches long, and from six to thirteen millimetres
broad; veins extremely fine, all arising from the rhachis,
dichotomous, diverging as they ascend.

This fern is especially the characteristic form in
certain shales at the foot of Spring Hill, From the
extreme divergence of this form from the types figured
originally by Professor Morris in Strezelecki’s work (Physical
Descrip., N.S.W., and Tas.), and from the frequency which
the very fine venules ascend from the rhachis independently, E
was at first inclined to regard it as a distinct species allied
to Odontopteris, but the further study of Dr. Feistmantel’s
able investigations and of the fuller and more correct
characters of the various forms given by him led me to
abandon my original view, and refer the whole of the various
forms at Spring Hill to Thinnfeldia odontopteroides. There is
one beautifully preserved specimen, however, in my possession
which from the delicacy -and independence of the branching
venules would almost justify its inclusion under the
genus Qdontopteris. This specimen particularly is almost
identical in form with O. Schlotheimii, far more so, I
believe, than the O. microphylla, M'Coy. The latter is
found common in the fine sandstones of Clarke’s Hill, N.S.
Wales (Wianamatta beds). The shales at Spring Hill appear
to be older than the eruptive greenstone forming the high
ridge at that place. It is possible that the shales at Spring Hill,
may belong to a formation distinct from the Jerusalem basin.

372

It is significant to find that all the associated plants at this
place are new to Tasmania, viz., Tentopteris Tasmanica mihi ;
Rhacopteris Feistmantelii, mihi; Thinnfeldia media, Woods
closely resembling 1. indica, Sphenopteris elongata, Carr. and
a form having the characters of the genus T’richomanides (T.
Littingshauseni, mihi). The prevailing forms of the Tasmanian
Coal Measures as represented at Jerusalem, New Town,
Oatlands, Longford, Fingal, Ben Lomond, and Seymour,
could not be traced among those mentioned.

The prevailing forms throughout the Upper Coal
Measures are Pecopteris Australis (Mor) ; Sphenopteris lobi-
folia (Mor); S. alata, Br.; 8. plumosa, Br.; Zeugophyllites
elongatus (Mor); -Phyllotheca Australis, Br.; P. ramosa
(M’Coy); P. Hookeri (M’Coy).

THINNFELDIA ODONTOPTEROIDES (Morris).
Variety superba (Johnston).

Frond bipinnate, large and graceful; pinna forking,
dichotomous, contained angle of fork 48 degrees ; segments of
pinuules invariably cleft close to rhachis leaving a continuous:
wing along the latter, against which the broad bases of the
pinnules are attached; the pinnules below the fork are broader
than long, squarish, and become increasingly obtusely lobed
on the upper marginal shoulder, the lower margin becoming
gently rounded, thence parallel, and close to upper margin
of the subjacent pinnules, all of which usually run
into rhachis wing ata right angle. Pinnules at and above
fork gradually lose the squarish appearance, are variably
curved, broadly lanceolate and spreading, length greater than
breadth at base, frequently becoming simply lanceolate towards.
apex; inner pinnules of fork generally smaller. Neuration
fine, and forking repeatedly as in T. falcata from which it only
differs in having a winged rhachis and in being a very much
larger form. Rhachis strong, grooved; extreme length of
pinnules below fork, 11 millimetres; above fork, 39 milli-
metres; average breadth of pinnules below fork, 18 milli-
metres; above fork, 12 millimetres.

This magnificent form occurs in shales associated with
the coal seam at Spring Bay where it is associated with
Sphenopteris elongata. (Carr.) P. caudatus, mihi, and P.
trilobita, mihi. te

THINNFELDIA TRILOBITA. (Nov. Sp.).

Frond bipinnate (?), pinne, linear elongate, dichotomously
divided ; pinnules pinnatfid, coriaceous, oblique, opposite
trincately narrowly strap-shaped, invariably terminating in
three variably shaped digits or lobes, the central one of which
is usually the most prominent; veins obscure, not well
defined. Adjacent margins of pinnules run closely parallel

373

to each other, joining in a rounded sinus near to rhachis,
giving to the latter the appearance of a broad marginal
wing; rhachis strong and grooved; average breadth of
of pinna, 15 millimetres; average length of pinnules, 9
millimetres ; breadth, 45 millimetres.

Associated with 7. superba mihi, in shales beneath coal
seam at Spring Bay.

THINNFELDIA MEDIA Gtenison woods).

Frond pinnatifid or bipinnate (?) pinne nearly opposite,
lanceolate, acuminate, on the margin sinuate, the lower ones
shorter, the upper more or less nearly auricled, the lower ones
more or less decurrent, the costa dividing into many veins;
these veins are forked. Stalk thick, striated.

Localities.—TasManta—Spring Hill, Spring Bay. QUEENSLAND
—Dubbo.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
Vol. VIIL., plate 6, fig. 1.

PECOPTERIDES.

Frond undivided, simple, or pinnate many times in a
beautiful manner. Pinnules often entire, but here and there
sub-divided, and with a dentate margin, base wholly adnate,
rarely constricted, sometimes confluent. Costa persistent to the
apex, pinnately ramose ; veins dichotomous, diverging to the
Imargin at a more or less open angle. Venules simple,
forking twice or thrice, rarely anastomosing When sori
are present they are marginal or disposed towards the
middle of the pinnule, punctiform, oval or linear.

PrEcoPTreRIS (Brogniart).

Veins emerging from the costa in a more or less open
angle, diverging arcuately, simple or dichotomous, venules
often forked.

PECOPTERIS (?) TENUIFOLIA (M‘Coy).

Sp. Char.—Bipinnatifid (?), pimnules and rhachis very
slender, each about half a line wide; pinnules very long,
oblique, linear, apparently simply united to the rhachis by
their entire base, one very strong midrib running throughout ;
secondary nerves unkuown.

Lecalities.—TasmManta (2). N.S. Wates—Clark’s Hill.

References—M‘Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 152, t. 9,
f.6; ibid, Proc. R. Soc., V.D. Land, 1851, ip: 308, t. 9, “f. 6;

Tenison- -Woods, Proce. Lin. Soc., N. Ss. Wales, 1883, Vol. VILL, pt.
1, p. 110; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 187 8, p. 98.

PECOPTERIS CAUDATA. Nov. Sp.

Frond bipinnate (?); pinne linear-lanceolate, pinnules
connected, lobate or slightly pinnatifid from base to within
an inch of apex, where the pinne terminate ina simple or

F

confluent linear terminal pinnule ; all lobes oblique, rounded,
with margins rough or finely venulate; primary vein of each
lobe emerging acutely from rhachis, from which radiate
dichotomously numerous small venules which reach the
margia; an occasional independent venule arises from
rhachis towards sinus of each lobe.

Pinne or frond (?), imperfect 2% inches long. Breadth
across middle of terminal pinnule, 5 millimetres. Breadth
across base, 14 millimetres.

From greyish shale below 4 feet coal seam at Longford

This is probably a very variable species, as it corresponds
in some respects with a protean form occurring in the shales
associated with a similar coal seam at Spring Bay and at
York Plains. There are certain characters which link this
form with the genus Odontopteris, but until more perfect
specimens are obtained, it is referred by me provisionally to
the genus Pecopteris. The veins are invariably strong and
prominent, very unlike the fine neuration of Thinnfeldia
Odontopteroides (Morris).

ALETHOPTERIS (PecorrEeRis), AUSTRALIS. Morris.

Frond bipinnate ; pinne oblique, alternate, rather distant ;
pinnulee thin faleate and rather obtuse, oblique and somewhat
incurved, more orless adnate to the rhachis, and sometimes
decurrent, dilate at the base, or auriculate; midrib slightly
flexuous, evanescing towards the apex; veis oblique,
bifurcate, or dichotomous.

Localities. — TAsMANIA — New Town, Hamilton, Richmond,
Jerusalem, Spring Bay, Impression Bay, York Plains, Longford,
Ben Lomond, Seymour. Victorra—Bellarine—N.S. WaALES—
Clarence River. QuEENSLAND—Ipswich, Darling Downs.

References.—Morris, Strezelecki’s Phys. Descrip. N.S. Wales and
V.D. Land, 1845, p. 248,t. 7,f. land 2; M‘Coy, Annals. Nat Hist.,
1862, [X., p. 148; ibid, Geol. Survey, Vic., Dec. 1, 1874, p. 343
Schimper, Traité de Pal. Veg., 1869, I. p. 569; Feistmantel,
Records, Geol. Survey India, IX., pt. 4, p. 123 ; Tenison-Woods,
Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIIL, pp. 111-112; R.
Etheridge jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 97.

THNIOPTERIDE.

Fronds stipitate, simple, oblong, lanceolate, and broadly
elongate, entire or pinnate ; pinne linear, lingulate, more or
less acuminate, shortly pedicellate or sessile. Rhachis and
costa conspicuous ; velns emerging at an acute angle, but
immediately becoming horizontal or oblique, simple and
dichotomous. Sori transversely oblong, sub-marginal or
rcunded, and scattered over all the lower part of the surface,
or in series along the venules.

THNIOPTERIS (Brongniart).
Frond simple, and in habit like Scolopendron. Costa con-

375

sspicuous above, sub-terete underneath ; veins generally con-

spicuous, slender, numerous, and close, dichotomous a little

above the base; venules simple or dichotomous, parallel, with
-an occasional intermixture of simple nerves.

TmNIoPTERIS Tasmanica. Nov. Sp.
Frond simple, broadly strap-shaped, not obovate; midrib

‘moderately strong; veins well defined, exceedingly close and

numerous, parallel, emerging from midrib at an acute angle,
and immediately bending and reaching margin at a slight
angle upwards. About one nerve in ten simply furcate near
middle of wing; about 24 nerves in the space of half-an-
inch. Length unknown. Breadth, about 46 millimetres,
Common in the shales at foot of Spring Hill. This form
approaches Macroteniopteris Wianamatta (Feistm.) of the
Hawkesbury sandstone, but seems to differ from the latter by
its closer neuration and its broadly strap-shaped form. Italso
approaches 7’. densinervis (F'eistm.), from Kukurbit, India, but
it would appear that the latter differs in having the nerves
more delicate if not more dense, and in being more frequently
furcate.
TNIOPTERIS Morristana. Nov. Sp.

Frond simple, narrowly strap-shaped; costa fine ; veins
numerous, parallel, onein six simply furcate, emerging and
radiating outwards at a moderately acute angle to margin.
Length, unknown; breadth about 16 millimetres; nerves fully
1 millimetre apart.

Occurs ina greyish white shale below 4 feet coal seam
belonging to Mr. Mason near Longford. Associated with
Zeugophyllites elongatus (Mor.), and Alethopteris Australis
(Mor.).

T. Morrisiana is a very distinct form from T. Daintreet
(M‘Coy). It approaches Oleandridium vittatum (Bret.) far
more closely. It differs from the latter in the less frequent
furcation of the nerves and in the delicacy of its midrib,
O. vittatum being very strong comparatively. It is more
closely allied to the example figured as T. Daintreei, by
Mr. Carruthers (Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, 1872,
Pl. XXVII. fig. 1), but, which I consider, with Prof. M‘Coy
(p. 16, Decade. Prod. of Pal. of Victoria, Pl. XIV., fig. 1), to be
a very distinct species. See 7. Carruthersii, Tenison-Woods,
Proc. Lin. Soc., 1883, Vol. VIII, p. 117.

TNIopTeRIs DaintREEI (M‘Coy).

Frond very long, linear, parallel sided; substance
thick, edges straight, costa very strong; veins extending
at right angles from the midrib to the lateral margins,
a few straight and simple, the greater number once
forked at a variable distance between the midrib and

376

lateral margin; total width of frond four lines, about tem
or eleven lateral veins in the space of two lines at the margin,
both of ordinary specimens, four limes wide, and one specimen.
nearly two inches long, but only one and a half lines wide.
throughout.

Localities—TasMANniIA. Referred to by M‘Coy (Dec. 2, Pal.
Vic., p. 15), as occurring “in the same mass of stone with
Glossopteris Browniana, in one of the Tasmanian specimens,” there-
fore locality probably Mersey Coal Basin(?). N.S. WatEs—
M‘Coy. Victrorta.—Bellarine, Barabool Hills, Cape Paterson,,
Strezelecki Range, Murundal. QuEENSLAND.—Tivoli Mines (?).

References.—M‘Coy, Trans. Roy. Soc. Vic., 1860, V., pp. 196 and.
915°; 1bid, Dec: 11. 'Pal..of Vic; p. 15, pl- 14) f.51-2; (Carcutherss
Quart. Journ., Geol. Soc., 1872, XXVIII. p. 355, t. 27, f. 6(%);
Feistmantel, Geol. Survey, India, LX., pl. 4, pp. 123-124 ; Tenison-
Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIII. (iT
Carruthersii, Woods), p. 117; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust.
Fossils, 1878, p. 100.

Sub-Order.—DictyoPTERIDEE f
Nerves reticulate, fronds many times pinnate or pinnatifid +
A. With a midrib.
a. Costa conspicuous, frond simple. Glossopteris.
6. Costa inzonspicuous, except in the middle, frond.
quadrilobate. Sagenopteris.
B. Without a costa. Gangamopéeris.

GLOSSOPTERIS (Brongniart).

Frond simple, elongately elliptical, acuminate, entire,
coriaceous, petiolate, rhachis broad, gradually tapering up to.
the apex. Veins emerging from the rhachis at an acute angle,
from which, to the middle of the leaf, they form a hexagonally
rhomboid net, thence to the edge somewhat more free,
dichotomous, not so often anastomising, and forming very
large rhomboidal areole. Sori rounded.

GLossopTERIS Browniana (Brongniart).

Frond simple, spathulate, or oblong, lanceolate, entire,
attenuate at the base; costa thick, canaliculate, gradually
contracting towards the apex; veins oblique, anastomosing,,
hexagonal near the rhachis and elongate near the edge.

Localities. — TASMANIA — Lower Coal Measures (Up. Pal.),.
Mersey, Southport (Wintle), Lower Tamar (Wintle). N.S. WALES
—Neweastle, Jerry’s Plain, Mulimbimba, Illawara.

References. -- Brongniart, Prodrome, 1828, p. 54; Morris,
Strezelecki’s Phys. Descrip., N.S. Wales and V.D. Land, 1845, p
247,t. 1,f. 1; Schimper, Traité de Pal. Vég, 1869, p. 645 ; Carruther’s
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1872, XX VIIL., p. 354 ; Tenison- Woods,
Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIII, pp. 122-123; RB.
Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 96.

+ In Schimper and Zittel’s Paleontologie this is only a sub-order of
Teeniopterideze.

Se

a a

377

GLossorreRIs Brownian, Var. PRECURSOR (Feistmantel).
Leaves small, long, spathulate ; costa distinct, fading away
towards the apex; veins emerging at an acute angle, curved,
forked, anastomosing, forming asub-equal elongate, poly gonal
network.
Localities --N.S8. WALES—Stony Creek.

__ References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
Vol. VIII, pt. 1, p. 126.

GLOSSOPTERIS LINEARIS (M‘Coy).

Leaves very long, narrow, with nearly parallel sides; midrib
very large; secondary veins fine, forming an angle of about
50deg. with the midrib, anastomising occasionally from the
midrib to the margin.

Localities.— TasMANtA — Mount Nicholas (Killymoon Coal
Seam ?). N.S. WaLtes—Woollongong, Arowa.

References.—M’Coy, Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX., p. 151, t.9,
£.5; ibid, Proc. R. Soc. V.D. Land, 1851,I., p. 308, t. 9, f. 5; R.
Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 97; Tenison-Woods
Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1883, vol. VIIL, p. 123.

GLOSSOPTERIS AMPLA (Dana).

Frond very large, widely ovate, entire, undulating, obtusely
acuminate ; costa thick, extending to the apex; veins ex-
tremely fine and close, leaving long, narrow _reticulations,
which are longest towards the margin.

Localities —TasMAntA—Porter’s Hill, Hobart (2). Mersey (4).
N.S. WaLtes—Newcastle, [lawara.

References.—Dana, Geol. U.S. Expl. Expd., 717, Atlas, t. 13, f. 1;
‘Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, vol. VIII. pt. 1,
p. 124 ; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 976.

GLOSSOPTERIS RETICULATA (Dana).

Frond large, oblong-elliptical, the width not exceeding
a third part of the length, gradually attenuate towards the
‘apex; veins broadly reticulate to the margin. Considered to
be a variety of G. ampla by Feistmantel.

Localities N.S. WaALEsS— Newcastle, [lawara (Rare).

References.—Dana, Geol. U.S., Expl. Expd., p. 717, Atlas, t. 13,
f.1 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, vol. VIIL,
‘pt. 1, p. 124; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 976.

GLOSSOPTERIS ELONGATA (Dana).

Frond narrowly elongate, lanceolate, attenuate at the base;
-costa somewhat thick, distinct; veins neatly reticulate.
‘Considered to be a variety of G. ampla by Feistmantel.

Localities.—N.S. W aLEs—Newcastle.

References—Dana, Geol. U.S. Expl. Expd., p. 718, Atlas, t. 13,

f. 5; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, vol. VIIL.,
‘pt. 1, p. 124; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 96.

378

GLOSSOPTERIS CORDATA (Dana).

Frond distinctly cordate towards the base ; lobes rounded;
costa thick; veins reversed at the base, diverging from the:
costa, neatly reticulate, with narrow, oblong interspaces.
Considered to be a variety of G. ampla, by Feistmantel.

Localities.—N.S. WaLes—lIllawara.

References.—Dana, Geol. U.S., Expl. Expd., p. 718, Atlas, t. 13,
£.5; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, vol. VIII,
pt. 1, p.124 ; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 96.

GLOSSOPTERIS TMHNIOPTEROIDES (Feistmantel).

Frond simple, elegant in form, oblong, ovato-spathulate,
attenuate at the base ; costa valid, striate or grooved. Veins:
emerging at nearly a right angle, giving at first sight the:
appearance of a Tceniopteris. Under the lens the venation is
seen to form an oblong, narrow, obliquely acute parallel net-
work which is sometimes indistinctly polygonal. The costais
stiff and straight. Only one specimen was known to Dr..
Feistmantel, which came from Blackman’s Swamp Coal Beds.

Localities N.S. WALEs—Blackman’s Swamp Coal Beds.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,.
vol. VIIL., p. 125.

Guossopreris Witkinsont (Feistmantel).

Frond extremely narrow, sub-parallel, strap-shaped, costa
distinct, produced at the apex; veins sub-horizontal,
dichotomous, anastomosing usually once near the apex,
forming an oblong network, with a few smaller meshes
towards the margin of the rhachis.

Localities.—N.S. W ALEs—Blackman’s Swamp.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,.
Wolk WADDLE. jos 125,

GLOSSOPTERIS PARALLELA (Feistmantel).

Frond very long, simple, elongately ovate, apex unknown ;
costa distinct, grooved in the middle. Veins emerging at an.
angle of 30 deg., in the lower portion, and at an angle
of 20 deg. in the upper portion of the frond, dicho-
tomous parallel, but anastomosing, forming a distinct oblong:
polygonal net, which is narrower towards the margin.

Localities—_N.S. WALES— —(1)

eferences.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,.
YO, WAMU ales.

GLOSSOPTERIS ELEGANS (Feistmantel).

Frond of medium size, oblong spathulate, with a costa
which becomes merged in the tissue above; below it is formed
of pairs of areola spaces, which are oblong; above these are
similar spaces, but shorter and somewhat polygonal. Veins.

g ili
2 379

arising at an acute angle from the medium areolar spaces,
dichotomous, anastomosing, and forming an oblong network.

Localities. N.S. WaLEs—Greta.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
Vol. VIIL, pt. 1, pp. 125-126.

GLOSSOPTERIS PRIM@®VA (Feistmantel).

Frond spathulate, costa thick, grooved veins, emerging at
an angle of from 20 to 30 deg., parallel, dichotomous, anas-
tomosing, forming a polygonal network, which is wider and
shorter near the rhachis, narrower and longer near the margin.

Localitves.—N.S. WaLes—Greta. Inpra—Damuda.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883.
vol. VIIL, pt. 1, p. 126.

GLossoPpTERIS CLARKEI (Feistmantel).

Leaves oblong ovate, obtusely acuminate; costa distinct,
grooved in the middle. Veins parallel, dichotomous, free for
the greater part of the leaf, like a Teniopteris, anastomosing
only at the margin, twice or thrice forming a rhombo-polygonal
network.

Localities.—N.S. WALES. —_——(?)

References.—Tenison- Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
Vol. VILL, pt: 1, p. 126.

GANGAMOPTERIS (M‘Coy).

Frond simple or impari-pinnate ; middle pinne spathulate,
symmetrical, semi-elliptically pointed above, gradually tapering
towards the base; lateral pinne variable, very acute, tapering
from base or obliquely ovate, to trigonal or flabelliform, broad
above, gradually narrowed towards the oblique adherent base,
which is never auriculate, but moderately wide and embracing
no costa; veins coarsely reticulate, many arising from the base,
branching as they diverge towards the margin and frequently
anastomosing to form an irregular polygonal network.

GANGAMOPTERIS SPATHULATA (M’(Coy).

Spathulate, symmetrical, equal sided, semi-elliptically
pointed above, tapering towards the base to a slender petiole ;
length 43 inches, width about 1} to 2 inches. (This is the
rarest of the three forms in the Bacchus Marsh sandstones,
M‘Coy.)

Localities—TasanmiA—Mersey. Victorta—Bacchus Marsh.

References.—M‘Coy, Geol. Survey, Vic., Dec., II., 1875, p. 12, t.
13, f. 1 ; Feistmantel, Records, Geol. Survey, India, 1876, IX., pt.
4, p. 123 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol.
WEE pti -1) pe 127.

GANGAMOPTERIS OBLIQUA (M‘Coy).
Frond wide, inequilateral, oblique, sub-trigonal, widest near
the broadly rounded distal end, gradually tapering towards the
base, which is not petiolate, but obliquely truncated, with a

380

moderately wide sessile base of attachment. Length, commonly
about four or five inches ; width near apex, about three and a
half inches ; width near base, commonly about nine lines.

Localities. —TASMANIA—Mersey. Victor1A—Bacchus Marsh.

References —M‘Coy, Geol. Survey, Vic., Dec. II., 1875, p. 13, t.
12, f.2-4; Feistmantel Records, Geol. Survey, India, 1876, IX.,
pt. 4, p. 123 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
Vol. VILL, pt. 1, p. 127; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils,
1878, p. 96.

GANGAMOPTERIS ANGUSTIFOLIA (McCoy).

. Leaf linear, lanceolate, eight or nine times longer than
wide; side straight, nearly parellel, pointed above, contracted.
to a lengthened petiole below; nerves equal, those of the
middle third of the frond nearly parallel, straight rather
closer than those of the sides, which gradually divaricate
towards the margin at a very acute angle; all the nerves
dichotomise at irregular intervals, and those of the sides
occasionally anastomose and are connected by a few transverse
bars.

Localities.—TASMANIA—Upper Marine Beds, Mersey. N.S.
Wa tes—Guntawang, Newcastle. Victor14—Bacchus Marsh.

References—McCoy (Cyclopteris), Annals Nat. Hist., 1847, XX.,
p. 148, t. 9. f. 3; ibid, Proc. Roy. Soc., V.D. Land, 1851, L., p. 306,
t. 9. f. 3; Feistmantel, Rec. Geol. Survey, India, 1876, IX., pt. 4,
p. 123 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., 1883, Vol. VIIL, pt. 1.,
p. 127; R. Etheridge, junr., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 95.

GANGAMOPTERIS CLARKEANA (Feistmantel).

Frond spathulately rounded, of medium size, coriaceous,
entire. symmetrical, rounded above but greatly attenuated
towards the base, whence the somewhat thick and distant
veins radiate, forking and forming an oblong network.
Resembles G. spathulata.

Localities.—N.S. W ALEsS—Bowenfels.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proce. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
Vol. VIII., pt. 1, pp. 127-128.

SAGENOPTERIS (Presl.).

Frond quadri-lobate arising from a terete stipe, lobes free to
the base, articulate, deciduous, extremely variable even in the
same frond, being hastate cultriform, rhomboidal, oblong,
lanceolate, and unsymmetrical, coriaceous, thickened at the
articulation. Costa immersed in the tissue at the base, but
distinet towards the middle; veins arising at an acute angle,
but diverging in ascending, anastomosing, forming a hexagonal
rhomboidal network. Epidermis unequally rectangular above,
polygonally areolate below, and pierced with stomata.

SAGENOPTERIS RHOIFOLIA (Presl.).

Frond very variable both as to the shape and size. Pinne

narrow at the base, articulate, spathulate, obovate, or oblong

381

acuminate, rarely oblong lanceolate or sub-rotundate,
inequilateral, very rarely sub-symmetrical, the middle leaves
larger than the lateral ones, and quite entire. Ordinary length
about 32 millimetres, with a diameter of 16 millimetres. The
internal margins of the lateral fronds somewhat expanded,
furnished here and there with a broad indistinct dental lobe.

Localities. _QUEENSLAND—Ipswich, Darling Downs.

References.—Presl. in Sternberg, Vol. I., p. 640, tab. XLIV., fig.
2-8 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soe., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol, VII,
pt. 1, p. 128.

SaGENOPTERIS TasManica (Feistmantel).

Frond compound digitate (?), with linear lobes, attenuate at
the apex; costa distinct and rounded, veins emerging at an
acute angle, forked, and once (so it seems in the fragments)
anastomosing. A doubtful species resembling 8S. Phillipst,
Lindley and Hutton of the English Oolite.

Localities. —TasMAnta—Jerusalem Basin.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
Wolk VELL., pt..1;.p. 129.

JEANPAULIA (Unger).

Fronds coriaceous, arising from a cylindrical stem,
flabelliform ; segments, which are linear, forking repeatedly,
entire, more or less elongate. Veins numerous, rather
prominent, equal, parallel, dichotomous with the divisions of
the frond. Superior epidermis formed of elongate rect-
angular or oblique cells ; lower side of hexagonal cells with an
undulating margin, and numerous stomata. Fruit, ovate-
pisiform.

JEANPAULIA BIDENS (Tenison- Woods).
Frond broadly flabellate ; segments somewhat short, often

‘becoming broader towards the apex, and ending in a short

wide bifurcation, or in a curved faleate, acute or acuminate

point. Veins not conspicuous, numerous (6 to 10), parallel,
not branching. The longest of the segments in the specimen

figured is 55 millimetre, and the width is from 3 to 6
millimetre.

Localities. —_QUEENSLAND— Burnett River Coal Seams.

References.—Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883,
vol. VIII., pt. 1, p. 132.

Order. yYCopopiAcEs.

Stem or rhizome bearing true leaves, either linear, or small
and one-nerved, or reduced to minute scales. Spore-cases
solitary or few together, sessile in the axils of the leaves or
of the bracts of a terminal spike, either all similar or of two

kinds, larger ones macro-sporangia, containing a few larger

Spores or macrospores, and smaller micro-sporangia, containing
numerous smaller often microscopic microspores, the differ-
ences now generally admitted to be sexual.

382

LyYcopopium.

Stems leafy, hard, branching, creeping, prostrate, or erect.
Leaves small, entire or minutely serrate, inserted all round
the stem, usually in 4 rows. Spore cases all of one kind,
flattened, one-celled, two-valved, sessile in the axils of the
upper leaves, or of bracts usually smaller or broader than the
stem leaves, and forming terminal or lateral spikes. Spores
all minute and powdery.

TASMANITES PUNCTATUS (Newton).

Bituminous discs (Sporangia) minute, rounded, usually
flattened. Surface under microscope ornamented with minute
crateriform rings, in the centre of each of which occurs a fine
pore or tube communicating between the internal and ex-
ternal surface. These tubes are generally filled with
blackish matter, and appear through the transparent coating
of sporangium wallas hairs. The peculiar nature of this
organism and its ornamentation was first described by the
author in “‘ Memoranda to Tasmanian Botanists” (p. 53),
published in August, 1874, where it is described as “the
spore-cases of some ancient tree allied to the existing club
moss family.” Forms the bituminous matter of the shale of
the Lower Coal Measures of the Mersey, known as Zasmanite,
Fellow Coal, or Dysodile.

fteferences.—Johnston Mem. Tas. Botanists, 1874, p. 53; Wewton
Geol. Mag, 1875, Dec., 5, IL, pp. 337-342, t. 10, f. 1-9; Johnston
pamphlet on Tasmanite, or Mersey Yellow Coal, Hobart, 1877,
p. 6, 7. Australis ; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878,
p. 199.

LEPIDODENDRON (Sternberg).

Large trees with dichotomous branches, surface closely
covered with alternately arranged rhombic scars, having a
vascular cicatrix near the middle or upper angle, Leaves
Inear, or peltate, fruit a strobilus or cone at the extremity of
certain branches.

Sub-Genus, Burcerta (Presl.).

Scars nearly flat, obovate, rhomboic or quadrate, with a
very small oval vascular cicatrix near the upper angle.

This genus belongs to the Paleozoic rocks, and various por-
tions ofthe same plant have been formed into Stigmaria (roots),
Lepidostrobus (cones or fruit spikes), Sigillaria (fluted trunks
of some species), Cyperites (foliage), Knorria (casts of stems),
Sternbergia (pith) and other genera.

LEprpOstROBUs.
Cylindrical cones composed of winged scales, their axis

traversed by a longitudinal cavity or receptacle, and termin-
ating in rhomboidal disks, imbricated from above downwards.

383

Lepipostropus Mustieri (Johnston).

Strobilus or cone imperfect, oblong, narrow, clyindrical,
4+ inches long, and jinches in diameter; the longitudinal,
striated cylindrical core of specimen about half an inch in
diameter, indicates that the central longitudinal cavity or core
occupied fully one third of the total diameter; bractze
emerging from central axis ata slight descending angle, about
20 in number, from 4 to 6 millimetres thick at base, and
tapering downwards to margin, where they are from 2 to 3
milimetres thick, and from which they suddenly bend up-
wards, and form long, thin, leaf-like imbricating bracts
enclosing sporangia cavities or cells, of similar appearance
and size to the enclosing bractez

This unique and interesting specimen was discovered by
the author in the so-called auriferous sandstones of Campania,
which belong to the Mesozoic Coal measures of Jerusalem.

The sandstones are intimately related with shaly beds
replete with impressions of Phyllotheca Australis, P. Hookeri
and Zeugophyllites elongatus.

Unfortunately the specimen soon after its discovery
disappeared mysteriously from the Royal Society’s Museum,
Hobart, where it was temporarily deposited. Fortunately
a careful drawing was taken by the author at the time
when it was discovered. In the Royal Society’s Museum,
Hobart, there is a fragment of what appears to be a trunk of
a species of Knorria. The locality cannot now be ascertained,.
but from the character of associated shales, it is probable
that 1t came from the Jerusalem Basin. If so, there is a
likelihood that it may be related to the strobilus Z. muellert.

Locality —TAsMANIA—Campania sandstones.

Reference.—Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, 1884, p. 225,
Pols
LEPIDODENDRON (BerGERIA) AvusTRALIS (M‘Coy).
Stem about two inches in diameter, having rhombic scars,
with straight thick boundaries, about .four inches long, and
three and a half inches wide, with a very small oval, rounded,
vascular, cicatrix, rarely near the middle or more usually
eccentric towards the upper angle, and often connected with
the appearance of a vertical shallow rounded sulcus ; branches.
one inch in diameter having similar scars three lines long, and
two and a half lines wide, upper and lower angles of the scars
usually slightly more acute that the lateral ones, very rarely
the lateral ones more acute.

Locality.— Victorta—Avon River Sandstones, Gippsland.

References— M‘Coy Annals Nat. Hist., 1862, IX., p. 141;
Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIII., pt.
1, p. 184; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 31.

384

_LEPIDODENDRON NoTHUM (Unger).
Sears of the leaf contiguous, rhombic, with a single and
generally central vascular scar; leaves small, peitate and
imbricate, on long slender petioles, fruit produced on the
apices of the thick branches, a single sporangium, almost
sessile, borne on the middle of the petiole of the leaf, roots
stigmarioid.

Localities—_N.S. WALES—Cowra, Canowindra, Goonoo-Goonoo
Creek. QUEENSLAND—Mount Wyatt, Drummond Range, Ryedale,
Mount Lambie.

References.—Unger, Deuksch K. Akad, Wien, 1856, XI., p. 175,
t. 10, f. 4-8 ; Carruthers, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., 1872, XXVIII,
pp. 350, 353, t., 26, f. 1-5, f. 7-14; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc.,
N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIII, pt. 1, p. 185; R. Etheridge, jun,
Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 31.

LrEPIDODENDRON VELTHEIMIANUM (Sternberg).

Localities. -EuropE—Silesia, Hartz Mountains, Upper Vosges.
AUSTRALIA— 1).

References.—h. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 31 ;
Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VILL, pt.
1, p. 186. See also Z. remoswm (Sternberg), ibid.

Order.—CYCADEZ.

Flowers unisexual, without any perianth. Male flowers
forming catkins or cones, consisting of numerous spirally
arranged imbricated scales (or stamens), more or less cuneate,
bearing on the concealed portion of their under surface,
numerous sessile or rarely stipitate anther-cells, each opening
in two valves, the upper imbricated exposed part of the scales
hardened, and often much thickened, the apex truncate or
more or less produced into an incurved or recurved point or
lanceolate appendix. Female cones consisting of numerous
scales, imbricate at least when young, either with one pendulous
ovule (or carpel) on each side of the thickened and hardened
apex, or with three or more erect ovules (or carpels) in
marginal notches below the flattened acuminate, and usually
dentate or pinnatifid apex. Jruiting-cone enlarged, and either
remaining imbricate with two pendulous seeds to each scale, or
the scales with marginal seeds spreading as the central shoot is
developed within the cone. Seeds naked (or nuts) with a
thick or hard outer coating or integument, and a fleshy
albumen in a central cavity of which the straight embryo is
suspended by a long folded cord. Cotyledons two, undivided.
Palm-like plants, with a thick globose, and underground or
erect and cylindrical woody stem, simple or rarely slightly
branched, marked with the scars or bases of the old leaves.
Leaves forming a crown at the apex of the stem, once or twice
pinnate. Cones sessile or very shortly pedunculate, within
the crown of leaves.

385

ZamitTes (Brongniart).

(As amended by Schimper including Zamia and Zamites of
Brongniart in part and Crossozamia of Powell.)

Leaves very variable in size and shape, either ovate oblong
acuminate, or oblong or linear and oblong acuminate; alk
regularly pinnate. Pinne more or less horizontal and inserted
perpendicularly into the rhachis, lanceolate, linear lanceolate,
oblong, acuminate or obtuse, base contracting suddenly and
fixed to the anterior side of the rhachis by a more or less
distinct callosity; solidly coriaceous. Nerves distinct, straight,
parallel, ending abruptly at the apical margin of the leaflet.

Popozamites (Fr. Braun.).

Leaves of medium size. Leaflets distinct, spreading, oblong,
ovate, and linear oblong, apex obtusely acuminate or rounded,
gradually narrowed towards the base, sub-pedicellate, pedicel
articulate, deciduous. Nerves dichotomous at the very base,
then simple, erect, parallel, then converging towards the apex.

P. Barkleyi, M‘Coy, Victoria — Queenscliff (Ten.-Woods,

Le., p. 144). :

P. ellipticus, M‘Coy (Ten.-Woods, Le., p. 144).

Y se ae M‘Coy, Victoria—Bellarine (Ten.-Woods, l.c.,

pete

P. lanceolatus, Lindley and Hutton, Qweensland—Ipswich

(Ten.-Woods, Le., p. 146).
OrozamitEs (Fr. Braun).

(Odontopteris, Sternb. Goeppert, Unger, in part, Ofoptcris,
Lindley and Hutton, Schenk.)

Leaves moderately large, rarely very large, regularly pinnate,
elongately linear, narrowed at each end, leaflets, densely close
or more or less remote, alternate or linear lanceolate, obovate
rhomboid or sub-circular, base suddenly narrowed, obliquely
inserted on the upper side of the sub-terete rhachis, unequally
auriculate, upper auricle smaller than the lower one, and
adpressed to the rhachis. Nerves radiating from the insertion
of the leaflet, basilar arcuate, the others sub-arcuate, once or
more dichotomous. Epidermis with elongate deeply sinuous
cellules.

O. Mandeslohi.— Kurr. Talgai Diggings, Queensland (Tenison-
Woods, l.c., p. 151).

ZEUGOPHYLLITES (Brongniart).
Fronds (?) petiolate, pinnate, opposite (?) oblong, nerves
valid few, equal, becoming confluent at the base and apex.
Z. ELONGATUS (Morris).

Stem (?) leaves petiolate, oblong elongate, entire
truncate, and slightly thickened at the base; veins distinct,
equal, parallel.

386

Localities.—- TASMANIA — New Town, Richmond, Jerusalem,
Impression Bay, Seymour, Ben Lomond, York Plains, Longford,
Hamilton. N.S. WaLes—Mulimbimba (2).

References.—Morris, Strezelicki’s Phys. Descrip. N.S. Wales and
V.D. Land, 1845, p. 250, t. 6, f. 5, 5a; M‘Coy Annals. Nat. Hist.,
1847, XX., p. 152 ; ibid Proc. R. Soc., V.D. Land, 1851, 1, p. 309%5
Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol. VIIL, pt.
1, pp. 151-152 ; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878, p. 101.

Naecerarutopsis (Feistmantel).

Leaves unknown, leaflets (pinnules) wedge-shaped from
the base, or elongate-spathulate, sub-rhomboid or obovate,
margins straight or incurved; nerves close and numerous,
somewhat thick at the base, and from thence forking twice
or oftener, becoming slender and diverging into the leaf.

N@GGERATHIOPSIS SPATHULATA (Dana).

Leaves short, spathulate, apex triangular and sub-acute,
narrowed at the base, and thence gradually dilating ; nerves
very delicate, and only partially distinct, four or five veins in
the breadth of a line.

Localities._N.S. WALES ——(?). TAsMANTA (2).

fteferences. —Tenison-Woods, l.c., p. 153.

N@GGERATHIOPSIS MEDIA (Dana).

Hlongate, lanceolate, tapering towards the base, and
broadest within an inch of the apex. Hxtremity sub-tri-
angular, and apex rounded. Veins a little divergent, about
fifteen to half an inch. One leaf five inches long, about an
inch wide within an inch of the apex, and a fourth of an
inch at base; another shorter.

Localities —TASMANIA — Mersey Coal Basin. N.S. WaLes—
Neweastle.

References—Tenison-Woods, l.c., p. 154.

N@GGERATHIOPSIS ELONGATA.

This is a doubtful species, which Dana identified with
Zeugophyllites elongatus Morris, but says that it was found at
Neweastle, which is clearly an error. He says that it may be
identical with Goeppert’s N. distans, but that plant grew in
clusters, and, moreover, had veins bi-furcating in the middle,
which does not occur in Morris’s fossil. (Tenison- Woods).

Locality._N.S. W ALEsS—Newcastle.

References.—Tenison-W oods, Le., p. 154.

N@GGERATHIOPSIS PRISCA (Feistmantel).

Leaves unkown, leaflets (pinnules) medium-sized, sub-
rhomboid, obovate, slightly mequilateral, nerves close and
fine, emerging radiately from a narrow base, and forking
twice or thrice.

Greta Creek, N.S.W., under the marine Paleozoic fossil-
iferous strata. (Tenison-Woods, Lec., p. 154).

387

Corpatres (Unger).

Stem, a simple woody cylinder without medullary rays, but
eomposed of radiating scalariform vessels, encircling a large
pith with transverse lamellar partitions. Bark marked with
leaf-scars. Leaves simple, sessile, very long, flat, parallel-sided,
with broad clasping base, easily disarticulated from the stem,
no midrib, but fine parallel neuration.

Corpaires AvusTRALIS (M‘Coy).

Leaves several inches long, thick, flattened, parallel-sided,
with unequal, longitudinal, simple parallel strie; clasping
base, slightly widened and bent a little downwards. Leaves at
one inch from the base, about four or five lines wide; base
about two to three lines wider.

Localities.—TasMAnta—Mersey Basin (7). Victorra—Upper
Devonian Flags, Iguana Creek. QUEENSLAND—Gympie, Drum-
mond Range. N.S. WALEs—Mulimbimba.

References.—M‘Coy, Geol. Survey, Vic., Dec., IV., 1876, p. 22, €.

36, f. 6-7 ; Tenison-Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales, 1883, Vol.

VIII, pt. 1, p. 155 ; R. Etheridge, jun., Cat. Aust. Fossils, 1878,
p, 30.
: Class.—CONIFER.
Trees or shrubs, mostly with resinous secretions, the leaves
are stiff, sometimes linear or needle-like, sometimes short and
scale-like, or more rarely broad-lobed, or divided. The flowers
are unisexual, either in cylindrical or short catkins, with closely
packed scales, or the females are solitary. There is no
perianth. The stamens in the males are either inserted on the
axis of the catkin under the scales or the anther-cells are
sessile, on the inside of the scales themselves, which then form
part of the stamens. The ovules and seeds are naked, that is
without ovary style cr pericarp, although sometimes more or
less enclosed in two bracts, or in a fleshy or hardened disk.
The seeds are albuminous with one, or sometimes several
embryos in the centres, each embryo having sometimes more
than two cotyledons. (Tenison-Woods).
Localities.—TASMANIA—Upper Coal Measures and Lower Coal
Measures, silicified trunks abundant. See also :—
Taxites medius, Tenison-Woods (ibid, l.c., p. 160, Queensland).
Sequoites (?) Australis, Tenison-Woods (ibid, Le., p. 162,
Queensland).

Walchia Milneana, Tenison-Woods (ibid, 1.c., p. 163, Queensland).

Cunninghamites Australis, Tenison-Woods (ibid, Le, p. 165,
Queensland).

Aracaurites polycarpa, Tenison-Woods (ibid, le, p. 165,
Queensland),

383

REMARKS ON TIN ORE DEPOSITS AT MOUNT
BISCHOFF, TASMANIA.

By Baron Von Groppseck, Corer Mrnine Councinior

or THE Hartz Minine Districts anp Diructor

oF THE Royat Prusstan Acapremy or Minus at Cravs-

THAL, GERMANY.

Translated by G. THurnav, F.G.8., from the Special Imprint
of the Journal of the German Geological Society of 1884.

Read September 7th, 1885.

The Royal Academy of Mines at Clausthal was some
time ago placed in possession of a very fine collection of
Australian ores. That collection was presented to our
Academy by M. Wagenknecht, of Aachen (a Fellow of the
Royal Society of Tasmania).

Amongst the samples were found a number of specimens.
of Tin Ore, together with the rocks and the minerals said to
be associated with same, from Mt. Bischoff, Tasmania. The
series interested me, particularly on account of a piece of
supposed Quartz-Porphyry, which rock, it was represented,
is associated (according to the description of 8. H. Wintle*
and Geo. H. EF. Uirichy}) with those Tin Ores, and also because
of some peculiar, dense, greyish-blue coloured masses.
of mineralf which most frequently are found to enclose
those Tim Ores.

The chemical and microscopical tests gave the unexpected
and interesting result, proving this Quartz-Porphyry to be a
land of Topaz rock of porphyritic structure, the white or
light-coloured portions of same consisting of dense Topaz,.
whilst the greyish-blue were principally formed of dense
Tourmalines.

As this appears to be—so far as I am aware—a totally
unknown occurrence of Topazes with Tourmalines carrying
Tin Ores, a description of same may be, under the circum-
stances, justified. As to the value of this discovery, from a.
geological point of view, I am not able to form an opinion,
and such can be only ascertained properly after a careful

* §. H. Wintle; Stanniferous Deposits of Tasmania. Trans. Royal
Society of New South Wales, 1875, vol. ix., page 87.

+ Geo. H. F. Ulrich. Written communication; New York Book for
Mineralogy, etc., 1877, page 494.

+ These dense masses of minerals at first led to the belief, from the
peculiar structure of same, that they were the results of transmuted Quartz-
Porphyries. An analogy certainly exists in the well-known transmutation
of Granites, carrying Tin Ores, into “Greisen” or a felspar—less rock.
These possibilities gave rise to the now detailed researches ; and this paper
was read by me at a meeting of the German Geological Society at Hanover
in September, 1884. At that time I was not aware of the real character of
the supposed Quartz-Porphyry. The special examinations of same were.
initiated in October of the same year.—V.G,

examination of the several features observable in the respective
localities. To initiate and induce such examinations the fol-
lowing may deserve attention :—

389

1. Porpuyritic Topaz Rock rrom Motunt BiscHorr.

This resembles, to a considerable degree, the Quartz-Por-
phyries, whether such is examined by the naked or unarmed
eye or by means of powerful lenses. It consists of a light
grey-coloured, dense, hornstone-like base, in which numerous
transparent Quartz-crystals can be observed up to 3 mm. in
size. One imagines, likewise, of heing able to distinguish, in
the white coloured cross fractures of this rock, crystals of
felspar. It carries also Iron Pyrites in both large and small
crystal or in crystalline aggregations.

A preliminary chemical examination showed that, after the
removal of the metalliferous ores, the pulverised rock would
completely fuse with soda, but that hydro-chloric acid had
no effect except the deposition of a white precipitate, composed
of Silicious Acid and Alumina. Distinct Fluor reactions were
observed with traces of Lime and Magnesia, but alkalis were
not present.

The special chemical analysis of this sample of rock, freed
from iron pyrites through nitric acid, as carried out by Dr.
Sommerlad in the Royal Academy’s Laboratories, gave the
following results :-—

Silicious Acid oe Be a: he 76°68
Lime ve ae ae ii a 4 tpi)
Fluor wae 5; i pe A 6°48
Alumina... spe a te: Hae 19°99
Magnesia... si ae ad ey 42 PAGES
Phosphoric Acid... ip a rife € 2 EAGER

Total ... ae 10434

Specific Gravity 3014

Two separate tests were made, according to Rose’s method,
for ascertaining the percentage of Fluor. The high percentage
of Fluor, and the total absence of alkalis, are therefore con-
vincing proofs of this rock not belonging to the Quartz-
Porphyries, and that it can now be stated that it consists of,
in round numbers, 35 per cent. of Topaz and 65 per cent. of
Quartz. To what form the 1:19 per cent. of Lime in this
rock can be assigned is not quite clear; but it is quite pos-
sible that some very minute crystals of “ Titanite’’—to be
described lower down—contain this Lime. In the same
manner, it is doubtful also how the Phosphoric Acid occurs,
except with “ Apatite.’ The solution which was obtained by
treating the ores with Nitric Acid in order to secure their
extraction was found to contain a considerable percentage of

G

390

Lime, owing to some Calcites which the microscope had pre-
viously discovered.

On placing the pulverised rock into a “ Thoulet’s” solution
of 3'202 specific gravity, the ore was gradually precipitated,
and on analysis of that precipitate, the presence of Iron
Pyrites was detected with slight traces of Antimony, Copper,
and Zinc. The chemical and microscopical examinations
which followed established the composition of the rock as
follows :—Quartz, Topaz, Iron Pyrites, Calcite, Titanites, and
Apatite (?) of which the first two form the leading, and the
remainder the less important constituents. The base of the
Topaz, as ascertained by analysis, appears, in the microscopie¢
slides under their proper magnifier, as an aggregation of
colourless and irregularly formed crystalline grains not above
0:02 min. measurement. Every now and then—especially in
the vicinity of the crystals of iron pyrites, the basic Topaz
partakes of a more fibrous texture, gaining thereby an
appearance which very closely assimilates with the denser
whitish Topaz referred to below. The very small crystals,
already alluded to, as having been observed in the fractures
of the rock itself, sometimes enclose such fibrous Topaz, and
they are frequently coated by a whitish mineral, which on
account of its granular composition renders the inner or
enclosed crystals necessarily less clear, but opaque. It has
been impossible for me, at present, to classify these small
crystals under any distinct system. Itis likewise not possible
to declare same as “ pseudo-morphic”’ as there are no grounds
for such an assumption. On the other hand, they may be
accepted as imperfectly formed, minimised crystals of Topaz
—amucroscopic Pycnite (?)—as composed of very minute fibrous
crystals, and that their want of clearness is due to those in-
crustations. It remains now only to be observed, that within
those minute crystals, grains or specks occur, which exhibit
vividly coloured polarising colours (also of Topaz) as well as
irregularly formed particles of iron pyrites.

The Quartz occurs in the basic mass of the rock in the form
of crystalline grains or aggregations from 0:06 to several
mins. in measurement. To judge from the very regularly
developed form—six sided—of some of these crystals, and _
their behaviour, when crossing each other’s positions, the well-
known Dihexadron would most likely be their form under
that system, if accompanied by the narrow column sides
which are so frequently observed when embedded in Quartz-
Porphyries. On magnifying these transparent and polarising
crystalline aggregations 400 times their original size, they
exhibit frequently those well-known vesicular openings
filled with fluids. Fluids, because, they do not appear
to consist of carbonic acid, as is sometimes the case,

391

on account of their immobility and I have not, so far,
been able to observe any really distinct changes in their
position. Various granular ard crystalline-foliated minerals
could not likewise be defined to satisfaction. Very fine,
needle-like crystals occasionally occur, and they may, in
all probability, hereafter be recognised as Avpatite, which
would explain the presence of phosphoric acid as shown
by the analysis, which acid has not been found in any other
form in the rock. The aggregations of iron-pyrites exhibit
in the thicker slides under the microscope some very interest-
ing features, as one is enabled to recognise cubes from 0°05
to 0.15 min. in length, edgewise. These crystals are some-
times enclosed for over half their length in quartz crystals,
the remaining half being embedded in the basic Topaz.
Other very peculiar features are also observable with some
very long fibrous forms, measuring from to 0-1 mm. in
width by 0.3 to 0.7 m.m. in length, also partly or wholly
encrusted by a very thin coating of Calcite. These are
very probably lengthened cubes, which have, by some occult
means or another, developed in one direction more than in
another. These cubes are irregularly formed crystals of iron
pyrites, Besides these, there also occur rectangular, nearly
cubical, but otherwise irregular crystals of iron pyrites,
measuring from 0°35 to 2 mm. in size; impregnated as they
are sometimes by crystals of quartz and Calcites ; these latter
predominate sometimes to such a degree over those sulphurets,
which however retain their crystalline form, as to make same
quite subordinate so far as proportions or percentage are
concerned.

The Calcites occupy various forms and positions within
these iron pyrites, and they are confined sometimes by
peculiar minute botryoidal and oblong crystals, brownish
red in colour, which, from their general appearance, their
distinct pleochroism, and the absence of the former fibrous
forms, and being accompanied by a very vivid rainbow-like
polarism, cannot be mistaken for any other but “ Titanite.”

The Calcites of this rock, so easily distinguished by their
vivid iridescent properties, occur most frequently in the form
of impregnations of the iron sulphides, also in distinct, but
smaller particles. These crystals of quartz and iron pyrites
are evidently of a remoter origin than the basic mass of Topaz.
Could it be assumed, for instance, that the latter consisted,
whilst in the course of formation, or partook of the gelatinous
compound ?

2. Dense WuiteE Topaz or Mr. BiscHorr.

This rock exhibits in its peculiar uneven and splintery
fractures a trace crystalline.

392

When heated, in a solution of Cobalt, it turns blue, and
gives distinct reactions with Fluor. After roasting, the fact
of Hydrofluoric, or Muriatic acids, having no effect is a
distinguishing feature.

Dr. Sommerlad’s analysis gave the following results :—

Silicious Acid se ine ui AS 33°34
Aluminous Acid ... ie ae am 37°02
Lime a Mee aa a vie 0°83
Fluor By ME i ae us 17°64
Mota lasses Bae OPE
Specific Gravity... 3°456

The alterations from the normal composition of Topaz
(5 Al Si O05 + Al Si F110) are very insignificant, indeed, and
they may be attributed to these impurities, the existence of
which haye been demonstrated when under the microscope,
but the percentage of Lime is very remarkable as such cannot
belong to the Topaz proper, but is due to other minerals
interspersed through the rock. The “slides” of this dense
white Topaz exhibit an aggregate of irregularly deposited
streaky or oblong groups of needle-like prisms from 0-01 to
0°05 min. in width, to 0:04 to 0°3 min. in length, showing also,
across their diameter vivid rainbow-like colours, which, how-
ever, disappear entirely with their longer axis. Only very
rarely—as quite natural—are the rhombic cross-sections
observable in the directions just alluded to. The terminal
apices of these prisms resemble those, with crystallized Topaz,
customary pyramidal and domatic points.*

To judge from the specimens now before me, dense Topaz,
intermixed with dense greyish blue Tourmaline, can easily be
discerned with the naked eye, though the latter occurs in
forms unlike its usual character, maintaining, however, the
ordinary fibrous forms.

Tourmaline is seen distinctly in the “ slides,” in the form
of botryoidal nests and as filling cavities of the Topaz rock.

3. ToURMALINE FROM M7. BiscHorFrr.

This occurs also in the Carbonates of Iron as needles
measuring 0°25 mm. thick, to 1 m. in length, from dark
green to blackish colours. “Slides” exhibit the same like-
wise, as a dirty violet nucleus, which is enveloped by a
sreenish coating. Their pleochroism is very strongly marked,
and the colouring partakes of lighter and stronger tints,
according to the manner and position in which the crystals

# G. vom Rath has already described Topaz crystals from the Waratah
Mine, Mount Bischoff, as from 4 to 4 min. in size. These crystals formed
fine crystalline aggregations in which crystals of Cassiterite were embedded.
Also the occurrence of nests of radiating crystals of Pycnite. Bonn, 1879.

393

are being held by the observer. These proportionally larger
crystals of Tourmaline are gradually developed from a
granular and indistinctly radiated mass which appears under
the microscope as finely radiated or irregularly fibrous. The
mineral in question fuses, under the blow-pipe, with but
little effect at the edges and it gives distinct reactions of
Boron, and very little of Fluorine.*

Dr. Sommerlad has undoubtedly proved, from decimal
analysis, that these light greyish blue masses of minerals are
Tourmalines.

Silicious Acid aie oat heres hap 36°86
Aluminous Acid ... ce Sad at 36°72
Boracic Acid “oe we 3M cus 10°56
Peroxyde of Iron ... am i xt 5°66
Peroxyde of Manganese ... i ee 0°66
Lime Bit: ad oe u 88 Bee 0°34
Magnesia a aes pe ade 3°92
Kali (Potassium) ... ee eae a Ale lh
Natrium ty: Ae, ig oh SOL
Water ae cae Lae cuy AE TG
Fluor AR ese cae ss Migs 0°61

Total hee dale Spot (WES

Specific Gravity ... 3°042.

Criosinc REMARKS.

According to the descriptions given by Messrs. Wintle and
Geo. H. F. Ulrich of Mt. Bischoff, it would appear that, on
the top of that mountain, there occurs a bold stockwerk-like
mass of porphyry which has penetrated a non-fossiliferous, and
very probably, very old formation of slate, sandstone and
quartzite. These latter exhibit, in the immediate neighbour-
hood, or, within the contact planes of the porphyries, great
irregularities and considerable contortions in the bedding of
the strata.

Wintle speaks of tinlodes in this porphyry ; according to
Ulrich, however, the tin ores occur as impregnations of the
porphyry only, and principally so within the planes of
contact with the schists. Ulrich reports also that the
Waratah Company at the south-eastern flanks of the mountain
is engaged in the exploitation of a lode (?) of Quartz-Porphyry
carrying tin ore, which intersects independently the adjacent
schistose (blue) formation.

It is quite evident, from these descriptions, that the

* These coarse needle-like aggregations of Tourmaline from Mt.
Bischoff have that peculiar appearance, and remind strongly of those of
Zeuxite.

394.

Quartz-Porphyries at Mt. Bischoff must be considered the
“ carriers” of tin ores.

The specimen, I have been presented with, and which I
have described as closely resembling Quartz-Porphyry, had
therefore to be recognised as representing the occurrence of
tin ore at that mountain, and therefore as occupying a very
important position.

If, however, it has now been unmistakably proved that that
specimen is actually not Quartz-Porphyry, but, a porphyritic
Topaz Rock, then the question arises, whether any such Quartz-
Porphyry .occurs at. Mt. Bischoff at all, and whether the
whole formation, assumed to be such rock, is very probably a
Topaz Rock, and in what manner, and under what conditions
the latter occurs contiguously to the real Quartz-Porphyry.

The Topaz Rock, as described, is certainly a very remarkable
formation in its character, and it is to my knowledge
exceptional in its kind. I have named it Topaz Rock, because
of its composition—like the well-known so-called Topaz
Rock, near Auerbach, in Saxony—of Quartz and Topaz,
though there it exhibits not the slightest resemblance in its
mode of occurrence to that of Mt. Bischoff.

A probably not unimportant fact, which tends to connect
both of these occurrences, otherwise so widely apart, should
not, at this stage, be omitted to be mentioned. M. Breith-
aujet,* it should be borne in mind, has already proved that
the Topaz Rock of Auerbach forms, at the surface, a huge
well-like mass, which in itself contains or forms an immense
lode of Tin Ore.

Topaz, it is well known, is a very frequently and widely
disseminated mineral in close conjunction with Tin Ore
deposits; but, to our knowledge, such an extraordinarily
developed formation as that at Mt. Bischoff in Tasmania is
not known to exist elsewhere. The occurrence of Tourmaline
there is also very different from any other known im con-
- nection with Tin Ore deposits. These two minerals—viz.,
Topaz and Tourmaline (which are, however, not even men-
tioned in Messrs. Wintle and Ulrich’s descriptions)—in their
dense forms appear to play a very important and prominent
part in the celebrated Tasmanian Tin Ore deposit. It might
prove, in all probability, very interesting and valuable to
ascertain whether or not such dense—and therefore easily
passed over-—masses of Tourmaline occur also with other Tin
Ore deposits.

A. Von GRoDDECK.

* New Year Book for Mineralogy, 1885, page 788.

>

7) gO

MOSSES OF TASMANIA (continued), TRIBE 2,
WEISSLA.

By R. A. Bastrow.

[ Read October 12th, 1885.]

—

It will be understood from the previous papers that the
Andrezaceze and the Sphagnacez are so far removed from
other mosses as to each form separate sub-orders, the remain-
ing sub-order Bryacez containing two Sections, which are
again divided into Tribes. Tribe 1, of this sub-order,
containing Phasce and Bruchia, has already been described,
and we now notice Tribe 2.

The Weissize are a low and tufty growing tribe, with nar-
row leaves, and are difficult subjects for the tyro to identify.
The tribe includes the genera Gymnostomum, Weissia, and
Symblepharis ; the first of these is distinguished by the total
absence of a peristome around the mouth of the capsule; the
second, Weissia, bears a peristome of sixteen teeth ; and the
last, Symblepharis, has eight pairs of bifid teeth at the sum-
mit of the capsule. The three genera are similar in their
mode of growth, generally not more than half-an-inch in
height, and, when dry, the foliage curls and twists around
the fruit-stalks, or anything they come in contact with ; under
an ordinary botanising lens they resemble a multitude of
miniature rams’ horns. The capsule, with its fruit-stalk, is
generally yellowish-green, the rim around the mouth of the
capsule being of a decided reddish colour.

The fact that these three genera of mosses are placed in
one tribe (Mitten places them in the Tribe Tortule), and yet
that one of them is gymnostomous, is in conflict with the
ordinary view that split-mosses and naked-mouthed mosses
are the earliest forms. The affinity of the vegetative systems
of the three genera appears too close to str ongly support such
a view, notwithstanding the entire absence of the peristome in
the genus Gymnostomum. Indeed, M. Philibert, in the Bryo-
logical Review, 1884,* states his belief that the earlier structure
is the perfect peristome from which the others have varied by
degeneration, and he would have us regard the Encalypta
}(extinguisher moss) as the central point whence all the other
forms of moss-plauts have diverged, all those which have a

* Journal, Royal Mic. Soc., Feb. 1885, p. 100.

+ Since reading the above paper, I have received from Alfred J. Taylor
Esq., some magnificent fruited specimens of the genus Encalypta found by
him at the summit of Mount Rumney.

396

peristome nearly identical in structure being probably of a
common origin; also, that it is difficult on any other theory
to account for the almost complete identity of the peristome
in Dicranum, Fissedens, Campylopus, Dicranella, Cynodontium,
Trematodon, Dichodontium, and Leucobryum.

That gymnostomous mosses as well as peristome-bearing
mosses existed in the upper Miocene age we have abundant
proof. In reply to a request for information on this subject
from Baron Von Miller, whose life-long investigations in
botanical science constitute him the highest authority in the
Southern Hemisphere, he, with his usual courtesy, informs
me ‘that Geeppart found one Phascum in amber ; also, in
amber, several species of Dicranum, as D. fuscescens, D.
flaggillare, D. scoparium, and I). pellucidum; a Hymenos-
tomum, which Schimper finds very similar to H. microstomum;
two species of Polytrichum allied to P. urnigerum and P.
septentrionale ; and a Catherinea allied to C. undulata.
Schimper has described a Fontinalis from the upper Miocene
formation, and Bragniart another from that geological age.
Of Hypnum, several species have been found by Herrs
Httingshauren, Unger, and Saporta in Schists; and Ludwig
and Schimper discovered some Hypnums in lignite, in which
also some species of Sphagnum occur.” After alluding to
the special works of the above-mentioned authors, I am
particularly referred to Schimper’s “ Paleontologie Vegetate,”
a work we unfortunately do not possess in the Library.

Jt is therefore evident that gymnostomous Sphagnum and
Phascum, single-peristomed Dicranum, and the perfectly-
developed double-peristomed Hypnum flourished side by side
comparatively in the upper Miocene age. Had no Phascum
or Sphagnum been in this formation we should have been in
a better mood to embrace M. Philibert’s view; on the other
hand, had no perfectly-developed Hypnum been there found
we might have felt a little closer drawn to the old views of
development from gymnostomous forms.

Had moss-plants been as large as Sigillaria pachyderma
we might have known more of their history, the little we
have received creates the want for more. If the perfect
double-peristome is the earliest structure, from what allied
form can it have varied? Does it not appear more probable
that the double-peristome has been developed by slight vari-
ations, one small step at a time, through climatic influences,
from the single-peristome ? May not the single-peristome,
in like manner, be developed from the gymnostomous plant;
the gymnostomous from the splitting capsule—the latter
through leafy, then frondose jungermannia, lichens, fungi, or
alge; and all from the unicellular organism; the primary
organism originating from beyond the limit of present discovery ?

397

If, for instance, in a plant of any of the species of three genera
comprising the Tribe Weissie, after fertilisation of the arche-
gonium, the slightest deviation in the division of the cell by
septa should take place, we should most probably have a
variation of greater or less significance in the fructification :*
it is, therefore, astonishing to note the almost complete immu-
tability of the Natural Law which maintains, for trillions of
generations, not only the generic but also the much more
minute specific characters of so small a part as is the tooth of a
deristome. And if such diverse forms have really been deve-
loped from a unicellular organism how vast the intervening
period must have been.

Genus 5.—GYMNOSTOMUM.
Beardless Moss.

The Greek words of which the name of this genus is come
posed are yuyvos (naked) and croua (mouth), referring to the
naked orifice of the capsule. According to Bridel, this plant
is frequently found intermixed with Phascum and Weissia,
and has an erect simply-branched stem about half-an-inch
high. The capsule is seated on a high and seldom arcuate
fruit-stalk ; it is small, and loves to be near the habitations
of mankind, growing in both barren and cultivated fields
amongst grass. It is generally found in tufts, seldom growing
solitary. In its fresh state it is a graceful little plant, but
cannot be well observed without the aid of a lens. The
essential generic characters are the naked mouth and the
linear lancet-shaped leaves.

Genus 6.—WEISSIA.

This genus was instituted by Hedwigin memory of Weissius,
Professor of Botany, Cidttingen. The plants are small, tender,
and slightly branched ; the capsule bears a peristome of six-
teen teeth. They must be looked for on moist banks or damp
sandy places; they may frequently be found in crevices along
with Fissedens, and sometimes on wall tops. The species of
this genus present much variation in form, and will some-
times be found very similar to Gymnostomums. The light
green tufts have a beautiful cushion-like appearance, hence
the English name for W. contraversa — green-cushioned
Weissia.

Genus 7.—SyYMBLEPHARIS.
Wilson.

This genus is so named by Mr. Wilson because the teeth
of the peristome shut close in a cone when dry, the name
literally meaning adhesion of the eyelids. Bridel names the
only species of this genus collected in Tasmania Olomitrium

* Hofmeister on the higher Cryptogamia.

398

perichetiale; Hooker names it Trichostomum perichetiale
in Muse. Exot.; and Griffiths figures it as Didymodon peri-
cheetiale. The name Symblepharis is, however, expressive of
the appearance of the capsule, and, as we find it in Flor.
Tasm. arranged as above, it will be advisable so to accept it
here. The perichetal leaves are very long, and, when dry,
twist around the fruit-stalk sometimes as high as the capsule.

TRIBE 3.—FISSEDENTIA.
Genus 8.—FIssEDENS.

The character of the foliage of this genusat once distinguishes
it from any other genus of mosses. It is the little beauty of
the whole Natural Order. To make its acquaintances we
must explore the very little caves and grottoes to be found n
every shaded clayey bank, for the small plume-shaped fronds
appear to avoid exposure to the strong light of day, as wellas
to seek shelter from the passing storm. At this time of the
year the minute capsules cast off their lids and expand the
bright red peristomes in order to permit the contained spores
to mature and escape; in this state they present a charming
appearance under a low power of the microscope. The foliage

-is distichous; this character gives the charm to the plant ;
indeed observed with a common pocket lens a tuft of
Fissedens presents the appearance of a Lilliputian fernery
with the addition of richly coloured masses of peristome
crowning the gracefully curved fruitstalks.

The African traveller, Mungo Park, has made famous a
variety of the first species of this genus, Fissedens bryoides ;
after being exposed in the sultry parts ofthat continent to many
privations, towards the close of one day the traveller, sad,
faint, and weary, sat him down to rest and consider his
position ; his eye rested upon one small tuft of this moss in
the wilderness around him, he gathered it, and as he did so,
after a little reflection, he took encouragement therefrom, and
banished the fear of a scorching grave in the unknown waste
from his mind, the promise of moisture was before him, and
in a short time he escaped the danger that had just before
appeared so threatening.

One species, F. adiantioides, fruits laterally, and, as its
mame implies, resembles, on a small scale, a species of
Adiantum. The genus at one time belonged to the Dicrani,
and if the form of the peristome, which is undoubtedly the
Linnean rule for drawing the generic distinction, be adhered
to, it should abide amongst them; but when so ereat an
authority as Mr. Wilson, the author of the Muse. Britt.,
thinks it wise to employ the characters founded on the
difference of foliage, and when other eminent authorities
concur therein, we must abide by that arrangement. The

399

peristome is similar in both genera, but the leaves of Fisse-
dens are distichous, whilst those of Dicranum are inserted
on all sides of the stem. The teeth of the peristome are
bifid, and the divided limbs are usually bent back in the
form of a flesh-hook: hence the original name of the genus

Dicranum.
TRIBE 4.—LEUCOBRYACEA.
Genus 9.—LEUCOBRYUM.
White Fork-Moss.

Hedwig placed this moss amongst the Dicrani as the teeth
of the peristome were similar, but the pale and sometimes
bluish grey colour and cellular structure of the foliage suffi-
ciently distinguishit from the Dicrani. Miller has consequently
placed it in the Leucobryace, and he states that in viewing
the leaves at an acute angle the prismatic colours are seen.
It grows in moist ground, on heaths, in bogs, at the roots of
trees, and on decaying wood.

TRIBE 5.—DICRANACEA.
Genus 10.—Dicranum, Hedwig.
Fork-Moss.

The peristome of Dicranum is similar to that of the two
preceding genera, and at that point the similarity ceases.
The stems of the plants of this genus are erect and branched,
they grow vigorously in company with Bryum and Poly-
trichum, the leaves are generally bent to one side (secund),
they are narrow and numerous, and usually have a fine
narrow nerve to the apex of the leaf. The capsules are seated
on high fruit-stalks, are frequently plentiful, they are cer-
nuous, and sometimes erect. The lid of the capsule is furnished
with a long beak, bent somewhat to the shape of a shoemaker’s
awl. They may be found on mountains and in valleys, in
woods, fields, and almost everywhere, except in water. They
usually grow in large tufts, and are frequent on old logs in
the bush around Hobart. The fruitcrers of the city generally
have a good supply of Dicranum in their windows; it may
be easily distinguished from other mosses by its long bristly
bundles of leaves, which have somewhat the appearance of
miniature horse-tails,

The accompanying photograph will convey a correct idea
of the usual form of Dicranum capsule, also of the bifid
apices of the teeth of the peristome. These photographs
have been taken by the microscope with a 1}in. objective, a
small camera without the lens, and an ordinary microscopic

lamp.

4.00

EARTHQUAKE PHENOMENA IN TASMANTA.
By Capr. Suortt, R.N. (Meteorological Observer.)

[Read November 16, 1885. ]

Since last November when I read a former paper on earth-
quake shocks and tremors, and up to the present time there
has been a considerable decrease both in the number and
intensity of the shocks, excepting that of May 13th.

From the table annexed with this paper, giving the time
of occurrence, it will be observed, that at Gabo the shock is
felt earlier than in Tasmania, also shocks have been felt
farther inland on the continent of Australia, showing that
the centre of disturbance during the past year, is to the north
of the centre, marked in the Coloured Map, produced in my
previous paper. The disturbance has been felt very severely
at the Kent Group Lighthouse about a dozen panes of glass
have been broken from the commencement.

To strengthen the position I have taken in fixing the
probable centre of disturbance. I will introduce the views of
Professor Milne, of Japan, who recently visited Victoria and
Tasmania, and published an article in the Melbourne Argus
on the earth movements in Australia. Heis undoubtedly a
sreat authority on Seismology, onaccount of Japan being always
more or less in a state of disquietude from shocks and tremors,
and his having had charge of the Seismological Department
for some ten years, making a study of the Volcanic Phenomena,
and his investigations have not been confined to actual disturb-
ances, but also by experiments with dynamite discharges in
the earth at various depths, by which he has gained much
knowledge as to the rate of progression of shocks through
different strata.

The following are his conclusions on the disturbance affect-
ing us :—“ From the various investigations which have been
made, it appears that there is a line of weakness in the earth’s
crust running parallel to the eastern coast of Tasmania.
From time to time, whilst sinking to a state of equilibrium,
this line gives way, first at one point and then at another.
Each of these movements is announced as a series of tremors
which now and then may be accompanied by one or more
violent lurches. If this is a correct view to take, then, in a
few years, it is possible that actual stability may be reached,
and the earthquakes of Tasmania and Victoria become tradi-
tion of the past.

“ A second view is that the disturbances are directly con-
nected with the capillary intrusion of sea-water to volcanic
foci, consequent on which there are explosions and ruptures

401

along the above-mentioned line of weakness. Be it as it may,
it is certainly remarkable that the greater number of earth-
quakes in the world occur in volcanic countries, but not
actually at voleanoes. They usually originate on or near the
foot of a slope beneath deep water. Eighty per cent. of the
earthquakes in Japan have such an origin. The great earth-
quakes of South America, which are sometimes propagated to
the shores of this colony as a series of sea waves, originate
beneath the deep water off the western coast of that continent.
Many of the earthquakes of New Zealand have originated
beneath the ocean at the entrance to Cook’s Straits.

“ Lastly, we have the earthquakes which have so recently
been felt in Melbourne, probably originating, as pointed out
by Captain Shortt, near to the edge of the 2,000 fathom line
off the north east shore of Tasmania.”

REPORTS ON THE HARTHQUAKE SHocks, 1885.

January 1—Barque Free Trader at sea, when 80 miles to
the Eastward of Flinders Island, experienced a severe shock
at 2p.m., duration about 10 seconds.

January 31.—The Superintendent of Swan Island Light
House reports that a shock was felt at 12h. 36m. a.m. The
Light House appeared to rock, and everything seemed to be
on the move for several seconds.

February 27.—9h. 35m. p.m. at Swan Island, severe shock,
was reported as remarkable, as during several seconds, the
iron roof on Superintendent’s dwelling house sounded as if
it was tearing in all directions, but no damage was sustained.

March 21. and 30.—Medium strong.

May 13.—This shock was the heaviest experienced since
September 19, 1884, and the great distance the shock was
felt from the centre of disturbance shows it to be as strong
as the very severe one of July 13th last year. Extending to
Corrina to the Westward, Melbourne N. W.; and to the
North to Candello, which is 258 miles South of Sydney. It
was felt severely at Hobart and Launceston. Vessels lying
alongside the wharves at Hobart were surging backwards and
forwards, as if there was a ground swell moving the
ships.

Also at Sandridge the effect on the shipping was most
noticeable.

Mr. J. R. Hurst, of Moorina, in describing the shock, states:
that he saw cats and dogs flying about the yard, in great
alarm, and a mob of cattle grazing in a paddock in the same-
state; dead standing trees in the clearing were moving about
in nearly a North and South direction, and small branches.
fallmg from them, wave-like motions were observed upon.
the earth under foot,

402

July 17.—Strong shock, loud and long rumblings at
Moorina.

August 7.—At 8 p.m. barque Kassa experienced sharp
shock of earthquake when 30 miles East of Cape Barren
Island.

September 11.—The strongest since the 13th of May.

Before concluding I bee to thank Mr. R. M. Johnston, and
Mr. J. Clunies Ross, for the assistance I have received from
them in acquiring knowledge of earthquake phenomena, as it
comes more under the province of Geologists, than Meteorolo-
gists. The Secretary of the Meteorological Society, London, in
acknowledging receiving my previous paper on shocks and
tremors, remarked that the Phenomena has not been recog-
nised to have any connection with the Weather and
Meteorology.

I also wish to make acknowledgments, and return my
thanks to those observers who have rendered me assistance
in furnishing records of shocks that have come unser their
notice.

TABLE OF THE SEVEREST SHOCKS, NOVEMBER, 1884 TO
NOVEMBER, 1885.

TIME OF SHOCKS on tHE CONTINENT CORRECTED TO HOBART
TIME. A.=A.M., P.=P.M.

EI : a Bl ple
Be] a = S | 256
a 3 g Sarl ae Sec e bret Sos
ae] 3 S fs eS g = 2 $4 a5
Slee ous g eS | 2 Ro | [8 hows
= Sy 4 a es 6) ca) Sa | aso
1884,
ec. 20 — 7SP — UB © — —
1885. :
January | 31 | 12°55 A | 12°53 A | 12°57 A — — 12°50 A —_
February| 27 | 9°50P| 9°49 P _— — _ 9°45 P = _
March 21} 9IZ A} DILA) 97 A 9°20 A — 910A] 9°20 4 —_—
March 30 — — 913P] 915P — 910 P - | =
May 13 | 938A] 9°37 A} 9°394} 9°40 A] 9°454] 935A] O37 4] 9454
July 17 | 838A] 8354] 832A] 835A; — _— — _
Sept. | 719P) 720P!] 717P| 7:25P _ — — =

403

NOTES ON BORING OPERATIONS IN SEARCH OF
COAL IN TASMANTA, 1884. (Continued.)

By T. Sreruess, M.A., F.G.S.

[Read November 16, 1885.]

In continuation of the short paper read last year on the
works then in operation at Cascades, Hobart, and at Tarleton,
I now lay before the Society the records of boring with the
diamond drills, together with a few remarks on the results.
I have, on several occasions, pointed out the extreme im-
probability of the discovery of coal in either locality, but
there were many who held a different opinion, and it was
well that the question should be set at rest

The work at the Cascades was much impeded by the
“‘jointy” character of the rock, which from tae surface down-
wards showed uvmistakeable signs of disturbance, such as
might be expected from the presence of great faults crossing
the valley on both sides and from the proximity of eruptive
rocks. Circumstances prevented me from visiting the place
from the beginning of March until after the works had been
stopped, but I was informed from time to time of what was
being done. In the month of August I was informed that
the drill had struck “ granite,” and a glance at a core, sent to
me by order of the Minister of Lands, enabled me to report
that the trap rock had been reached, and that further ex-
ploration was useless. After the stoppage of the work I
ascertained, by inquiry and by examination of the cores
which had been preserved, that the igneous rock, which is the
common diabase or “ greenstone”’ of the neighbourhood, had
been first struck by the drill between 509 and 519ft. from the
surface, and had therefore been penetrated to a depth of
about LOOft. before its true character was recognised. That
it is here an intrusive rock, and therefore newer than the
Upper Paleozoic beds, which are in contact with and partly
overlie it, I have no doubt at all; the superficial evidence of
local disturbance, the joints and fissures filled in with calcite
and pyrites, the alteration noticeable in various bands, which
differs according to their lithological character, and is in
exact conformity with that which is always associated
with the presence of intrusive rocks, point unmistakeably to
this conclusion. I regret to find that on this point I am
compelled to disagree entirely with my friend, Mr. Johnston,
who, in a paper recently read before the Society, cites this as
an instance of the priority of the igneous rock to the sedi-
mentary beds with which it is associated.

404

The records of the boring at Tarleton call for little remark.
The coal measures proper were found to continue to a depth
of a little over 200ft. below the seam of coal, being succeeded
by Upper Paleozoic marine beds apparently conformable to
them and reaching to a further depth of 105ft., where, at
370ft. 6in. from the surface, the Silurian limestone easily
recognisable by anyone acquainted with the district was
struck, and the question of the existence of another seam of
coal definitely settled there at least. It may be well to note
the circumstance of the absence from the records of any
mention of the marine beds usually found overlying the
Mersey coal seam. These beds, as was first pomted out by
Mr. Hainsworth, are never found nearer the coal than 50ft.,
and, therefore, would not be met with in a section which
begins only 41ft. 9in. above the seam.

In my former notes on this subject I gave a brief sketch
of the possible relations of the coal measures of Tasmania to
those of New South Wales, in which I ought, perhaps, to.
have pointed out that the presence of Gangamopteris in the
Mersey beds suggests a comparison with the Bacchus Marsh -
sandstone, and that the Thinnfeldia and Hquwisetacee of the
upper coal measures of Tasmania indicate some relationship
between them and the Wianamatta beds of New South Wales,
or even the upper coal measures of Victoria and Queensland.
Until, however, the order of succession and the continuity of
our own rock system has been more thoroughly investigated
and determined, and the fossil fawna and flora of its various
formations more fully identified and described, there will be
no sufficient basis for any satisfactory geological comparison ;
and this defect will not be adequately remedied until the
Geological Survey of Tasmania is again taken m hand.

405

ABSTRACT OF RECORDS OF BORING IN UPPER
PALAOZOIC BEDS AT CASCADES, HOBART, 1884.

was apa DEPTH
DESCRIPTION OF ROCK. il ema
Surface soil, about 2ft., and limestone, full of joints,
with conglomerate band 3ft. thick at 13ft. 6in.... 32°11

Limestone and mudstone, changing from hard and
brittle to soft, latterly very hard ... ie ee abel 3)

Limestone and mudstone, at 151ft. very changeable

from hard to soft for 5ft.; very hard bar of lime-

stone 22in. thick at 161ft. Gin... oe sans ABO
Very changeable, soft soapy band lft. thick at 200ft. 202

A few fossils, very changeable ; last 10ft. full of

veins of pyrites 255°3
Full of pyrites; struck water at 265ft.; country
latterly more regular bn ae sds Ree UDOB AD

Country changeable, much pyrites, fossils rare ;
water, 300gals. per hour, and getting stronger... 336°6

Changeable ; much jointy rock, bad to bore ; hard

limestone at 356ft. ... o; 358
Hard and brittle ; fossils at about 370ft.; finished in

soft limestone bes is ris shi w» 384
Hard and regular, changing to brittle, and then soft

band full of pyrites... a ee wae ... 428

Hard and brittle ; 3ft. of fossils at 448ft. ... Pa isk!
Very hard and brittle ; no fossils last 15ft. ... ae) AeLOO

Very hard ; at 496ft. went through 5ft. Gin. of
marble ; left off in dark grey stone without fossils
showing ; water about 700gals. per hour Zea DLO

* * * * * * * *

Total depth eS Ass 612°1

* [Nore.—The remaining portion of the records, which were evidently
written under a misconception as to the nature of the rock passed through,
is omitted. The “dark grey stone without fossils,” which is subsequently
described as “limestone,” is a fine grainel crystalline diabase passing in
the ordinary way into a coarser variety noted as “very coarse rock like
granite.” This rock must have been struck between 509 and 519 feet from
the surface. |

H

406

ABSTRACT OF RECORDS OF BORING IN COAL
MEASURES AT TARLETON, MERSEY, 1884

STRATA.
Clay.=
Sandstone ...

Conglomerate and Pyrites
Shale
Waal

Sandstone ...

Conglomerate
Dark Sandstone ...
Shale

Sandstone ...

Shale

Marl

Sandstone ...

Pebbly Marl

Pebbly Marl, with thin veins of
Carbonaceous Matter at 175
and 182 feet

Pebbly Marl, with Sandstone,
showing Carbonaceous Matter
at 265 feet se fe

Pebbly Sandstone, with Marine
Shells... ue ae ae

Conglomerate with Shells

Conglomerate Sandstone, with
Shells changeable uae

Conglomerate
Silurian Limestone

Total Depth

Fr. In.

a © ue) ere er K=) for) a oo Me) io)

32 6

DEPTH

IN
Fr. In.

188 0

407

AUSTRALIAN TOPOGRAPHY: EDEL’S LAND, DE
WITT’S LAND, AND CARPENTARIA.
By James R. McCriymont, M.A., Eprn.
/

[Read November 16, 1885. |

In the Letter of Instructions issued to Tasman in 1644,
as edited by Mr. Swart in the Verhandelingen en Berigten
betrekkelijk het Zeewezen, Jaargang 1844, bl. 65, occurs the
foliowing reference to an early Dutch expedition for the fuller
discovery of New Guinea and the unknown south land :—

“ De tweede voyagie met seecker jacht, in den jare 1617,
onder ’t berleyt van den fiscael D’EpE1, met weynich vrucht
gedaen, van welck bejegeningh en ondervindingh tegen woor-
dich (inits’t verlies van de journaele aenteyckeningen) geen
seeckere contschap te vinden is.”

“The second voyage in a certain yacht in 1617, under
command of the Fiscal D’Eprt, was attended with meagre
results, concerning which undertaking and discovery no
certain account can now be found, in consequence of the loss
of the journals and observations.”

A comparison of this passage with others in the same
Letter and with the maps of Tasman and Visscher and the
Stadhuys map, leads to the opinion that the Edel’s Land of
western Australia was approximately the goal of this voyage,
and that the date 1619, generally ascribed to its discovery,
should be regarded as that of a subsequent visit. Harris’
voyages ed. Campbell. i, p 325.

In support of this opinion, it will be remembered that a
discovery of land far south of the turning-point of the
Duyffken was reported in Java towards the end of 1616 on
the arrival of the outward-bound ship Hendracht, and that a
lively interest was awakened in the minds of the Dutch
authorities by the news of this and subsequent glimpses of
the western coast of the new south land. This is evident from
the fact that in September 1622, the then Governor-General,
Jan Pietersz Coen, authorised an expedition for the express
purpose of reporting upon this and other chance discoveries,
and equipped thereto the yachts Haeringh and Hasewindt.
It may be presumed that this expedition, six years after the
discovery of the Hendracht, was not the first attempt made
to authenticate the same by an official survey, for the dis-
covery was important to the Dutch East India Company
from a commercial point of view, since the crews of their
outward-bound ships frequently fell a prey to sickness and
scurvy about the time of their reaching these latitudes, for
whose relief Gerrit Pool was enjoined in 1636 to find a con-

408

venient place for obtaining water and other refreshments in
about lat. 26° to lat. 28° 8. Instructie voor den E. Command.
Gerrit Thomasz Pool. (Swart’s Journaal van Tasman’s Reis.
bl. 36.) This was probably a stereotyped order to the leaders
of these expeditions; it occurs again in the Instructions of
Tasman, 1644.

To prevent misapprehension, let me state that the maps
to which reference is made in association with the names
Tasman and Visscher are (1) that map which was draughted by
order of Van Diemen in 1644 for the purpose of illustrating,
in a connected sketch, the discoveries of the Dutch in New
Holland, and theadjacent islands; (Vide Proceedings R. S.
Tas. 1884. p. 262.) (2) a map said to be the work of Francois
Jacobsz Visscher, Tasman’s chief pilot, a copy of which, taken
as is supposed, by Captain Thomas Bowrey about the year
1687, is reproduced in Major’s Harly Voyages to Terra
Australis, p. xevii. The (8) map referred to is that which was
inlaid in the floor of the Groote Zaal of the Amsterdam
Stadhuys, and which is reproduced in Thévenot’s Relation de
divers voyages, 1*° partie, 1663, and elsewhere.

There are considerable discrepancies in these maps re-
earding the geographical position of Hdel’s Iand ard the
date of its discovery. 'Tasman’s map has a stippled outline,
extending from about lat. 30° S to lat. 32° 8, opposite to
which on the landward side is placed the legend ‘i.d. Hdels
lant bijseglt A” 1619.’ In the Stadhuys map there is a blank
in place of the stippling, and the legend appears at a definite
part of the coast-line several degrees further north, so that in
this map Edel’s Land extends from about lat. 27° S to lat.
29° 8... The draughtsman of Tasman’s map is very inac-
curate in his lettering, aud is evidently at fault when he
places a legend at a part of the coast which the Stadhays
map shows to have been unknown. On the authority
of that map we assign the more northerly position to the
visit of 1619. Turning now to the map of Visscher, it is
observable that a vangue connecting line replaces the
stippling of the one and the blank space of the other
map, and that the legend, which runs ‘J dedels Land
discovered Anno 1628,’ appears south of the doubtful place,
not, as in the Stadhuys map, north of it. In the latitude
of the Land of Edel this map agrees with Tasman’s. Had the
D’Edel who is mentioned in Tasman’s Letter of Instructions
been personally associated with these discoveries in 1619 and
1628, it is probable that further reference would there have

* The latitudes are those of the maps referred to. It is not easy to dis-
tinguish the portion allotted to the Lendracht in Thévenot’s map from that
allotted to D’Edel’. Houtman’s Abrolhos are here regarded as dividing the
two discoveries.

409

been made to him. In default of any such reference, we may
suppose that his name had become associated with the coast
between the Lands of the Hendracht and of the Leeuwin in
consequence of an earlier voyage to those parts, and that the
designation, ‘D’Edel’s Land,’ was extended to fresh dis-
coveries in the same region out of compliment to him as its
first visitor.

De Witt’s Land.—Reverting to the text of the Instructions,
we find the following account of the discovery of De Witt’s
Land.

“Tn’t volgende jaer 1628, *t selve lant aen de noort-
cant by ’t schip Dianx (varende uyt Indiae na Nederland) op
de zuyderbreete van 21 graden onverwacht ontdect, en
omtrent 50 mylen custs beseylt is.’

“Tn the following year, 1628, the same land was unexpectedly
discovered on the north side in lat. 21° S. by the ship
Diana (bound from the Indies to Holland), which vessel
sailed along the coast for about 200 miles.”

The rame G.F. de Witte-lant is borne by this coast, and
the discovery seems to have comprized about one hundred
miles on either side of the present N. W. Cape of Australia.
Strangely enough, the Instructions as edited by Dalrymple
(Collection of Memoirs concerning the Land of Papua) give the
name of the discovery-ship as the Vianen. In default of a
reference to the original MSS, we can only set the one
authority against the other. The probability however is in
favour of the goddess, whose name is naturalised in Dutch,
while the word “Vianen” belongs neither to that, nor, so far
as I know, to any other language.

Carpentaria.—The publication of Tasman’s map confirms
the opinion that the Gulf of Carpentaria was first coasted
in its entirety by Tasman in his second voyage. His track,
anchorages, and scundings are marked with great minutexess.
The name “Carpentaria,” however, does not appear, and
we may conclude that it was one of those latinised names
introduced for the first time in the original of the map
published by Thévenot, where it appears on the land east of
the gulf. Vide Majors Early Voyages to Terra Australis.
pp. xcix.-cil. It is interesting to note that Carpenter’s name
is appropriated to a river on the east side of the gulf in about
lat. 13° 8S. by the draughtsman of Tasman’s map,—probably
a survival from one of the early expeditions for the explora-
tion of what was then regarded by the Dutch as the west
coast of New Guinea.

I cannot conclude these fragmentary notes without ac-
knowledging my indebtedness to Mr. Justin Browne and Mr.
J. B. Walker for their kind loan of books during their prepa-
ration. But I would insist on the fact that private collections

410

can never supply the place of a public collection of works
relating to Australian discovery. If Australians are to
become familiar with the beginnings of Australian history,
the means of studying the sources whence that history is
derived must be placed within their reach—an end to be
attained, first of all, by a gradual and persistent acquisition
in each colony of books, maps, and documents bearing
ehiefly on its own history ; and next, by the establishment of
an Australian library enriched with all procurable rarities of
colonial history and discovery.

FIGURES OF FOSSIL LEAVES, ILLUSTRATING PAPERS
READ BY R. M. JOHNSTON, F.LS.
(SEE PP. 322-325 & 335-337.)
Plate I. .
Fig. 1—Eucalyptus Kayseri, Johnston (Fig. 4, p. 323)

2, 3.— Quercus Bischoffensis, , ( ,, 5,6, p. 324)

4,—Ulmus Tasmanicus eG dle secede p. 325)
5, 6 7. —Leaf Impressions asso-

ciated with 1, 2, 3, and 4, not

determined ... ti se (55.72), 8 95-pss25)

8.--Cycadites microphylla,Johnston( ,, 8, p. 324)
Plate II.
1.—Laurus Sprentil, Johnston (aa p. 324)

2, 3.—Leaf Impressions from be-
neath basalt at Mt. Bischoff,

undetermined ... ve wae (5, 10} 14, p.-825)
4.— Eucalyptus Milligani, Johnston ( p. 336)
Plate ITI.

General outline of Section of Coast-line, illustrating R. M. John-
ston’s paper. (See p. 310.)

SS

PLATE. 1,

ee ee
Seana

x
%
ms
C
.

~ | pLarE 1

le =k

UPLATE Ii

a

Older Creens tone.

D.= Marine Feds ( ip. Fal |

~= kiner intrusire dabase.

A.M JOHNSTON.

wrenlmeneinpcatis,
ee SE NREPE

PlVAd i oii

General outline fs ection of Coastline
bebreen Llackimuns Bay CNDLASS AG C LPotnt.

Oder Greenstone.

Marine Beds. ( up. fal )

Sener trtrustre dobuse.

Ri M JOHNSTON.

fap satya ceerpe) ice ae

PEATE

ION,

‘
, r

LET OL -

nl Stone lumpy + Kakoura Millstone Grit
uw Mt bambi Range; formation Talcher .
Gynyue and Kaban Bats Limestone Sous

Craicon (reek
Bowe kiur
Dou Kitre

hockhanyttore beads |

harkanue Miontan
hao Tyrer
bes handka Mitte
formation Lower

Unper Silurtan

Silurian
7

: Ludlow groupe
Sthurtav Hinlock

Cholus Beds Oiper Mandony -
Bhahihe sertiw

lower Silurian hows

Lower hlundovey’
gout

(aradach. & Bula
Liarnudelo
Areug

Infra Silurtan palate boa
emadoc slates

sal {Finds 7 plas

§ Menenaa yout

7, leer group

|¢ | t Arthur SUS

Archean or

Sh tinudbrtattt.

Archacan Archaear aArcuievan

tment. Hobart

|
|
|
|
|

GEOLOGICAL TAB

SHOWING THE PROVISIONAL CLASSIFICATI ON OF STRart rp
ALSO SHOWING CORRESPONDING BIVISH Jos
*S AS RASCED OF fw loemrTON os
= = tr ij we T_T ——- . a
eS _ Duisions Peace esc Sop eel Me er, are | eeetmaian ep] Ee seeseme wove cuccane
| RECENT flinks Recor ae, Pay er ele T “Tat
> | purl ensbuss wird shells = —- A cored Ssecst he cxsed
2
< ,
z PLEISTOCENE Ostna edatrs
= rigee us NTI 4 Neb s ease Lalit ® hasten
= Nil biniphon ue :
= ee ihe-cigked a Marstet tath owe Wat Deposels
o - 7 # Aponte
es — =
NEOCENE se arent Sits Vrscnene
wonile tg part |
ramen tras Ce y
ue | mel Mele © Ruy whey « Monee
Orage
vo Gulgong dime
o Menhdy (ree Lee tut leaves Hit les
Oo Abcaresaht |Devern roche. Ren bera wilh Fie
z | PALA OCENE <\ Fanny biodtir, (apresnid Tiaresp
= | ll Merrelch end, Cit eee Beth ger th
uu | |). Minera Mord Tiartles Tillie seed
|, Arata vd whan Craw sk
\\eilotee Ary bal bef |
« || Mater? yes: Melir Bu limes Fitrine |
° lérnelian Bey In “ Unie) Lamna,
funds Bi Gierehar rodent Ny Vodeeta , Plazas
Poe Tre Bend, [finkee Marr Ciprae, | }
= Crest Wrire dacitlaria , Mure
« Glinera | ovnerice , Meamep bier Neapehra lhe, |
— | Marin Varnahlla Sulla, Trechita, | | |
& Bids fryatila, Miter Lvramediliag | -
— | .
bs | Ringicula, bella, Diphinula \ | je ce A overte
WiNiige Vraova, Tirit dla. Orlrva | hed
| Kodititty \WMylilicandia, hina, Petr, | |
| Plindirs \Ciurchiter , Précrste , Viner , he cher
teland Miveulha Betlandia Lomguas, man |
} Mien devas Ly orastit Sorrel ylias we | Pea |
ee Soe a + = } retype
; | | | \ Verse 1
Miner intrusive Babs \Daiils:— Pyllethacnt, trtebewir, Clarina Brdks Drhtecee) |. Wetter \bctte mesial ea
uae Maine iach ¢
Nerugatid Surdstories pepenep le ris, Lhd lenis, Rar = : | Zach owas Crehacecad
f we want livns oan
j Shales ® (al Seams \uiniplitia , Cyclon lirte, | sane Paras
* / | Yaryborwugh | | Avenue
¥ of the Opper cond Dheop hres, Mtheptirs. Tatra Wignanatta + | | 5 x
° Masurs at tie, Sap nanterie, kn pitastrobis, Hambrshery Mids Oeil) | | [ees
N lemponl , Ronnies, \Rekesaritis, Zinyophyllites, Warkis Mild RET | | } yreer ene
o Kadeper, Ber beard Moniperons trunks x | Gvkaheo [4 A | Galt
tt mEsOz01C ROCKS Magu. omer Kil MO Vectors | } Ty me
Me. hes, prt | | JSuntsste
/ Vithales 4 peur Al | Pufataha Marin See thsimtoen
Sjururg Bay, Masrds. Nineinslle Becks | | ee -
| beaten, jt, tat lion Mea rh Ceperdoan
« hunillent , Sidunend, | Dyaor@al Meas | peer a mid
. the Sent
° Nareieey MOLL, tench leatrore Mal Kominfile beer, | — ti pve:
> Us reeage ba
Leute Bunks, Arusalin | Muchas Snag, | | | af Le age
> Nat fon, Gunpeua Gulawar |
t iy | | Lawn Lee
= Vivk Manis eval Hill 40 Malis | : | mt
° Mawarn / Troasste
z | | Weep lerr | | | Matus | Maclie
z | Mulieabimbar |)
| | prmation, hinuper
o | | -Mavastle | | hh
| Aiaachalien
“ | | Mellangenq } | Pune
- rw chs
—_— | a 10 = ae ae
; " ; Riedhar wie —+ __# ae
(ler Maruie Beds Yurignt , Cardiamemha, unde } \arete m
| Manip, Leeters Mill. \ Kichydoaius, danguindiles, lomrrined Mem — Gnas | Arms
. | Tasnarnile Beds Avialopucten, Tilhinomye — | havi Guk, dete rors we muntt ow Meibd
Ke Mersey Mocdiolensis, Se : | Marpers Mell , Peay |
“| hoor @eal . Mats Sips Gloseyitires, Creek, Mis Grek
{ Merny nncpr Mares, Vorenprathueyssis,
Checeseree Cupottes, se , ’
(Sica Marine Srds: \Stnwpora: Tetondpora , ee Curbwn ares
CARBONIFIROUS | Mietstonss; Limwestones, \Hiustila : Spiripra, Dxductas, al
wocns | Coovosinesoresdes. roperterse , Tereboreterlae Sedlemenwery meucres a
0 Ang Deer. Nelo , ley uclla,taplaana Kebewcatch, Urns Milt sols
= (jrncanabe hind let | Miberasmver , Seasagress — livtswane! Kurratgood Tap amor ty Kuheue mice Mild shore Orit
° S Menlerm Ther. @urerwaby BY Vierybicomne, (rtborneter , Matebomas ile mare age _— ‘ ar mS a
N 8) heabont, dws Lingual, drinde A riaxsle mec Pirinect| leneh a9 soho Ay | sr
° Sony. vw Chea, Dormont Fi vue Be lereyabs ore, Cagpastead i eet ae | |
a Marit keel Port tether apenpelorlorn Meesrotomeris: |} racow <Peed
4 | dintart cast bine ay Me | Covescacherree Fle cat, Clarmeerennns, | Bowe Der
«< | Sedesty af Ge Rermenl & Goeller |
a ’ ’
{ Pimgnel it shades tuadowl Goerlidid }
| | (Peat weber) | | Aree
|AerON/AN 4 Fuaptet
| I Mob Se
: “rr
=
°

PRIMARY

ri eelae

‘
t
,
3
Che
f
j
y y
‘
‘ ,
’ ;
ly &

aa —$<$<—S
— > |
oe L Ad Sean: ii
SKETCH MAP —- PUsN DE RS y al
z |
CENERAL GEOLOCICAL FEATURES
OF
4 +
PASMANTA
LD strass 14 @ =
oni p 7 Sranee HUMMOCK IF
oh ‘
‘ BARKEM IF
" Ds 4 ‘
Ph eae (\Wathre 10 4
Trl T ey i) STRAIT
foley b ca mon aN
ede
Walt 1 f Downs
a
ae one a
a
nna
<9 3
2 eleenahe
» ‘ =
% 4
pay, oye Aran
a ~
on SoReal Fan TR
42 — 2
D Prinnsun
kin & ae ENG Pr aS = i “ “i 1p
Dee i es Y Oh ‘ re ie f “! ; .
Fin Grindstone
BT srornatan Hes ise Oe ™
C Bougerrntle
dh tom 2B
C Bealange
—————— = ee 4 — 43
REFERENCE

{ Basate eS
1, Igneous Racks ! Gremstene (Prakase) Ee

Granite, Syerute and Korte Porphyry VE

Crystalline, and metamorphic
sohests, olayslates, gemrtntes,

and swudstonas of Archean’,

‘way smc er" BAY
© ope yy Vor 5
at Ms ee

PS Mecent a” : 2 TJ ADVENTURE
o =f, f e rE
| . y ,

Godogucal Feature | pate OP Sprent andar the
Bie sein. poy fms ofa

i mh fr re

eae)

qe)

~,
{
ee
%
0

WA A i WC de
WOOSTOUSAAAIU CO LLL NY
SOY UES UYU UO yl
POLO GG GV iL ereaer. sed ¥ 4
\ | Nd Ne VM Ai a i cy.
hdl dy Were
in YA AY Viv ih
el Wu BS hs ¥ ;

<

CK

ox
(ag

"yy
Wiel Wi mid ve rn

INANE NS ~ F ‘ .
“ : Pal\\ a Sak a | Y S ‘ ‘
7 A Orns on a Fat ad i AG Y ng?
Ne A eh 9 VY Naf] i Ny
} /\ vy Vv N
wf J. 4 : {
Ae { Pe he bts

n

<<

Ls

A” Yi \ ’ oo)
: f \ 7 v oe ji
dg iy ary ue
‘=; . =A . »
Lan y Mi ! : ge

sd oa

We

%

roreeuo

te 4 wi “NJ

;

Pay eivacev i

AAG

Se)
eT NS

WS
ONY Wd

viver

taste
CAR

poh

i ¥
‘hud
v

Dye byseu" *™

vi

YC undue

v yey vem Mi WW ky aay
Vig UOUY SYS UO Tras YO iy
te Wueuuveceees. wR RAZOS cael a

WU MU SoG eT RANG WG Wils SVAN
RAPISTS LAA LAMM AIIAG
Wa we Meteo TW et

idly v Su

New
WD SASF ine Ye

Me AW
ao SSG N ID IAG - J diy © CGwvv. y; Ais; Ad y y/ IV) \ / ; Y bs] , AGG GEN ; y < v
AWW ~ ddd? OG “eg sey yu uve yt yee wes ANS WU 6 . UML
v j J

~\ jw

Ws M o Ne a

“ MWe pees j j A id 4
Ye Spy! - vy Ih fhe heh phd dS ids

he DA NILAAG IAIN OLAT RAM OL Oe
- DLE EON AWS G SUS VW LACUS Me.

ek J

ear
eat

Oi

OF THR

SAS M ANT A

FOR THE YEAR

1885.

REPORT

OF THE

moyAL SOCLETY:

OF

PAS MAN Ts

FOR THE YEAR

1885. «0

Tasmania:

WILLIAM THOMAS STRUTT, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, HOBART.

1886.

Ru A
{

CTRL: EMME

ROYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA.

i

Patron:
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.

Wrestdent :

HIS EXCELLENCY MAJOR SIR GEORGE CUMINE STRAHAN,
R.A., K.C.M.G.

V tce=Bresidents :
HON. J. W. AGNEW, M.D., M.E.C.
JAMES BARNARD, ESQ.
HIS HONOR MR. CHIEF JUSTICE DOBSON, M.E.C., F.L.S.
THOMAS STEPHENS, ESQ., M.A., F.G.S.

Counc:

*C, T. BELSTEAD, ESQ.
*T, STEPHENS ESQ., M.A., F.G.S.

*THE RIGHT REV. BISHOP SANDFORD, LL.D.

*J. BARNARD, ESQ.

HIS HONOR MR. CHIEF JUSTICE DOBSON, M.E.C., F.LS.
C. H. GRANT, ESQ.

RUSSELL YOUNG, ESQ.

HON. J. W. AGNEW, M.D., M.E.C.

R. M. JOHNSTON, ESQ., F.L.S.

JUSTIN M’C. BROWNE, ESQ.

A. G. WEBSTER, ESQ.

H. A. PERKINS, ESQ., M.D.

Creasurer:
C. J. BARCLAY, ESQ.

WMonorary Secretary:
HON. J. W. AGNEW, M.D., M.E.C.

Wonorary Mraughtsman :
W. H. CHARPENTIER, ESQ.

Auditors of Annual Accounts :
FRANCIS BUTLER, ESQ.
JOHN MACFARLANE, ESQ.

Auditors of Monthly Accounts :
JUSTIN M‘C. BROWNE, ESQ.
C. T. BELSTEAD, ESQ.

* Members who retire next in rotation.

Monorary MAembers.

* Baron F. Von Miller, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., F.LS.,
&c., Government Botanist, Melbourne, Victoria.
* Rev. J. E. Tenison- Woods, F.L.S., F.G.S., F.R.G.S., Sydney.
Mrs. Charles Meredith, Malunnah, Orford.
* Hon. W. Macleay, M.L.C., F.L.S., Sydney.
Edward Pierson Ramsay, Esq. cw, RS. E., F.LS., &c., Curator
Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

Corresponding Members.

*Members who have contributed Papers which have been et in the
Society’s Transactions.

Professor John Agardh, M.D., University of Lund, Sweden.
W. H. Archer, Esq., Melbourne.

* Frederick M. Bayley, F.L.S., Brisbane, Queensland.

*G. Bennett, Esq., M. Di F, A S., Sydney, New South Wales.
William Tompson Bednall, Esq. ., Adelaide, South Australia.
John Brazier, Esq., C.M.Z.S., Sydney.
hey. J.J. Bleasdale, D.D., F. G.S.

Rev. George Brown, C.M. Zz S., Sydney.
Bind. L. “Ellery, Esq. bal dl R. S, F.R.A.S., Government
Astronomer, Melbourne.

* Robert Etheridge, jun., Esq., F.G.8., British Museum.

Dr. Julius Haast, F.R.S., F.G.S., Director of Museum,
Christchurch, New Zealand.

Professor W. Harkness, U.S.N., United States Naval
Observatory, Washington.

Henry Heylyn Hayter, Esq., C.M.G., Government Statist,
Melbourne.

Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, C.B., K.C.S.1., &c, &c.,
London.

*F. W. Hutton, Esq., F.G.S., C.M.Z.8., Professor of Biology,

Canterbury College, Christchurch, New Zealand.

James Hector, Esq., M.D., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.GéS., Director
Geological Survey of New Zealand, Wellington.

* Colonel W. V. Legge, R.A., F.Z.S., M.R.A.S., Hobart.
Archibald Liversidge, Esq., FR. Siu CoS. FB: G. 8. EES.

F.R.GS., &e., &e., Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy,
Univ ersity of Sydney.

* G. McIntyre, Esq., Christchurch, New Zealand.

Professor F. M‘Coy, F.R.S., F.G.8., University of Melbourne.
Protessor G. Neumayer, Munich.

6

Rev. Charles Rogers, LL.D., Secretary Royal Historical
Society, London.

Dr. W. O. Sonder, Foreign Hon. Sec. Society of Naturalists,
Hamburg.

Richard Schomburg, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S., Director of Botanic
Gardens, Adelaide.

* Ralph Tate, Esq., F.L.S., F.G.S., Professor of Natural

History, University of Adelaide.

C. Tomlinson, Ksq., F.R.S., F.C.S., &c., Highgate, near
London.

Professor G. F. H. Ulrich, F.G.S., Melbourne.

Mons. J. N. Verschaffelt, Ghent, Belgium.

W. A. Haswell, Esq.. M.A., B.Sc., Edin., University of
Sydney.

J. V. R. Swann, Esq., U.S. Consul, St. Petersburg, Russia.

List of sFellows.

*Fellows who have contributed Papers which have been published in the
Society’s Transactions. +Denotes Life Membership.

The addresses of Fellows residing in Hobart are omitted.

Andrew, James.
*Abbott, Francis.
Adams, G. Patten.
Adams, R. Patten.
*Acnew, Hon. J. W., M.D., M.E.C., Fellow of the Linnean
Society of New South Wales.
Aikenhead, Hon. J., M.L.C., Launceston.
Allport, Morton John Cecil.
Archer, W. Henry D., M.H.A., Brickendon, Longford.
Atkins, Charles J.
Atkinson, Thomas R.

Barclay, C. J.
* Barnard, James.
Barnard, C. E., M.D., F.L.S.
Barnes, William, Trevallyn, Launceston.
* Bastow, Richard A., F.L.S.
*Beddome, C. E.
Bedford, W. J. Guthrie, M.R.C.S., Waratah, New Town.
Belstead, C. T.
Belbin, W., M.H.A.
Bernacchi, Diego A. G., Maria Island.
Bethune, John C., Dunrobin.
Bidencope, J.
*Biges, A. B., Launceston.
Bilton, H., Glenorchy.
Boyes, W. L., George’s Bay.
Bright, R. S8., M.R.C.S.
Brock, H. J., Campania.
Browne, Justin M‘C.
Brown, Hon. Nicholas J., M.H.A., Meadow Bank, Glenora.
Buckland, Rev. John Vansittart.
Buckland, W. Harvey, B.A.
Butler, Francis.
Butler, A.
Burgess, Hon. W. H., M.H.A.
*Charpentier, W. H.
Clarke, Rev. George, New Town.
Clark, A. I.
Cook, Henry.

Cook, Henry, jun.
Cowle, Anne Caroline, Miss.
“Crawford, Lieut-Colonel Andrew, Hamilton-on-Forth.
Crosby, Richard.
Crosby, William.
Crowther, E. L., M.D.
Crowther, B., M.D.
Crouch, E. J., M.R.C.S.

Davies, J. George, M.H.A., Mayor of Hobart.
Davies, Charles “Ellis.

Davies, J., Beaconsfield.

Dobson, ion! Alfred, M.H.A.

Dobson, Henry.

Dobson, His Honor William Lambert, M.E.C., F.L.S.
Dodds, the Hon. J. S., M.H.A.

Douglas, Hon. A.

Dufty, W.

Edwards, G. H.
Eldridge, W.
Elliston, C. H.
Evans, T. M.

Facy, J. T.

Fincham, James.
Fitzgerald, George P.
Fysh, Blavie 1© Gy M.L.C.
Fysh, P. Oakley.

Garrard, C. W., B.A.
tGellibrand, Hon. W. A. B., M.L.C., Hon. Member Leeds
Institute, River Ouse.
Giblin, Mr. Justice.
Giblin, Edward O., M.D.
Giblin, Arthur.
Goldsboro, Dr., New Zealand.
Graham, Albert W., L.S.A., M.R.C.S., Circular Head.
Grant, C. H.
Grant, James.

Hadley, J. C.

Hamilton, John.

Hardy, Wentworh.

Harris, Rev. R. D, Poulett, M.A.
“Henry, Robert.

Hickling, Wyatt.
Hinsby, George.
Hookey, Vernon W.
Hunter, Henry.
Huybers, James Alfred.

Jeffrey, Molesworth, Bournbank, Lachlan.
* Johnston, R. M., F.L.S.
dust, F.C.

* Kent, W. Saville, F.L.S.
Kermode, W. A., Mona Vale.

* Kingsmill, C. H., M.A.
Knight, William J., M.A.

Latham, G. H.

Legge, W. V., Colonel, R.A.

Pattie. W. P.

Lodder, Miss Mary, Lonah, Leven, N. W. Coast.
Lord, Hon. John, M.£.C.

Mace, Frederick, Buckland.
Macfarlane, W. H., M.B., New Norfolk.
Macfarlane, James
Macfarlane, John.
*M‘Clymont, James R., M.A., the Cascades, Tasman’s
- Peninsula.
*M‘Cance, John, F.R.A.S.
M‘Mullen, J. F.
Macmichael, John C.
Maning, H. T.
Maddox, Wm. Gordon, M.R.C.S., Launceston.
Marsh, H. J.
Mather, J. B.
*Mault, Altred, New Norfolk.
Maxwell, C. M.
Maxwell, J. Crawford.
Milles, R., Sydney.
Moore, T. B.
*Morton, Alexander.
Murphy, Most Rev. D., Bishop of Hobart.

DS

* Nairn, C. C., New Town.
Napier, G. R.
Nicholas, Wm., Nant, Bothwell.
Nicholas, Geo. C., Mill Brook, Ouse.

10

North, A.
* Nowell, E. C.

O'Callaghan, Rev. T. M.

Park, Archibald, M.R.C.V.S.
Parsons, Cecil J.
Pedder, Frederick.

*Perkins, H. A., M.D., M.R.CS.

* Petterd, W. F., C.M.Z.S., Launceston.
Pillinger, John, Antill Ponds.
Poynter, Miss E. C., Sandy Bay.

Read, R. Cartwright, Redlands, New Norfolk.
Rex, R. R.
Riddoch, Alexander.
Richardson, Geo.
Ritchie, A.
Roberts, H. L.
Rodway, Leonard.
Rooke, H. I., M.H.A., Launceston.
* Ross, J. Clunies, B.S.C., F.G.S., &c.

Salier, Frederick J.
Sandford, Right Rev. D. F., LL.D., Bishop of Tasmania.
Seal, Matthew.
Seager, Philip.
Shann, Rev. F.
Sharp, John.
Shaw, Bernard.
* Shoobridge, W. E., New Norfolk.
Shoobridge, R. W. G., New Norfolk.
*Shortt, J., Capt. R.N.
Simmons, Rev. J. Wilkes.
* Simson, Augustus, Launceston.
Smith, Hon. Sir Francis Villeneuve, Knt., M.E.C., London.
Smith, C. H., Launceston.
+Solomon, Joseph.
Sprent, Charles P.
*Stephens, Thomas, M.A., F.G.8.
*Swan, Edward D.
Syme, J. Wemyss.

Tabart, T. A.
*Thureau, G., F.G.8., Launceston.
Turnbull, T.

1]

Triffet, J. T.
*Travers, 8. Smith.

Walch, James H. B.
Walch, J. W. Henry.
Waller, G. Arthur, M.A., Cangort, New Town.
Walker, James Backhouse.
Wallack, E.
“Ward, W. F.
Weaver, George.
*Webster, Alex. Geo.
Weymouth, W. A.
Wilson, Edward P.
Wilson, Fleetwood P.
Wise, Fred. H.
*Woollnough, Rev. J. B. Williams, M.A.
Wright, Stephen P. H., The Grove, Glenorchy.

Young, Russell.

Mbituary.

Joun Swan, aged 53, an old and much valued Fellow of
the Society, and a Member of the Council. Born in Tasmania,
Mr. Swan proceeded at an early age to England in order to
complete his education. On his return to the Colony he
engaged in pastoral pursuits. Was for many years a Member
of the House of Assembly, and for some time Chairman of
Committees. Resigned his seat on acceptance of the office of
Inspector of Police, which he held till the period of his death,
December 22nd, 1885.

Other Members who had died during the year were—the
Hon. Henry Butler, F.R.C.S., Speaker of the House of
Assembly ; and Dr. G. F. Story, of Swansea.

12

MINUTES of the Annual General Meeting of the
Royau Sociery or Tasmania, held at the Museum on
Friday, February 5th, 1886,—Tuos. Stepunns, Esq.,
M.A., F.G.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

THE under-mentioned gentlemen were elected Corresponding
Members; viz.—William A. Haswell, Esq., M.A., B.Sc.
Edin., Sydney University, N.S.W.; J. V. R. Swan, Esq.,
U.S. Consul, St. Petersburg, Russia. James Rule, Esq.,
Senior Inspector of Schools, Tasmania ; and Edw. A. Counsel,
Esq., Hobart, were elected Fellows.

In the absence of the Hon. J. W. Agnew, M.D., M.E.C.,
Hon. Secretary, the Chairman called upon Mr. A. Morton,
Assistant Secretary and Librarian, to read the Annual Report.

Mr. Belstead, in moving the adoption of the Report,
referred to the handsome legacies bequeathed to the Society
by the late Dr. Milligan, and trusted it would stimulate other
wealthy men in our midst to follow his example. He also
made reference to the loss the Society had sustained in the
death of the late Mr. John Swan.

Rev. J. W. Simmons, in seconding the motion, expressed
his pleasure at the numerously attended meetings of the past
session, but deplored the want of necessary space for the use
of the microscope in illustrating various papers.

Mr. R. A. Bastow, F.L.S., remarked, with the permission
of the Chairman, he intended early in the session to read a
paper ‘On the Science of Sanitation,” illustrated by diagrams.
He went on to remark that in this colony we have a Public
Health Act, as good an Act as could possibly be framed for.
the conservation of the health of the community, and now
that the Parliament had done their part so well it remains for
the community to carry out the Act in all its requirements.
As yet it appears as though the science of sanitation were
totally unknown in the colony except by some few gentlemen
who have made the science a study, and unless the eyes of the
public are opened, the dangers existing in their very homes, in
the air they breathe, in the food they eat, in the rooms they
sleep in, and everywhere outside their homes, in the drains and
accumulations of filth visible at all times in many of our streets,
the annual death rate will still continue over 24 per 1000,
instead of 12 per 1000, for the registration district of Hobart,—

13

that is 3 per 1000 more than the deaths in that thickly popu-
lated registration district, the city of Manchester. He concluded
by expressing the hope that he might be allowed a fitting
opportunity to place before the Members of the Royal Society
the results of his many years experience as sanitary surveyor
under the Medical Health Officer of Manchester.

The Chairman stated the Society were indebted to Mr.
Bastow for the promise of so interesting and valuable a paper.

VotTE oF THANKS TO THE Hon. J. W. Acnew, M.D.

Mr. C. T. Belstead, in rising, said the motion he had to
propose was one in which all connected with the Society would
acquiesce. It was,—‘ That a vote of thanks be recorded to
the Hon. J. W. Agnew, M.D., the worthy Hon. Secretary of
the Society.” Dr. Agnew, for many years past, had taken
the deepest interest in the welfare of the Society, and he trusted
that the Society might long enjoy the kindly attention shown
by Dr. Agnew.

Rev. J. W. Simmons seconded the motion.

The Chairman, in putting the motion, which was carried by
acclamation, spoke in high terms of the Honorary Secretary.

Mr. A. Morton intimated that before closing he would wish
to propose a special vote of thanks to the Press for the prompt
and ready manner in which they had, during the session,
reported the proceedings of the Society, and the large amount
of space that had been given to these reports.

Mr. F. Abbott seconded.

The Chairman, in putting the motion, remarked that the
publicity afforded by the Press was of infinite value to the
Society, as otherwise its operations would be confined to a very
small cirele. ‘

Mr. C, J. Atkins moved, and Rey. J. W. Simmons seconded,
that a vote of thanks be recorded to the Chairman.

The meeting then adjourned.

ed

14

REPORT.

Ir must be a subject for congratulation to the Fellows
that the papers read during the session of 1885 were not
only of great variety, but of special interest and impor-
tance. ‘(he monthly meetings were all numerously
attended, and on several occasions many ladies were
present.

‘The papers, 26 in number, were as follows :—

Zoology of Australia: by the Hon. W. Macleay,
F.L.S.

“Fresh contributions to our knowledge of the character
and relationship of the Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic
Formations of Tasmania with the associated Diabasic
Rocks.” —“ Notes regarding the Silurian Fossils of the
Gordon Limestones, with generic descriptions and a specific
list of the organisms already named and classified.”—
“Notes on the discovery of new species of leaf impressions
from the Tertiary sandstones at Mount Bischoff, belonging
to the Genera Eucalyptus, Laurus, Quercus, Zamia,
ete.” —“ General observations regarding the classification
of the Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic Rocks of Tasmania,
together with a full description of all the known Tas-
manian coal plants, including a considerable number of
new species.” —‘“ Description of two new species of Tertiary
fossil plants belonging to the genera Eucalyptus and
Taxites.”—“ Tasmanian fossil plants of the upper and
lower coal measures of Tasmania.”—“ Local distribution
of the fossil plants of the upper and lower coal measures
of Tasmania.” —“ Geological table showing the proposed
provisional classification of stratified rocks for Tasmania,
also showimg corresponding divisions elsewhere: by
R. M. Johnston, F.L.S.

“The Lunar Eclipse of 30-31st March, 1885.”—* The
Tasmanian earth tremors, 1883-4-5:” by Mr. A. B. Biggs,

“ Jungemannia reticulata.’—“ On the identification of
Tasmanian mosses, ete.” —‘‘ Mosses of Tasmania’’ (con-

tinued): by R. A. Bastow, F.L.S.

15

- © New species of Tasmanian Marine Shells.” —“ Descrip-
tion of two apparently new species of Ancillaria, Lam. :”
by W. F. Petterd, C.M.Z.S.

“ Notes on Jean Julien Houten De-Labillardiere :” by
Baron F. Von Mueller, K.C.M.G., M.D.

“ Remarks on Tin Ore Deposits at Mount Bischoff :”
by Baron F. Von Groddeck.

“ Earthquake Phenomena in Tasmania, with table :” by
Captain Shortt, R.N.

“ Notes on boring operations in search of Coal in Tas-
mania, 1884, (continued ), with the abstracts of Records of
boring in Upper Paleozoic Beds at Cascades, Hobart,
1884, and in the Coal Measures at Tarleton, Mersey,
1884 :” by T. Stephens, M.A., F.G.S.

“ Water and Typhoid :” by W. F. Ward, A.R.S.M.

“Teeland and the Icelander :” by the Rev. J. B. Wooll-
nough.

“Shells of the Group Polcystina:’ by C. J. Atkins.

“The Scientific treatment of Waste Material: by
W. H. Charpentier.

“Australian Topography; Edel’s Land, De Witt’s
Land, and Carpentaria:” by J. R. M‘Clymont, M.A.
Edin.

“Sketch Map General Geological Features of Tas-
mania :” by C: P. Sprent and R. M. Johnston.

Discussion took place, as usual, on the various papers,
to some of which additional interest was lent by means of
microscopic illustrations by Mr. Bastow and Mr. C. J.
Atkins. In reference to the paper by the former, it may
be mentioned that Mr. Bastow is at present engaged on a
monograph of Tasmanian mosses, which will, no doubt,
be of the greatest value to the future workers in that
interesting branch of natural history.

Liprary.

The usual additions of periodic literature have been
made to the Library, but special mention must be made of
a valuable donation accruing from the interest on the
“ Morton Allport Fund,” i.e., seven volumes Bleeker’s

16

Atlas Ichthyologique, two vols. Day’s Fishes of India,
Gunther’s Fishes of Zanzibar, and 13 parts Journal '
Museum de Goddefroy. Of still greater importance,
however, for the general interests of the Society was the
receipt of the very large legacy of £350, in accordance
with the will of the late Dr. Milhgan. Of this valuable
bequest due notice was taken at the monthly meeting held
in May.

It will be noticed with much satisfaction that, for the
second time at so early a period, the Transactions of the
year are already bound and ready for distribution.

FELLOWS.

Twenty-two new Fellows have been elected, and 12 have
been lost through death or resignation. ‘The total number
is now 176.

METEOROLOGY.

Meteorological observations have been carried on as in
last year.

CouncIL.

The Council have to deplore the loss of one of its oldest
members, Mr. John Swan. From Mr. Swan’s practical
knowledge of much of the natural history of the colony,
his death creates a void in the ranks of the Society not
readily to be filled. Mr. R. M. Johnston, F.L.S.,’has
been appointed to the vacant seat in the Council.

ISLECTION OF OFFICERS.

Messrs. R. M. Johnston, F.L.S., Justin M‘C. Browne,
A. G. Webster, and H. A. Perkins, M.D., the retiring
Members of the Council, were re-elected, as also Messrs.
John Macfarlane and Francis Butler, hon. annual Auditors.

FINANCE.

The income has been:—Government grant in aid to
Museum, £300; grant to Gardens, £800; annual sub-
scriptions to Royal Society, £22 10s.; sale of plants, £169
7s.; legacy by the late Dr. J. Milligan, £350; making,
with balance from 1885, £1871 4s. The expenditure

oe uy,

~ amounted to £1452 18s. 1d.; leaving a balance to credit
_ with fixed deposit, £419 3s. 7d.

Museum.

The Museum has undergone a change of government, in
accordance with an Act passed during the recent session
of Parliament. Having by that Act been incorporated,
it is now a national institution, with an annual endowment
of £500. ‘The management of its affairs is vested in a
Board of Trustees, consisting of five officials, a Crown
‘Trustee named by the Governor, and six others elected
from the Council of the Society.

The fact that the Museum has thus for the first time
been placed on a secure and permanent basis will un-
questionably exert a happy influence over its future
development. ‘The number of visitors has been very large,
including temporary residents from other colonies and
passengers by the various steam routes who make a short
stay on their way to and from New Zealand.

The collection is still being steadily increased, chiefly, it
is pleasant to remark, by specimens illustrative of the
colony. In the geological collection special to Tasmania,
printed tablets, compiled by the Curator, and explanatory
of the various Orders and Families, have been placed. In
an educational point of view these will be found to be of
the greatest value. °

For a collection of New Guinea birds, in which visitors
take a great interest, we are indebted to our excellent
friends the Trustees of the Sydney Museum. The Trustees
of the Brisbane Museum have also kindly contributed to
our ornithological collection. Owing to the rapidly
increasing number of specimens our space is becoming
very limited, and it is therefore with great satisfaction that
we have to acknowledge our obligation to Government
and Parliament for a vote of £3000 for the purpose of.
giving largely increased accommodation.

The approximate number of visitors, including Sundays,
was 27,069.

GARDENS.

Consequent on the annual grant being increased to

£800, more labour has been employed, fang a marked
improvement in the appearance of the Gardens has already —
taken place, and many urgently needed repairs and |
additions have been effected.

By the Act of Parliament already referred to, the
Gardens have also been incorporated and placed under the
same management as the Museum.

A large bush or lath house has been constructed for the

combined purposes of growing the more hardy varieties
of florists’ flowers and general nursery stock. For both

purposes the house promises to be of great utility, the

plants in it having done remarkably well.

About 450 new plants have been received, and a large
number of seedlings of many plants suitable for planting
parks or public reserves have been raised.

The beautiful Picea amabiilis, the Japan silver fir ( Picea ),
and the Crimean fir ( Adies Nordmannania) are producing
cones for the first time. As these three plants are much
sought after for ornamental purposes, their fresh seeds will
be highly valuable.

The heavy rains which fell in November cut up the beds —
and walks, but were very beneficial to the plants generally.
From the same cause the grass lawns have also remained
green without artificial watering longer than in ordinary —
seasons.

The estimated number of visitors was 67,000.

Domain.

-The improvement of the Queen’s Domain has been
continued ‘so far as the funds provided for the purpose
would permit. ‘The drive leading past the new cricket
ground is now complete, and promises to become very

popular.

19

On the sides of the road for a distance of some 200 yds.
Large numbers of Cedrus deodara, the Indian cedar, and
Abies Douglassi, the Douglas fir, have been planted, and
are looking well.

Planting and levelling have also been carried out on the
ground in the vicinity of the powder jetty.

The triangular piece near the new cottage has been
trenched, fenced, and planted as a mixed shrubbery. The
drain creek opposite the powder jetty has been partly
levelled, and planted with Norfolk Island Pines.

The palms and Pinus insignis trees planted on the side
of the main road to Government House have generally
done well, the only exceptions being where they are in the
vicinity of the indigenous gums, which will therefore
require removal.

J. W. AGNEW, Hon. Secretary.

GZ ccteeresesss sduirzjzs pue Aranoryeig
Cl °t'* SjUL[g Jo osetia pur ZYSIOr1,f
S ees ereeeseroesripday pues S[OOT,
OLP cl ctrcot tse ssoIncqe’T Jo sade 44
: 00G “°ctt tc *quapuajutedng so Arejeg

*: : “SUIPLDE) NUDIO

6 9L 968

An SeoR earnest Gren nues namie es Sen AET SB) Ayog
I pees neeer **eoeeeeovee *o2y ‘S[BOItUaYUO
ee eeoeeee bay.) ‘Suipiing 0} saredoayy
> suotutoadg Jo eseImteo pus yy SIEN]
ss ese oy QIeMysnig ‘Ale cuOUlU0dy
*feeret** ee eeeses er eeevreseee SoLIpung
eovcoe-+oe--sgoultoadg jo aseyoing
ee ecese+ceonece (sKepung) Od
sree ceereesseanepuajy Jo SoSBA\ _
oO eu emenecserccrer 10}8IND Jo Areles
GN wnasnyy

IT @C 8st

eS et

as
SAONneotWwnr ato
onr

OF SO © HO 19 cd WH
o

SSO Orraos

L © G9L °029 ‘staAMoz,y ‘sJUB[g JO 9TeS Josps0001g

0 0 O08 °c77°**:Aansvory, Wor pre ul query

e 0 **** 4uN0ddB UMBIPIOAO WO 4sod9,UT “SUIPLD) DUDIOT
I IL Spe Stacie casi cn OmRs# eh e.8scfeneeetre30ht 2° \b0 ST OTL:

SI F Testes cere es eeceeeeeee OONBINSUT 0 0 008 es eoeesereKinsvaly, WOdf pre UL UBT
OL g O18) bene otele a.» seine “229 ‘sey “ayB.1-1098 AA “UNnasn fy
OL OL °'°'**''****¥300g onbayoO ‘sorpung 0 ol Ze —-—

Z 99 °°" 079 ‘ArouorRIg ‘syoog — AreaqrT 0 O OGe tr ttettes ts ueBsyEA “Iq ‘oeSaT

8 LI eee oecce se ‘oa ‘surgi Soinjiuiny 0 OL 1%s ecoecee esse betes esses Coole §
CLZ tr tseeeees sO— (oSpiie9 “raSuassolg Io} BIvAIIe PUR SUOT]dIIOSqng [BnUUy
$I OL sce eee eens’ TOTSSIIMMOD) §,10}99]]09 : *hyn0g) qwhowy
L £G cccereee* SuisyoApy pue suynuig

: “hjno0§ whoy | g 6 OF ve #8 **FQQT Io JUTMA}EIS Tod se soUBleg

lees 5 ‘Janpgquaktg 988 ape p keh. BIUSERERS 3

£0 696

|
|

Oomoooigoor

3S

4
&
as)

€ @ 8ilgy

L & 611

bid
yaretie

0
I

ee

¥ TZ8l F O TL81F

€ @ 8IL is
0 0 O0€ ri
T 81. Sort =

0 0 O¢E
L OL OGFE
6 6 O&§

T 8 corlg

& 9 LEG

SeonMrdoow
fo)
i)
~
nr

‘gee ‘Acunsga7 Y281
“ANVIUVAOVW NHOLS
*7991100 PUNO; puv pouIMEX|

0 “*'**° 9%": yYseo Aqjed I01710 ssa'yT
TF tAva jy Conbarpo pojuasard in ssary
soeeees-yoog yurg aad sve oouvlegy

CC ee ) yoog

sseq yueg rad se ‘yipaig 0} sourlrg

ey me yeren § “TaquldAo y yqG

anp ‘yuBeg ]elo1utM0D ysodeq pextqT

oe

Se i ee ee arngipusd xa
ee ee UBSTLILN Iq ‘Koesay
Ce ie 2 s) diese
**GQQT Toy quatuazeys tod se oourleg

**** soulpjing jo aedar pue aeqmyy,
eet et ee seee eres Mey) “qj.1ve ‘puts

ee weet ree eeeeereone

seer te sere estes ce sjod-1aMop,y
OJBI 194IT AA
Fett t sees te eeeeeeee s+ goripung
e@ernveaenee eee eesn §pa0g pue sjueld

cesses ss secSnryy pue Atesuouruoiy
RTS Be a Ye aL Wd tke TR Te elit] OS.2O FL
ee ey oderoy

¥ O IL8IF

"CRST “uaquivvag BIE G4DQOHT

N ‘ANVIUVIOVA NHOLF

999.1100 OG 0} PUNOT pus “yoog Yyueg ssurmaevg qyIA peurmexg

6 8 Ile 6 38 [LF
Q L FL “puny jo q1peao 0} yued SSUIACG 32 eouRleg 0 0 OL secs bpainis.ac6)0ite:0i 68 iehels sseie, se eore:2ee SOT DOU) "QS “AON
I I Lg Sek See FUNOIDV $,°0,) 2) TIUGKAY, “qseg Ag "OS “AON 9 @L G ETS 19, ORT ISS rae yueg SSUIAGS £480.19} UT “LS “sny
“S88I
@ OL 8G °'°* FRB Oz QuomzKIg sed sv ooUR[eY oF *T ‘uer
Pp 8 5 WD “SRST Tire eS a Ve "9881

‘S81 pungy [MLouopT LEOTTTY NoLuoy, oy? fO NAW ALLV LS

23

ADDITIONS to the Library, 1885.

Acta Horti Petropolitani, Tomus VIII., IX., Fasciculus I.-II. From the

Society.

- Administration Report of the Meteorological Reporter to the Government
of Madras for the years 1883-1884. From the Meteorological Department,

Fon) India.

Mey Agricultural Gazette, December, 1884; January, February, 1885.

American Agriculturist.

_ Annals de la Société Malacologique de Belgique, Tome XIV., XV., XVL,
From the Society.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History, January and February, 1885,
- Annual Report ‘of the Surgeon-General U.S. Army, 1884.

Harvard College, 1883-4. From L. Agassiz:
_ Annual Report of the Chief Signal Officer to the Secretar: yof War. Parts I.
and II. Washington. From the War Department.
_ Archives du Musée Teyler, série II., Denxiéme partie, Troisiéme partie,
_ From the Society.
_ Astronomical and Meteorological Observations, year 1878-79, Washington,
From the U.S. Naval Observatory.
- Athenwum, The, December, 1884.
- Adelaide University Calendar for the year 1885. From the University.
Agricultural Gazette, March 9, 16, 23.

Yi American Agriculturist, March, 1885.
Annals and Magazines of Natural History, March, 1885.

_ American Museum of Natural History. Annual Report of the Trustees for

the year 1884-5. From the Trustees.

Annals and Magazines of Natural History, May.

Auckland Institute and Museum. Report for 1884-5. From the Trustees.

Australian Scientific Magazine, The. Vol. I., No.1; August, 1885, Victoria.

- From the Editor. ‘
Abhandlungen der Mathematisch. Physikalischen Classe der Koniglich

Bayerischen Akademie der Wissenchatten. Munchen, 1883. From the
Society.

Almanach der Koeniglich Bayerischen, 1884,

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution,
showing the Operations, Expenditure, and Condition of the Institution
for the year 1882. From the Institution.

Annual Report of the Chief Signal Officer U.S. Army to the Secretary of
War for the fiscal year ending June 30th, 1882, Parts I. and II. From

- the Department.

Ditto ditto, for 1883.
_ Annual Report of the Department of Mines, New South Wales, for the
year 1884, From the Mines Department.

Annales de la Officina Meteorologica Argentine. Tome IV. By B. A.
Gould. From the Department.

- Annals and Magazine of Natural History, London, September, 1885.
Archives du Musée Teyler, série II., Quatriéme partie. From the Society.
Bericht des Verines fiir Naturkunde, XXIJX., XXX. From the Society.

- Bulletin de |’Académie Nationale, Tome VI. From the Society.

<

From the War Department.
- Bulletin of the Essex Institute, January, February, March, 1882. From
the Society.

#

Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at

Bulletin of International Meteor olog y, January to August, 1883, Washington.

24

Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Nat. Sciences. Vol. 1V., No.2. Buffalo. ©

From the Society.
Bombay Magnetical and Meteorological Observations for 1883.

Bulletin du Musée Royale d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique. Tome IL1.,

1884. No.1.
Bulletin de Ja Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Tome Vingt.
From the Society.
Bulletin du Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique. Tome III.,
IV., Nos. 3,4. 1885. From the Trustees.

Birds and Mammals of Australias By Gracius J. Boinowski. From the —

Hon. W. J. Trickett, M.P., N.S.W.

Bulletin de la Société Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscow. Tome LX., | 4

No. 3. Moscow, 1885. From the Society. :

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College. Vol.
XI., No. 11. Studies from the Newport Marine Laboratory, communicated
by Alexander Agassiz, XV.; on the development of Agalma, by J.
Walter Fewkes, Vol. XII., No. 1 ; Chlamydoselachus anguineus, (Garm), a
living species of Cladodont shark. By L. Garmon. From Alexander
Agassiz.

Bulletin de la Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique. June, 1862,
1885. From the Society.

Bericht des Verines fiir Naturkunde zu Cassel iitber das Vereingsaha rom.
18 April, 1883, bis dahim, 1884. From the Society.

Bibliotheca hassica, by Dr. Karl Ackermann. From the Society.

Bestimmung der erdmagnetischen Inklination von Kassel, Von Dr. Karl

Ackermann.

Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,
Cambridge, Mass. No. 2. The Felsites and their associated Rocks north
ot Boston, by J.8. Diller. No.3. On an occurrence of Gold in Maine.
No. 4. A microscopical study of Iron Ore or Peridotite of Iron, Mine
Hill, Cumberland, Rhode Island, by M. E. Wadsworth. No. 5. Observa-
tions upon the Physical Geography and Geology of Mount Ktaadn and
the adjacent district, by C. E. Hamlin. No. 6. Report on the recent
additions of Fossil Plants to the Museum collection, by Léo Lesquereux.
No, 7. The great Dike at Hough’s Neck, Quincy, Mass., by J. Hlliott
Wolff. No. 8. On some specimens of Permian Fossil Plants from
Colorado, by Léo Lesquereux. Vol. I1., part 1. The Azoie system and
its proposed sub-divisions, by J. D. Whitney and M. E. Wadsworth. From
Alexander Agassiz.

Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Vol. IV. No. 4.
From the Society.

Bulletin of International Meteorology for 1882-3, Washington. From the
Department.

Catalogue of papers and works relating to the Mammalian orders, Mar-
supalia, and Monotremata. From J.J. Fletcher, Esq., M.A., B.Sc.

Catalogue of superior Second-hand Books, J. Sotheran & Co.

Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoophytes. By W. Bale, Esq. From
the Trustees Sydney Museum.

Catalogue of the choicest portion of the Lyston Park Library. From
B. Quaritch, Esq.

Chronologie géologique, La. From E. Dupont, Esq.

Charts of relative Storm frequency for a portion of the Northern Hemis-
sphere : Charts and Tables showing geographical distribution of rainfall in
the U.S. From the War Department, Washington,

Colonies and India, The, January 16th, 1885. Comparative Vocabularies
e the Indian Tribes of British Columbia, with map. From A. R. C. Selwyn,

sq.

25

¢ ey tn '

_ Compte-rendu de l’Excursion, &c. D. Reymaekers.

Catalogue of Zoological works, comprising Icthyology, &c. Catalogue
a iy of Ornithology, Mammalia, &c. Catalogue of Entomology. From J.

"Wheldon & Co.

Catalogue of the Passeriformes, or Perching Birds, in the collection of the
_-_-—s British Museum, “ Fringilliforms,’’ Part. I., containing the Families
____ Diewidee, Hirundinidee, Ampelidz, Mniotiltidee, and Motacillicde. Vol.
nea X. By R. Bowlder Sharpe. From the Trustees of British Museum.

Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British Museum, Part I., containing
the Orders Primates, Cheiroptera, Insectivora, Carnivora, and Rodentia.

_ By Richard Lydekker, B.A.K.
Catalogue of the Lizards in the British Museum, 2nd Edition., vol. I.,
- Geckotide, Eublepharidie, Uuroplatide, Pygopodidw, Agamidie. From

die the Trustees British Museum.

Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, by H. M‘Murtrie, M.D. Woodcuts. Lond.,

1824.

Class Pisces, arranged by Baron Cuvier, with Supplementary Additions by
a Edward Griffith and Lieut. C. H. Smith. Woodeuts. London, 1834.
eh Class Insecta, arranged by Baron Cuvier, with Supplementary Additions to
each Order by Griffith and Pidgeon, and Notices of New Genera and
_- ‘Species, by Gray. Vols.1 and 2. Plates. London, 1832.

with Supplementary Additions by E. Griffith.: London, 1835. Mr. J.
‘Backhouse Walker.

‘Catalogue of Canadian Plants, Part IJ., “Gamopetale.” By John
Macoun, M.A. From the Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, Canada.

_ ‘Catalogue of the Echinodermata in the Australian Museum, Part I.,

~~“ Echini ;”? Desmosticha and Petalosticha. By E. P. Ramsay, F.RS.E.

From the author.

Catalogue des Livres de Fonds et en Nombre, Historie, Archeologic, Ethno-
graphie, et Liguistique de l’Europe, de |’ Asie, de l’ Afiique, de l’ Amerique,

/ ——s et de l’Oceanie. From the Society.

China and the Roman Orient, researches into their ancient and medieval

relations as represented in old Chinese records. By F. Hirth, Ph. D.

From the author.

Chart of Java, by S. H. Lerne. From Mr. J. Wemyss Syme.

Catalogue de las Zonas, Zone Catalogue, mean positions for 1875 of the

_-——s« Stays observed in the zones at the Argentine National Observatory. By

et B. A. Gould. Parts J. and II. From the Society.

_ Catalogue of the Library of the Statistical Society, with Preface and Regula-
tions, 1884. From the Society.

Daily Bulletin of Meteorological Observations. From the Meteorological

Observatory, Washington.

' Descriptive Sketch of the Physical Geographical Geology of the Dominion
of Canada. From A. R. C. Selwyn, Esq.

_ Descriptive Notes on Papuan Plants. From Baron F. von Miteller,
K.C.M.G.

_ Den Norske Nordhays Expedition, 1876-78. XII. Zoologi, “ Pennatulida,”’
by D. C. Danielssen and J. Koren. XIII. Zoologi, “ Spongide,’ by Dr.
G. A. Hansen. Christiania, 1884-85. From Prof. H. Mohn.

_ Descriptions of the Stations. From the Meteor. Office, India.

Den Norske Nordhays Expedition, 1876-8, XIV. Zoology, Crustacea.

Plates. By Geo. O. Sars.

Epinal Glossary, Latin and Old English, of the Eighth century, photo-
lithographed from the original MS. by W. Griggs, and edited, with
transliteration, introduction, and notes, by Henry Sweet, M.A. From the
_ Chief Secretary of Tasmania.

Classified Index and Synopsis of the Animal Kingdom, arranged by Cuvier, -

>. Sa
?

26

Essex Institute Historical Collection. Vol. XIX, From the Society. 2

Entomologisk Tidskrift, April, 1884. seni

Elephant Pipes in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Science, Daven-

port, Iowa, 1885, By Chas, Putman. From the Trustees.

Fac-similes of the Declaration of Independence, and the Treaty of Wai- Bay
tangi, New Zealand. From the Rev. Geo. Clarke. i

Forest Culture and Eucalyptus Trees. By Edward Cooper. 1)

Fragmenta Phytographiz Australie, Part If. From Baron yon Miller, a
K.C.M.G. ni

Field Naturalists Club of Victoria, Fifth Annual Report, 1884. List of
Members, &c. From the Society. "SN aa aie

Gardeners’ Chronicle, December, 1884, Januar y, February, 1885. oak

‘Geology of Wisconsin, Vol. IV., I. , 1873- 79. From H. H. Bennett, ie

Geological Magazine, January, February, 1885. tt

Gold Fields of Victoria, the Reports of the Mining Registrars, 1884. From
the Department of Mines.

Government Statist’s Report on the Vital Statistics of Malbowaie and
Suburbs, 1884. From the Government Statist. .

Gardeners’ Chronicle, February 28, March 7, 14, 21, 28.

Geological Magazine, March.

Guide to the collection of Fossil Fishes in the Department of Geology. and
Paleontology, British Museum (Natural History), 1885. ai

Guide to the Galleries of Mammialia,— Mammalian, Osteological, Cetacean, i in t
the Department of Zoology inthe British Museum, 1885. From the Trustees.

Government Statistician’s Report on the Vital and Meteorological Statistics
of the Registration Districts of Hobart and Launceston for July, 1885.
From the Government Statistician.

Gold Fields of Victoria, Reports of the Mining Registrars for the cantor by
ended 30th June, 1885. From the Mines Depar tment, Victoria. y

Hourly Readings, 1881, No. 51, Part III. From the eos a
Office, London.

Index Perfectus ad Caroli Linnei. Species Plantarum, Nempe Ear um.
From Baron F. von Miieller, K.C.M.G, OR

International simultaneous Meteorological Observations and Charts. From. 4
the War Department, Washington. i

Indian Meteorological Memoirs. Vol. II., I11., 1884. From the Meteoro- a
logical Office, Calcutta. ‘ es

Instructions for making Meteorological Observations, prepared for use in
China. From the Government Astronomer.

International Meteorological Observations, Washington, 1882. Fae the
Department. .

Indian Meteorological Memoirs; being occasional discussions and compila~
tions of Meteorological data, velating to India and the neighbouring ~
Countries, under the direction of H. Blandford, F.R.S. Vol.-EV. Part4-6.
Account of the 8.W. Monsoon Storms generated in the Bay of Bengal. —
during the years 1877 to 1881. Trom the Meteorological Office, India,

Journal of the Statistical Society of London. Part 1 to 4, Vol. XLVI. Py Pi
Part 1, Vol. XLVII.; Part 1, Vol. XLVIII., 1883-4. Rader

Journal of the Linnean Society of London, "Nos. 126 to 133, Vol. XX, “
1883-4. Nos. 97 to 102, Vol. XXIII., 1883-4.

Journal of the Royal Historical and Archwological Association of Ireland,
Vol. VI., 4th series, 1883. Nos, 03 to 56.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol.
XVI., Parts 1, 2,3, 1884. New series.

Journal of the Society of Arts. Vol. XXXI. Nov. 1882 to Noy. 1883.

Journal of the Microscopical Society. Vol. [V., Part 6. December, 1884, 4
February, 1880. é ie

ind cooing, of ao Hamilton pore a 1882-8. Xo ts Aes ;

fournal of Science. January, February, March.

ral of the Society of Arts. February, March, April, and May, 1820.
al of Science. June.
1 of the Royal Microscopical Society. London, Vol, V. Part 3.
, 1885. From the Society.
2a l of Science, New Zealand. No.10. Vol. Ji. July, 1885.

ournal of Society of Arts. Vol. XXXII. 1883-4. Bound. sof

Journal of the Society of Arts. Index to Vols XXI. to XXX.,1872 to 1882.
xnal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales for hte
1884. Vol. XVIII. From the Society, i
rnal of the Statistical Society, London. Vol. XLVII. Parts 2, 3, 4,

- 1884. Vol. XLVIII., Part 1, March, 1885. From the Society.
Journal of the Linnean Society of London. Botany, Nos. 134 to 137.

£4 Zoology, Nos. 103 to 108. From the Society.
mal of the Royal Historical and Ar chological Association of Ireland.
fol. VI., 4th series, January, April, and July, Nos. 57, 58, 59. Vol. —
L., 4th Series, January, 1885, No. G1. From the Society.
al, of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Iveland. Vol.
, Part 3, new series, 1884 ; Vol. XVI., Part 4, new series, 1884 ;
ol. “XvIL, Parts 1 and 2 1885, new. series. From the Society.
of the. ‘specimens of Cetacea in the Zoological Department of the
itish Museum. By Henry Fowler, LL.D., London, 1885. From the _

ds Philosophical and Literary Society. The Annual Report for 1884-5.
_ From the Society.

List of the Linnean Society of London, 1884-5. From the Society.

ist of the Zoological Society of London. November 1, 1884. From the

“safer iy of the Geological Survey of India, Vol. XXI., Parts I. and TT,
(Paleontological Indica). Series XIIT., Vol, aes Part. IV. Salt Range
- Fossils, by W. Wagen, Part D., 1. Productus, Limestone Fossils, TV:
: Brachiopoda, with plates, LVIILL., LXXXI. From the Geological Survey
_ Department of India.
_ Medical Press and Circular, March 18, 1885.
Barontnly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, Vol. XLV., No. 4.—
February, 1885.
= Mdnthiy Weather Report of the Meteorological Office, London, for No-
vember, 1884.
Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. XLYV., No. &,-
March. ;
Meteorological Observations, November, 1884. From the Meteorological
_ Office, India. ett
Midland Medical Miscellany. Vol. IV., No. 41. From the eee -
Leicester, England. PMU ae
Monthly Weather Report of the Meteorological Office, London, for December,
1884, From the Meteorological Office, London. pasa
Monthly Notices of the Royal. Astronomical Socicty.. Vol. XLV., No. G,
_ April, 1885. From the Society.
‘Meteorological Observations for the month of December, 1884. From the
Meteorological Office, India.
; ‘Midland Medical Miscellany. Vol. IV., No. 42. From the Editor. Ee Ones
Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. Vol. XLV., No. 7, geet
May, 1885. From the Society. + Ae

Tonthly Record Meteorological Observations, Melbourne, during February, - BN
1885. From the Government Astronomer. ; | Son!

28

Map showing the site of Melbourne and the position of the Huts and ~ me
Buildings previous to the foundation of the Township by Sir sas! me euenine

Bourke, in 1837. From the Government.
Maps to accompany Report of Progress, 1882-3-4. Firom the Society. z
Mémoires de la Société Royale des Sciences de Liege. Le tome XI., Mal,
1885. From the Society.

Mineral Statistics of Victoria for the Year 1884, with Report of the Secretary —

of Mines. From the Mines Department,
Monthly Record Meteorological Observations, April, 1885, Melbourne.
From the Meteorological Depar tment, ;
Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society. June.
Provincial Medical Journal. Vol. [V., No. 44. From the Bditor,
Micro-Chemical Observations on the Blood, in Health and in Typhoid
Fever, by Thos. 8. Ralph, M.R.C.S ., Victoria. From the author.

iMoney Weather Report of the iNeteor ological Office, London, for Febr var pikes

1885. From the Meteorological Depar tment.

Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India, Palzontologica Indica, being
figures and descriptions of the organic remains procured during the
progress of the Geographical Survey of India. Series X. Indian Tertiary
and Post Tertiary, Vertebrata, Vol. Il]. Part III. Rodents and new
Ruminants from the Siwaliks and Synopsis of Mammalia, by R. Lydekker,
B.A., &c., Vol. III., Part 1V. Siwalik Birds, by R. Lydekker, Vol, ITT.,
Part V. Mastodon teeth from Perim Island, Nos. 16, 17, by R.
Lydekker, B.A., Vol. I., Part IV. The Labrinthodont, from the Bijori

Group, by R. Lydekker. Tertiary and Upper Cretaceous Fossils of

Western Sind. Series XIV., Vols. I., III. The fossil Echinoidea, Fas.
IV., the fossil Echinoidea from the Nari series. The Oligocene forma-
tion of Western Sind, by P. Martin Duncan, M.B., W. Percy Sladen,
F.L.S., &ce. Series XIII. Salt Range Fossils, by W. A. A.Wagen, Ph. D.,
1, Productus—Limestone fossils, IV. fas. 5, Brachiopoda LXXXII.—
LXXXVL., Vol. XXI., Part Ili. Hughes’ Southern Coal Fields of the
Rewah Gondwana Basin. Vol. XXI., Part 1V. Mallet: The Volcanoes
of Barren Island and Narcondam, in the Bay of Bengal, From the
Geological Survey Department of India.

Memoirs of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Manchester, Vol. LX.,

a Centenary of Science in Manchester, by R. Angus Smith, F.R.8., Vol. VIL,

third series, 1882-3. From the Society.

Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society, London. Vol. XLVIII., Part

I,, 1884. From the Society.
Memoirs of the National Academy of Science. Vol. I1., 1883, Washington,
From the Society. ;

Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.

Cambridge, Mass. Vol. VIII., No. 3, The Reptiles and Batrachians of
North America, by Samuel ‘Gorman. Vol. X., No. 3, Results of an
Examination of Syrian Molluscan Fossils, chiefly from the range of
Mount Lebanon, by Charles E. Hamlin. Vol. XI., Part I., Lithological
Studies, a Description and Classification of the Rocks of the Cordilleras,
by M. E. Wadsworth. Vol. XIJ., the Water Birds of North America.
Vols. I. and IL., by 8. F. Baird, T. M. Brewer, A. R. Ridgway. From
Alexander Agassiz.

Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. III., No.7, on the —

development Olecanthus Niveus and its parasite Teleas, by H. Ayer.
No. 9, two new and diverse types of Carboniferous Myriapods, the species
of Mylacris, a carboniferous genus of cockroaches. By 8. H. Seudder.

No. 10, Notes on the Peeping Frog, Hyla Pickeringii, Leconte. By —

Mary H. Hinckley. From the Society.

29

_ Meteorological Observations, February and March, 1885. Meteorological

Office, India.

_ Monthly Weather Review, Washington, for 1884. From the Department.

_ Monthly Record of Meteorological Observations, &c. during June, 1885.

- by R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S. From the Department.

Nineteenth Annual Report on the Colonial Museum and _ Laboratory,
together with a list of donations and deposits during 1883-84, and the
Fifteenth Annual Report on the Colonial Botanic Gardens, New Zealand,

— ___: 1888-4. From the Director. :

Natural History of Victoria, Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria, decade

XI., by Prof. M‘Coy. From the Government.

Organic Constituents of Plants and Vegetable Substances and their
_ Chemical Analysis, by Dr. G. ©. Wittstein, translated by F. von Miieller,

Pay K.C.M.G.

Official, No. 52, Quarterly Weather Report, Part 11,1877. Official, No. 54,
Hourly Readings, Part 4, 1882. Official, No. 57, Meteorological Observa-

A tions at Stations of the Second Order, 188), Official, No. 65, Monthly

. Weather Report for January, 1885. From the Meteorological Office,

“ibs London.

_. On some New South Wales Minerals: Plates. On the Chemical Composi-
‘tion of certain Rocks, New South Wales: Plates. By A. Liversidge,

F.R.S., &c. From the Author.
Open and Air Curents. By Thos. D. Smellie, Glasgow, 1885.
Observations and Researches made at the Hong Kong Observatory in the
year 1884. By W. Dobeck. From the Department.
Proceedings of the Geographical Society of Australasia, New South Wales
and Victorian branches; with Maps and Illustrations. Ist Session,
1883-4. Vol. I. From the Society.

Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria, Decade X., by Professor M‘Coy.

‘From the Government Printer, Victoria.

Preussiche Statistik, LEXIX. From the Statistisches, Berlin.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society. Vol. XX., June to

se December, 1882. Vol. X., January to April, 1883, May to October,

1884.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. Vol. IX., Part IV.

Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society. New

Series, Vol. VIII., Part III. From the Societies.
Preis-Verzeichniss, Chemischer, &c. From Dr. Krantz.
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Part IIT.
November, December, 1884.
' Primer of Tariff Reform, A. By D. A. Wells. From the Committee of the
Cobden Club, London.
Principles of Forecasting by means of Weather Charts, by the Hon. R.

Re Abercrombie. From the Meteorological Office, London.

_ Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto. Third Series, Vol. III.,
Fas. No. 1, March, 1885. From the Society.
Proceedings of the Limean Society of New South Wales. Vol. X. Part I.,

“4 ‘ June, 1885. From the Society.
____ Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Part I.
Bes. January, February, March, 1885. From the Society.

_ Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland. Vol. I., Part II., IIT.,

4 _ IV., 1884.

th Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. Vol. X., Part

Big 2nd, 1885.

Provincial Medical Journal. Vol. IV., No. 43. July, 1885. Leicester,

«England. +=From the Society.

Publication der Norwegischen Commission der Europaishen Gradmessung,
“ Geodatische Arbeiten,” heft IV. From the Society.

30

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Vols. XXVII-XXXVIII.,
Nos. 232 to 287. From the Society. BM Mea.)
Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto, July, 1885. Third Semtes,
Vol. Il.
Proceedings Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Vols, es
XXI., XXII., 1880-3. From the Society. ie teats
Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Gr Bee Britain. Vol. X., Part im, May
No. 77. From the Society. Syren
Proceedings of the Royal Colonial rein Vol. XV., 1883-4. From une Bah
Society. i
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. XXII., Part 2, ue
November, 1882, February, 1883. Part I11., March, 1883, October, 1883. abe?
From the Society. Stag!
Proceedings of the Canadian Institute, Toronto. Vol. II. Fas. No.1, ey i edhe
March, Sul y, October, 1884. From the Society. RD

Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new States, | | el
Vol. XI. Whole Series, Vol. XIX., Part 1, from May, 1883, to December, eines
1883 ; Part 2, from May, 1883, to ‘May, 1884, From the Society. se

Proceedings cf the American Association for the Advancement of Science, _
Minneapolis mecting. Vol. XXXII., 1883. From the Society.

Proceedings of the American Pi hilosophical Society held at Philadelphia for
Promoting Useful Knowledge. Vol. XXI., April, 1883, to January 4, Ni
1884, No. 114; No. 115, January 4 to I May 16, 1884; No. 11, 1884. mopar

From the Society. LENS
Quarterly Weather Report, Part I.,1884. From the Society, London. oy Sr,
Quarterly Journal of the Geolog ical Society, London. Yol. XXXIX., Parts a a,

te Rte Vest case nVOl: pcm Parts I. and II., 1884. From there
Society. Bw
Quarterly Weather Report for 1878. Appendices and plates, London.
From the Meteorological Office. apenas).
Quelques Observations. From R. Raemaekers, Esq. i Sika
Quarterly Journal of the Geographical Society. Vol. XL., Parts IIT, ane
/IY., Nos. 159,160; Vol. XLL., Parts I. and I1., Nos. 161, 162. From
the Society.
Records of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. XVIII, Part I., 1885. as
From the Geological Survey Office. ; Soe arn eee
Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. From pee
the Society. fi
Report on the Results of Dredging, “ Report on the Blake Echini,” Vol. _
XXIV., Part I., by A. Agassiz, Msq. From A. Agassiz, Esq. ees
Report of the Technological, Industrial, and Sanitary Museum, Sydney, fue a Re a
1884. From the Society. Sie
Royal Colonial Institute, Report and Proceedings. Vol. XIY., 1882-3.
From the Society.
Rules of the Linnean ‘Society of New South Wales, and List of Members, ‘
February, 1885. From the Society.
Rheinisches Mineralien-comptoir (4 pamphlets). From Dr. Krantz.
Records of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. XVIII., Part Ii. From
the Geological Survey Office. ee
Report of the Acting-Secretary for Mines and Water Supply, Annual,
Victoria, 1884. From'the Mines Department. ,
Report of the Metcorological Council to the Royal Society for the year
ending 31st March, 1884. From the Meteorological Office, London. 4
Results of Astronomical Observations made at the Melbourne Observatory =
in the years 1876, 1877, 1878, 1879, 1880. From the Government
Astronomer. 5
Results of Rain and River Observations made in New South Wales during
1884. From the Government Astronomer.

by et Weta fy iz iY 4

i We eae

31

species. By W. Macleay, F. LS. From the author.

aes of the Mining Registrars for the quarter ended 31st ‘March, 1885.
_ The Gold Fields of Victori ia, From the Mines Department, Melbourne.
¢ Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, show-

_ ing the progress of the work during the fiscal year ending with June,
1883. Part I., Text Part IT. Shetches Washington, 1884. From the U.S.
_ Survey Office.
mK ‘Records of the Geological Survey of India. Vol. XVIII., Part III., 1885
_ _ From the Geological Department.

Registers of Original Observations in 1885, reduced and corrected, January
18, India. From the Department.

‘ Report of Progress, with maps, 1882-4. From the Geological and Natural
History Survey, Canada.
ele Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, Montreal,

August, 1884, From the Society.

Report of the Superintendent of the U.S. Naval Observatory for the ycar
ending October 30, 1884. From the Observatory:

i ‘Report on the Meteorology of India in 1882. By H. F. Blandford, F.R.S.
_. From the Meteorological Department.

- Report of the Board of Governors of the Public Library, Museum, and Art
_ Gallery of South Australia, with the Reports of the Standing Comuittees
for 1884-5. From the Department.

: ‘Register of Papers published in the Transactions and Proceedings of the
American Philosophical Society, compiled by H. Phillips, jun. ‘From the
- Society.

- Resultados del Observatoris Nacional Argentio en Cordoba. Vols. IIL.,
_ IV. By B. A. Gould. From the Society.

Signal Service Tables of Rainfall and Temperature compared with the Crop

‘Production, No. 10. From War Department, Washington.

Smithsonian Report for 1881. From the Society.

Studies on the Elasmobranch Skeleton. By W. A. Haswell, Esq., B. Se.

_ From the Authov.

Statistical Register of the Colony of Victoria for 1883, and Index. From

the Government Statist.

Seientifie Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society. Vol. III., Series I1.,

_ IV. Catalogue of Vertebrate Fossils, from the Siwaliks of atin: in the
‘Science and Art Museum, Dublin. By R. Lydekker, B.A. Plate and
- Woodeuts. :

_ Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society, Vol. V. On the origin
of Fresh Water Faunes; a Study in Evolution. By W. J. Sollas, M.A.

Scientific Transactions of the Royal Dublin Society. Vol. VI. Memoirs on

Pa of the Hawaiian ee by the Rey. T. Blackburn, B.A., and

Dr. D. Sharpe. Plates IV.,

ae " Scientific Proceedings of the ches Dublin Society. Vol. 1V., New Series,

July, 1884, Part. ‘V.; Vol. IV., New Series, January, 1885, Part VI.
From the Royal Dublin Society.

" Statistical Register of Victoria, 1884. Part I. Blue Book. From the
Government Statistician.

Statistics of the Colony of New Zcaland for the year 1884. Part I., Blue
Book ; Part If., Population and Vital Statistics; Part IIJ., Trade and
Interchange. From the Government Statistician.

_ Synonymy of and Remarks upon the Specific Names and Authorities of

John Edward Gray in 1825 and 1827. By John Brazier, C.M.Z.S.
From the Author.

Statistics of the Colony of New Zealand for the year 1884. Part IV.,
‘Finance, Accumulation, and Production. From the Government.

2

Four Species of Australian Marine Shells, originally described by Dr. -

32

Systematic Census of Australian Plants, with Chronologic, Literary, and —
Geographic Annotations. By Baron von Miieller. Second Annual ~
Supplement for 1884. From the Author.

Statistical Register of Victoria, 1884. Part I., Blue Book. Part 1d
Population. From the Government Statistician.

Second Annual Report of Ethnology to the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution, 1880-1. By J. W. Powell. From the Institute.

Sitzungsberichte, Hert 111., 1883 ; Heft I., 1884. From the Society.

Statistics of the Colony of New Zealand for the year 1884. Part V., Law, —
Crime, and SUNOD BNR From the Government.

Tasmanian Statutes. Vol. 1V: From the Government. q

Tickle’s Colonial report Prices Current, and Trade Review.

Transactions of the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland.
Vol. XXVI., 1882-83. From the Society.

Transactions and Pr oeceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia,
Vol. VIII. for 1888-4. From the Trustees. _

Transactions of the Royal Historical Society. New series, Vol. II., Part
TV., 1885. From the Society.

Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute. Vol. XVII.,
1884. From the Trustees.

Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Japan. Vol. XII., Part IV.; Vol.
XIIT., Part l., July, 1885. From the Society.

Third Annual Report of the U.S. Geological Survey to the Secretary of the
Interior, 1881-2. By J. W. Powell. Plates. Washington, 1883. From
the Department.

Transactions of the Institution of Engineers and Shipbuilders in Scotland.
Vol. XXVII., 1883-4. From the Society.

Transactions of the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science,
Birmingham meeting, 1884. From the Society.

Udgivet af den Norske Gradmaalingskommission Vanstandsobseryationer,
heft Iil., Christiania, 1885. From the Society.

United States Geological Survey, Clarence King, Director, Geology of the
Comstock ae and the Washoe District, with Atlas, by G. F. Becker,
Plates V. The Copper-bearing rocks of Lake Superior, by R. D. Irving.
Plates. Washington, 1883. Mineral Resources of the United States, by
Albert Williams, jun. Washington, 1883. Atlas to accompany the Geology
of the Comstock Lode and the Washoe District, by G. F. Becker. Prom
the Department.

Verein fiir Naturkunde gu Kassel. From the Society.

Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der preussischen Rheinlande
und Westfalens. By Dr. C. J. Andra. Zweite Hilfte, 1882. Erste
Hilfte, 1883. Zweite Hilfte, 1883. From the Society.

Victorian Year Book for 1883-4. By Mv. H. H. Hayter. From the Author,

Victorian Naturalist, January, February, March, 1885. From the Society.

Vital and Meteorological Statistics of Hobart and Launceston. From the
Government Statist.

Victorian Naturalist, March and April. From the Society.

Vital and Meteorological Statistics for April. From R. M. Johnston,
Government Statistician.

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. XI., No. 5. September, 1885. Field Naturalist
Club of Victoria.

Washington Astronomical and Meteorological Observations. Vols. XXYV.,
XXVJ., 1878-9. From the Meteorological Department.

Wood Payement Board Report: Minutes of Proceedings and Appendix,
Sydney, New South Wales, 1884. From Professor A. Liversidge.

Wattle Bark : Report of the Board of Enquiry.

Washington Astronomical and Meteorological Observations made during the
year 1880, Irom the Department.

LIST of Donors to the Museum during 1885.

(For particulars of Donations see Lists in Monthly Proceedings.)

Agnew, C. 8.

Atkinson, T. R.

Archer, —
Alomes, R.
Blyth, C.

Brent, A.
Buckland, W. H.
Bethune, R. D.
Bush, —

Boyes, W. L.
Burgess, Miss
Bradshaw, J.
Bessitt, —
Coverdale, Dr.
Crouch, Dr. E. J.
Cearns, Mrs.
Crosby, Hon. W.
Chapman, A. K,
Cole, W. H.
Dunbabin, —
Davies, J.
Douglas, Hon. A.
Echlin, J.
Edwards, G.
Easton, —
Flexmore, —
Facy, —

French Brs.
Featherston, Miss

Gellibrand, Hon. W.

Gawne, E. B.
Hull, A. F. B.
Headlam, —
Holden, Dr.
Hinsby, H.
Hedberg, O.
Hull, E.
Hadley, Mrs. J.C.
Johnston, R. M.
Lester, W.
Lardson, L. D.
Lindley, C. H.
Lovett, —

Lord, Mrs. John
Legge, Col. W. V.
Meredith, C.
M‘Cluskey, J.
M‘Clymont, J.
Moore, —
M‘Cance, J.
Mace, F.
Massey, L.
Morrisby, H.
Nairn, C. C,
Oakley, T.
Propsting, —
Propsting, Miss
Perkins, —
Peacock, W.
Read, KR.
Richardson, Geo.
Seager, P.
Shoobridge, W. E.
Selfe, F.
Stannard, H.
Salmon Commissioners
Tasmania
Stanfield, T.
Short, J. N.
Swan, Miss G.
Swan, Master A.
Swan, E. D.
Swan, John
Street, —
Schott, Herr
Syme, J. Wemyss
Tabart, T.
Turvey, W.
Triffett, T. J.

of

Trustees Brisbane Museum

Wilson, —
Wright, E. C.
Wallack, E. T.
Whitehead, J. N.
Wilson, L.
Wilkins, —

PLANTS INTRODUCED INTO THE ROYAL SOCIETY’S GARDENS

34

DURING 1885.

Abies brachyphylla
>» dumosa
Acacia coccinea
» linifolia
>, lentis
» Speciosa
Aciphylla Munroi
Acrostichum quercifolium
Bs sorbifolium
Adiantum caudatum
Albertus simplicifolius
Alsophilla Rebeccze
A Leichardtiana
Anogeissus latifolia
Aotus gracillima
Aphelexis macrantha purpurea
+ rupestris grandiflora
Aristea Ecklonii
Aspidium arguta proliferum
nb confluens
oy varium
Asplenium lessertifolium
Asparagus virgata
Astetia grandis
» nhervosa
Atragene Alpina
Atreplex halameoides
9 verrucosum
Bauhinia tomentosa
Bossizea linophylla
Buckinghamia populnea
Callistemon speciosus
Callixema parviflora
Camellia reticulata
Campanula barbata alba
» Siberica eximea
55 turbinata
Campsidium filicifolium
Carmicheelia Erysii
Caryota Rumphii
Celmisia coriacea
5, holosericea
» petiolata
» spectabilis
Coprosma féetidissima
Corum alba
» alternifolia
» brachypoda
Cyathea Gardnerii
Danthonia flavescens
Dicksonia lanata
Dictymia lanceolata
Doronicum Caucasicum

Dracocephalum nutans
Eucalyptus gomocephala

2s diversicolor
Eremurus altaicus
Erigeron aurantiacus

» Caucasicus

$5 elongatus
Euchalwena luxuriens
HKulalia zebrina
Fagus Solandri
Gemostoma ligustrifolia
Gentiana Walugerii
Grisilinia littoralis
EHamanthus Catherina
Hedera Madariensis variegata
Hedysarum neglectum elatum
Heleborus albus

4p albus Otto

3 atropurpureus
a lividus
45 niger major

a5 roseus pallidus
Hymenanthera Chatamica
Ilex Cassina
Iris prismatocarpus
Kennedia glabrata
Larix leptolepis
Lastrea glabellum
Lippia repens
Littonia modesta
Lonicera ruprecptiana
Lophospermum coccineum
Lunaria biennis
Lycopodium Billardieri
on plegmaria
Macroglossa albescens
Maurandya alba
Medicago articularis
Melicytus ramiflorus
Metrosideros lucida
Myrsine Australis
» divaricata

Myrtus obcordata
Nesodaphne Tawa
Nicotiana longiflora
Olearea angustifolia

» Colensoi

» hitida

~ operima

ay) Abrgpnlibin
Ourisea macrophylla
Oxybaphus himalensis
Oxytropis ochroleuca

Panax simplex
Pancrateum amenum

of Caribbeum
Panicum variegatum
Petalostemon Canadensis
Pentstemon diffusus
Phenix farinifera
Phaseolus Caracalla
Phegopteris refracta
Phytuma orbiculare

“ Schencherii
Pitcairnia fiavescens
fc integrifolia

Pittosporum erioloma
Plagianthus Lyallii
Polypodium Richardii
sh sorbifolium

Prunus Pisardi
Pteris lepidophylla

3» umbrosa
Pyrus prunifolia cerasiformis
Ranunculus Lyalli
Rhus aromatica
Ribes saxatilis
Sanguisorba alpina

Adela Pelegi Medici
Belle de Fonteari
Bonimiana

Comte de Gomer
Comtesse Callina
Cup of Beauty

C. H. Hovey.

Don Pedro

*

Bijou de Paris
Charles de Buck.
Dame Melanie
Princess Charlotte
Helene Theleman

Amelia Hoste

Beauty of Greenmount
Comtesse Janconet

Dr. Berthet

Etoile de Lyon

Gloire de Bourg la Reine
Homer

Imperatrice Charlotte
Jules Finger

La Boule d’Or
Madame Justure
Madame Place

Marie Leonida

30°

Saracenia variolaris
Saxifraga intermedia

oe nivalis
Scrophularia laterifolia
Fy) vernalis

Sempervivum Laggeri
Senecio compacta

» eleeagnifolia

op) Akectori

» Muelleri

» saxifragioides

» sciadophyllum
Sesamum prostratum
Solandra grandiflora
Spirea amurensis

» levigata

» Media
Statice leptostachya
Stilvocarpus polaris
Tarratula coronata
Tecoma rosea
Teletia speciosa
Thyrsacanthus multifiorus
Weinmannia racemosa
Xylomelum reticulata

Camellia.

Flag of Truce

Harriet Beecher Sheather
Lady St. Clair

Madame A. Verschaffelt
Madame Abbe Mea
Prince Frederick William
Tabbs

Verschafteltii

Azalea.

Imperatrice Charlotte
Madile. Marie Van Houtte
Orange Brilliant

President Raphail de Smet
Triomph de Dbl. Blanc

Roses.

Marie Louise Pernet
Masterpiece

Merveille de Lyon

Mons. Cordier

Mons. Furtado

Paul Jamin

Prince Humbert

Queen of Queens

| Souvenir d’Amiens
Souvenir Mdm. Rosseaux
Ulrich Brumner Fils
Vivelina

William Allan Richardson

Aurora Superba

Avalanche (Henderson’s)

Baroness
Boliviana

Canary Bird
Crimson Bedder
Glory

Harlequin

John Gibson
Lady Brideport
Mdm. J. Chretien
Marvellous

Alfonso
Ameythyst
Arisba
Dolphin
Gidour
Grison
Hector
Instance
Lauretta
Leonard
_ Lessee

Animation

Duke of Bedford
Hlegantissima
Mdm. Ch. Konig

Isador Feral

Ben Davis
Fallwater
Golden Spire

Belle Bauce
Biggs’s late May
Desse Tardive
Early Silver

36

Fuchsias.

Minerva
Mrs. Marshall
Mrs. Rundle
Phenomenon
Progress
Startler
Sylvanus
Tower of London
Triton
Try me O
Warrior Queen
White Giant

Pelargoniums.
Marsus
Nabob
Nelly Hayes
Ondine
Pension
Rustic
Sportsman
Telemon
The Baron
Treasure

Pelargoniums (Fancy).
| Jewel

Pelargoniums (Regal).
Princess Beatrice
Regalia
Sultan
Pelargoniums (Ivy-leaved ).
| Jeanne d’Are

Dahlias.
40 named varieties.

Chrysanthemums.
80 named varieties.

FRUITS.
Apples.
Grange’s Pearmain
| Reinette Rouge Hiver
Willis’s Red
Apricot.
Pine Apple.
Peaches.
Grey’s late Cling
Monstreuse de Douay
Red Nectarine Peach
Seedling China

37

Cherry.
Bohemian Black
Currant.
Black Grape
Pears.
Beurre Bachelier Colmar de Jonghe
Beurre de ’Assumption

Grape Vines.

Baxter’s Sherry Royal Ascot

Bell’s Seedling. Shipland’s Reisling
Chaptal ‘| Waltham Cross
Chasselas Musque White Allicant
Golden Chasselas White Morillon

La Mamelon White Sherry

EXCHANGES PLANTS, SEEDS, &c. DURING THE YEAR 1885.

February :
From C. F. Creswell—Collection imported butbs, about 300 varieties.
From Miss Brumby, Old Beach—8 packets seeds, Australian.
From Messrs. Heyne & Co., Adelaide—3 varietics boronia seed.
From Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, Victoria—l4 packets seeds.
From Miss Woodin—Seeds Japan coniferze and lily bulbs,
March :
From Messrs. Van Gert, Belgium—d varieties seeds, coniferie.
From Mr Wm. Bull, London—82 packets seeds ; 2 bulbs.
From Miss Woodin, Hobart—25 packages seeds, Japan.
April:
From the Botanic Gardens, Madras—16 packets seeds.
From Botanic Gardens, Saharunpur, India—Seeds, abies dumosa.
May:
From the Botanic Gardens, Queensland—Case plants.
From Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, Victoria—135 packets seeds.
From Dr. R. Schomburgk, Botanic Gardens, Adelaide—25 packets seeds.
From Mr. G. Brunning, Nurseryman, St. Kilda—Case containing 45
plants.
June:
From Agri-Horti Society, Madras—Seeds podocarpus.
July :
From Mr. 8. Purvis, Swanport—Plants, encryplica ; seeds, telopea.
From Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, London— Seeds, Buckinghamia
populnea.
From Mr. Ch. Traill, Stewart Island, N.Z.—Case containing 38 plants.
From Botanic Garden, Cape Town—Seeds, Pentzia virgata.
From Messrs. Shepherd & Co., Sydney—Case containing 60 plants.
From Botanic Gardens, Bombay—Packet seeds.
From Mr. 8. Purchase, Parramatta—36 dahlia roots.
August :
From Mr. J. Smith, sen., Riddell’s Creek, Victoria— Case plants.
From Botanic Gardens, Jamaica—Package seeds,
From Mr. Elliott, Hobart—14 packages secds.
From Mr. Emmet, Hobart—Seeds waratah.

38

September :

From Mr. J. Latham—24 plants.

From Mr. 8. Purchase, Parramatta—Case plants.

From Messrs. Shepherd & Co., Sydney—14 plants.

From Mrs. Archer, Hobart—Seeds.

From Mr. C. Sprent—Imported seeds.
October :

From Mr. Wm. Bull, New Plant Merchant, London- Case chrysan-

themums, 103 sorts.

From the Botanic Gardens, Christchurch, New Zealand—Case plants.

From Baron Ferd. Yon Mueller, Victoria—1 packet seeds ; 1 bulb.

From Agvri-Horti Society, Madras —Seeds Phoenix paludosa.
November :

From Botanic Gardens, Caleutta—7 packets seeds.

From Mr. H. T. Manning, Hobart—7 packets seeds, New Caledonia.

From the Royal Gardens, Kew, London—Seeds Phoenix paludosa.
December :

From Messrs. Vilmorin & Andrieux, Paris—26 packets seeds.

From Agri-Horti Society, Madras—Packet seeds.

From Messrs. Law, Somner, & Co., Melbourne—Case containing 66

plants.

From Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, Victoria—3 packets seeds.

From Miss Woodin, Hobart—Seeds Rhodoleia championi.

From Mr. 8. Probin, Hobart—Fuchsia and Pelargonium plants.

February:
To Messrs. Law, Somner & Co., Melbourne : 2 mats sphagnum.
March :
To Mr. Wm. Bull, London : 10 small tree ferns,
To Dr. R. Schomburgk, Adelaide : 2 mats sphagnum.
May :
To Mr. J. Smith & Sons, Riddell’s Creek, Victoria : 2 mats sphagnum.
To Messrs. Law, Somner & Co., Melbourne: 2 mats sphagnum.
Sune:
To Mr. G. Brunning, St. Kilda: box plants and cuttings.
July:
To Messrs. Shepherd & Co., Sydney : 2 mats sphagnum.
To Baron Ferd. Von Mueller, Victoria : 286 packets seeds.
To Messrs. Shepherd & Co., Sydney : 150 packets seeds.
To Mr. G. Brunning, St. Kilda: 40 packets seeds.
August :
To Messrs. Vilmorin & Andreaux, Paris : 80 packets seeds.
To August Van Gert, Belgium : 18 packets seeds.
To Mr. Wm. Bull, London : 16 packets seeds.
To the Royal Gardens, Kew, London : 18 packets seeds.
To the Botanic Gardens, Calcutta: 24 packets seeds.
To the Botanic Gardens, Saharanpur, India : 20 packets seeds,
To the Forest Board, Madras, India : 26 packets seeds.
To Mr. J. Smith & Sons, Riddell’s Creek, Victoria: case plants.
To Mr. C. Traill, Stewart Island, N.Z.: case, 43 plants.
To the Botanic Gardens, Christchurch, N.Z.: case, 40 plants.
To Mr, 8. Purchase, Parramatta: package seeds.
To the Botanic Gardens, Melbourne : 2 mats sphagnum moss.

: 39

September :

To the Botanic Gardens, Cape Town, South Africa : collection seeds.

To the Chamber Agriculture, U. S. America : collection seeds.

To Messrs. Smith & Adamson, Melbourne : 4 packets seeds.

To Mr. L. Boehmer, Japan : collection seeds.

To Miss Owen, Ireland : collection seeds.

Vo Conservator Forests, Punjaub: seeds eucalypti.

To Mrs. Oliver, New Plymouth, N.Z.: collection seeds.

To C. Moore, Botanic Gardens, Sydney : 2 mats sphagnum,

To Messrs. Shepherd & Co., Sydney : case plants.

To B. F. Wellington, San Irancisco : Seeds eucalypti.
October :

To Mr. C. F. Cresweil: plants, chrysanthemums, &e.
December :

‘To Messrs. Law, Somner & Co. : case chrysanthemums.

To Messrs. E. B. Heyne, Adelaide : 90 packets sceds.

To Mr. Wm. Bull, London : case araucaria excelsa.

F. ABBOTT.

He Hy
yar
\ x

Le Me
i
Sa

T FOR 1885.

d to 32° Fahrenheit, and reduced to Sea Level.

TE Ee

RAIN, PREVAILING WINDS. CLOUDS. |
WEST OU FO Cn ue Oa
aS
3
&
~ | Ss
Beit S
i 8 3 §
Cae 5S 5
S |S 8 x
; Inches. 0—12 WAS
gauuary -be | 2-40 |. 14 S. & N.N.W eal eae
Mao PO 9? | 18 S.S.E. & N.N.W 2-0
seta Ca ee an, | S.S.W. & N.W 231 70 ee
> Hae yo pee pe pS ST
pL ee

Inches.
42°86
40°75
29°42
24:50
28:29

Se
ee

pear }

oss }15| 425] 6] 096113] 881 | 8! 1°56 |128] 26-81
177 \16| 354| 6} 096|16| 553| 5| 1-44 |195|9554
077.119 | 2-761 8| 106}11| 5:60! 9| 1:88 |132/93-40
163 | 19 | 279| 10] 1-56 |13| 763|11 | 1:99|172\4416
o71| 9| 220| 4| 220| 8| 842) 3| 2551 55loave
1-261} 16 | 357 | 9! 146/12! 4971 81 1-88 |116] 22°81
153/16 | 438| 7| 110110] 3521 7/| 1-98 |115| 25°39
095/ 9| 926| 5| 145/11 | 512| 6| 1-94 | 72| 97-31
9-91 | 8| 1-471 7| 069}13 1 346! 6| 3-01 |101| 23-47
199 | 91 199} 51084] 9! 4:30] 4] 162! 7919905
1561131145 | 7| 083/10] 426] 5 | 286 1103/9346
097|/ 8|128| 4! 108] 7] 324] 5| 1-901 70. 19°01.
6-04 |13 | 495] 8 | 2351 9] 351] 9| 347 128 47-21
9451121 327| 6| 210] 5| 075| 4/ 1-73 | 88! 2531
266 |16| 1:89! 7| 1-621 8| 1-70] 4| 232 1198 | o5-66
431 |13| 1-98 | 9! 1971/11 | 3:18! 4] 3-77 |1171 31-96
i 5-28 |17| 235 | 9| 206/13] 2441 9! 3-69 116113771
“"“le66 | 9| 270| 7| 272| 8! 213 | 4] 4-05 | 103] 41-74
B38 116 (5-19) le-9 | areal — | a ee
13 | 4-47) 6| 2-71 | 12] 279) 41 3:58 1151 | 55-05
25 | 9-62 | 24 | 4-23 124 | 5-08 | 16 | 3-73 |982! 86-81
phigh 3-45 | 20| 2:85 | 12 | 1:31/19 | 1-241 7 | 3-03 |191| 99-04
1:95 | 19 | 9:53 | 21 | 412 | 211 398 | 61] 3-36 1915) 80-71

J. SHORTT, R.N., Meteorological Observer.

poets

festa

~

SUMMARY OF METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS TAKEN AT HOBART FOR tssq.

Latitude, 42° 59 25° S.: Longitede, 147° 2076" E. Height of Observatory above Sea Level, 190 fret. Barometer corrected to 32° Fahrenheit, and redaced to Sea Level.

] ]

RADIATION. HUMIDITY.

TRAR. BAROMETER | THERMOMETER [3 SHADE PREVAILING WIvos. cLoc na.
} ——
——— - ———_— = en :
: =
: =
= s = = :
1e8s. Mean. = J <€ = = = ’
= a = = 5 = i; 3
: = : 5 3 FR | §
S = > = S S :
= z 2 [5 i fee Ss | x
| | | . Inciee
January .... | | 65-0 240) 14 S.& NNW
February | 865 is SSE. & NNW.
March © S50 7} SSW.& NW,
April ; 740 O78 7 S&NW
May | 708 | 118-0 Oso) lu SSW. & NW
Jone | ooo 135 1100 176) 17 SSW. & NNW
July. 1 584 143 442 | 1080 O93 SW, & NNW,
August .. | 710 Mug 5 s ih SW. & N.W
September 693 7 th SS.W. & NW
October 830 184 IM3 | 10 SSB. & N.W
November | s62 170 | | 739} 15 | SSE & NW.
December 30001 | 910 163 | 177 No} SSE &N.NAW.
a } t —e
MEDAL Ugapadvcclc oxox 29-045 157 hi6 | «.. 48:15 Hl | ovo 236) 145 S.& NW
a — = = — — =
} 5 Dec. 8 | Total, | Total, |
BRIFOMNCSE .. 2.2 eens r | -- | - 2529] 176

EPITOME OF RESULTS OF METEORO.

——

DAROMETER. THERMOMETER, 1 SHADE. } RADIATION. HUMIDITY, MBEAN. RAIN. PREVAILING WINDS, ‘cLouns,
| }
| ma 1 = = SS 7 —s .
7 [i j 1
!
| | |
q | }
STATIONS. =
: a po ue | :
Mean. I 2 | i Eghn Direction. ;
iS a | e eal a
=] } = & | - ] =
|e | ee re
ci fata 3 - | 1 6 hom
5 : 5 A eal | ‘ L
A a 3 3 }= |
ee | al] |(0-12), (0-10)
Southport 840 | 28 io
Hobart .. 910 | .
Outlands 87:0 |
\ Falmouth 910
Launcest | 910 . ™~
Low Heat 805 F
Cireular Hou 775 2 | 28-0
Corinna .. 86:0 | 610 | 300

MEAN AND EXTREME RESULTS FOR THE YEAR 1885,

From Observations taken at Hobart.

Barometer— Humidity—
Highest reading 30°52 inelies, on 18th April. Mean maximum for one month (saturation = 100) *88, in July.
Lowest ditt 5 28'902 iiches, on 14th August Mean forthe year <.ccvssetaatinesuhcenctasecessnassoonas 79. ,
Range for the year ' 1650 irehes.
] Condensation—
Thermometer. Total for the year .. oor 28:20 inches.
Radiation, Solar, maximum ... 153°, o| Sth December. Total Number of Rainy Days 176,

Ditto, Terrestrial, minix
Maximum in the shade
imum ditto .

mui

Maximum full for one month
Minimum ditto ........
Maximum full in 24 hours,

29-5%, on 22nd July.
91°, on Bth December.
29'5%, on Ist July.

sfor year o1ee
Highest mean daily reading for one month 63°S°, January.
Lowest ditto ditto 44-2, July.

739 inches, December.

0-78 inches, April.

3-70 inches, 30 November,

RAINFALL IN TASMANIA DURING THE YEAR 1885.

Showing the Latitude and Longitude, and Distance from the Sea Coast of each Station, and Number of Days Rain fell during each Month, and Total Rainfull.

JANUARY, | FEBRUARY.) ARCH, JULY. AUGUST, SEPT. | ocromm. NOVEMBER.) DECEMDEIL) TOTAL:

Name of Station.

{

Distance from Se
Coast.

Rainfall.
Rainfall.
| Wet Days. .

Ioches. | No. | Inches
147 | 42°86

Milos.

7 . | Inches. | Now No. Ix.
Coust. 5

Southport “81 132 156
Frankli p

Mount N
Clarence Plains.

ATH eR mi
26 ol 147 0}
0} 147

ae

as

nao -

~
ean acmocon

ADeoRmasie
-

“
NGEevSEsevSsescHeas

a

IEW ORARHARKS

oeon

~
=o

4245 0
as 0
4156 0
4.40 0
H 4135 0
4132 0
4115 0
4053 0
ia

2:
o

SabGateae

Perens
1B Buiwononas

MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES

NTT

Fae 3 9088 01 308 6